About Cubii

Cubii Review

Cubii is a fitness brand that creates seated ellipticals which make it possible for you to stay active while you work, watch TV, or lounge on the couch (though that does take some of the purpose out of “lounging”!). Offered in four models, the brand’s lightweight, stylish fitness machine is virtually silent and office-approved. 

After catching the attention of celebrities like Khloé Kardashian very early after its launch, the brand has skyrocketed in popularity. Our Cubii review has found spotlights on this sleek little exercise system in Greatist, Entrepreneur, Forbes, on TV’s Good Morning America, and in many other notable media outlets. 

A study shows that physical exercise has a positive anti-aging impact at the cellular level, and its specific role in each aging hallmark is described.

Regular physical activity, especially aerobic and resistance training, plays an important role in preventing severe muscle atrophy, maintaining cardiorespiratory fitness and cognitive function, boosting metabolic activity, and improving or maintaining functional independence.

Cubii is a convenient and low-impact option that can help improve cardiovascular health, muscle strength, and flexibility while being used under a desk or while sitting in a chair.

Looking for a way to stay active in busy times? This may be the fitness solution for you! In this Cubii review, we’ll give you in-depth information about the brand and its products, fill you in on what customers have to say, scope out promotions and discounts, and answer some frequently asked questions about the brand to help guide your decisions. 

Recent Studies About the Benefits of Physical Exercise

Improved cardiovascular health

  • According to a 2018 study regular exercise can help to improve heart health by strengthening the heart muscle, reducing blood pressure, and improving circulation.

Increased muscle strength and flexibility

  • As reported by a 2017 study exercise can help to build and maintain muscle mass, which can help to improve balance, coordination, and overall mobility. It can also help to improve flexibility and range of motion, reducing the risk of injury.

Reduced risk of chronic diseases

  • According to a 2017 study regular exercise can help to reduce the risk of chronic diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and certain types of cancer.

Improved cognitive function

  • As per 2021 research findings exercise has been shown to improve cognitive function and reduce the risk of cognitive decline in aging individuals.

Improved mental health

  • As reported by a 2019 study exercise can help to reduce stress, anxiety, and depression, improving overall mental health and well-being.

Increased social interaction

  • As per 2021 research findings participating in group exercise classes or activities can provide opportunities for social interaction and help to reduce feelings of isolation and loneliness.

Cubii Pros and Cons

Cubii Review

This Cubii review will give you the details and fine points of each of the elliptical models below, but first, let’s take a look at some of the brand’s top-line pros and cons.

Pros

  1. Convenient: Cubii is a convenient way to exercise, as it can be used while sitting at a desk or watching TV.
  2. Low-impact: Cubii is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, making it a great option for those with mobility issues or injuries.
  3. Customizable: Cubii allows you to adjust the resistance level to your desired intensity, making it easy to customize your workout to your fitness level and goals.
  4. Smart features: Cubii is equipped with a range of smart features, including Bluetooth connectivity and a mobile app, that can enhance your workout experience and help you achieve your fitness goals.
  5. Improves cardiovascular health: Using Cubii can help to improve heart health by increasing blood flow and circulation, reducing blood pressure, and strengthening the heart muscle.

Cons

  1. Limited range of motion: Cubii provides a limited range of motion compared to traditional exercise machines, which may not be suitable for those looking for a more intense workout.
  2. Expensive: Cubii can be more expensive than other low-impact exercise options, such as resistance bands or yoga mats.
  3. Requires a chair or desk: Cubii is designed to be used while sitting, which may not be suitable for those who prefer standing or walking during exercise.
  4. Limited upper body workout: Cubii primarily targets the lower body, which may not be suitable for those looking for a full-body workout.
  5. May not be suitable for all fitness levels: Cubii may not be suitable for those with advanced fitness levels or those looking for a more intense workout.

Overall, Cubii is a convenient and effective way to stay active and improve your health while sitting, but it may not be suitable for everyone.

It is important to consider your individual needs and preferences when choosing an exercise product, and to consult with a healthcare professional if you have any concerns.

Benefits

Using Cubii for exercise can provide a wide range of benefits, including:

Improved cardiovascular health

Using Cubii can help to improve heart health by increasing blood flow and circulation, reducing blood pressure, and strengthening the heart muscle.

Increased muscle strength and flexibility

Using Cubii can help to build and maintain muscle mass, which can improve overall strength, balance, and coordination. It can also help to improve flexibility and range of motion, reducing the risk of injury.

Reduced risk of chronic diseases

Regular exercise with Cubii can help to reduce the risk of chronic diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and certain types of cancer.

Improved cognitive function

Exercise has been shown to improve cognitive function and reduce the risk of cognitive decline in aging individuals. Using Cubii can help to improve mental clarity and focus, as well as reduce stress and anxiety.

Convenient and accessible

Cubii is a convenient and accessible way to exercise, as it can be used while sitting at a desk or watching TV. It is also a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, making it a great option for those with mobility issues or injuries.

Customizable workout

Cubii allows you to adjust the resistance level to your desired intensity, making it easy to customize your workout to your fitness level and goals.

Overall, using Cubii for exercise can provide a convenient and effective way to improve your health and fitness, regardless of your age or fitness level. By incorporating Cubii into your daily routine, you can enjoy the benefits of regular exercise without having to leave your home or office.

How Does Cubii Work?

Cubii Review

Cubii is a compact elliptical machine that is designed to provide low-impact exercise while sitting. The machine is designed to be used under a desk or while sitting in a chair, making it a convenient option for those who spend a lot of time sitting throughout the day.

To use Cubii, simply place the machine on the floor under your desk or in front of your chair, and adjust the resistance level to your desired intensity. Then, place your feet on the pedals and begin pedaling in a circular motion, as you would on a traditional elliptical machine.

Cubii is designed to provide a low-impact workout that is easy on the joints, making it a great option for those with mobility issues or injuries. The machine is also designed to be quiet and discreet, so you can use it without disturbing others around you.

Cubii is equipped with a display monitor that tracks your progress, including the number of strides, distance traveled, and calories burned. The machine also syncs with a mobile app, allowing you to track your progress over time and set goals for yourself.

Overall, Cubii is a convenient and effective way to stay active and improve your health while sitting, making it a great option for those with busy lifestyles or limited mobility.

5 Bestselling Cubii Exercise Machines Products

Cubii JR1

The brand’s original model, the Cubii JR1 has an ergonomic design that makes it easy on your feet and joints, and its weight of 27 lbs. means it will be easy on your back when it comes to lifting and storing. Storing is made that much easier by the conveniently located handle built into the frame. 

With the LCD screen that displays your speed, time, resistance level, and calories burned, you’ll stay motivated as you see your numbers increase even while you sit and watch your favorite show. This Cubii exercise machine also comes with wheel stoppers for office chairs, batteries for the LCD display, and a non-slip mat that is super-handy for wood or tile floors.

Change up your activity status from sedentary to active with the Cubii JR1 for $249

Cubii JR2

This upgraded Cubii JR weighs considerably less than the brand’s original model (almost a whole 10 lbs.). It also takes up 10% less space, and the new ZeroGravitii Flywheel design makes operation quieter than ever.

For those looking to use this at their work desk, the elliptical can be attached to your desk chair to stop yourself from rolling away while pedalling. The adjustable foot straps give you even more security, and allows for a smoother stride. 

Like its predecessor, this next-gen Cubii JR. seated elliptical comes with a non-slip mat and an LCD display unit (batteries included) that shows your rotations per minute, calories burned, and time. Feel the difference with the compact Cubii JR2 for $269

Cubii Go

If assembly isn’t your thing, the Cubii Go may be. It comes pre-assembled, so all you need to do is take it out of the box, pull on your shoes, and get pedaling. With its near-silent ZeroGravitii Flywheel, this seated elliptical feels great to pedal, eliminates stress on your joints, and is gentle on the ears. 

When it’s time to move your Go, just pull out the retractable handle and use the built-in back wheel to roll it across the floor like a suitcase. It weighs just under 20 lbs., so transporting it from home to the office is totally doable. Speaking of the office, the built-in wheel stopper will prevent your desk chair from moving away while you type and pedal. 

The illuminated display unit makes it easy to see your levels while you push for a greater burn. Even better, you can connect your Cubii Go monitor to the Cubii mobile app via your Apple Watch, Fitbit or Health Kit to track your performance even more closely. You can get the Cubii Go for $299.

Cubii Pro

When you see the word “pro,” you know things are about to get serious. The Cubii Pro is a sleek, no-nonsense version of the lovable little Cubii elliptical. Coming in striking chrome or a starkly contrasting black-and-red color combo, this hardcore-looking machine combines modern features with impeccable design to bring you the most challenging seated workout yet. 

The Cubii Pro weighs 27 lbs., so those who use more force when they pedal may find this easier to use. It’s got wheel stoppers for use with office chairs, and if you’re the generous type you can easily lend it to one of your office pals while you’re away, as the built-in handle will let them port it over to their cubicle with no problem. 

This model also comes with a charger and a non-slip mat. With its Bluetooth capability, you can sync your Pro right to your Cubii Studio+ app to upload your stats and connect with your Communitii, Apple Watch, Fitbit, or HealthKit. Get serious about your seated workout with the Cubii Pro under desk elliptical for $349.  

Cubii JR1 Premium Bundle

Want to kick your workout up a notch? The Cubii JR1 Premium Bundle gives you the brand’s classic elliptical model along with a set of 3-lb. dumbbells, so you can (gently!) blast your upper body while your legs are pumping away.

The bundle also comes with the standard LCD fitness-tracking display that can connect to the Cubii mobile app, as well as a non-slip workout mat. The Cubii JR1 Premium Bundle is $289,  but you’ll receive a $15 discount at checkout. 

How to Use Cubii: Tips and Tricks for Getting the Most Out of Your Workout

Here are some tips and tricks for using Cubii to get the most out of your workout:

  1. Start slow: If you are new to using Cubii, start with a low resistance level and gradually increase the intensity as you become more comfortable. This will help to prevent injury and ensure that you are using proper form.
  2. Incorporate intervals: To increase the intensity of your workout, try incorporating intervals of higher resistance or faster pedaling. This can help to increase your heart rate and burn more calories.
  3. Mix it up: To prevent boredom and challenge your muscles in new ways, try mixing up your workout by pedaling in reverse or alternating between forward and backward pedaling.
  4. Set goals: Setting goals for yourself, such as a certain number of strides or calories burned, can help to keep you motivated and on track with your fitness routine.
  5. Use proper posture: To ensure that you are using proper form and getting the most out of your workout, sit up straight with your feet flat on the pedals and your shoulders relaxed.
  6. Incorporate upper body movements: To engage your upper body and increase the intensity of your workout, try incorporating arm movements, such as bicep curls or shoulder presses, while pedaling.
  7. Stay hydrated: It is important to stay hydrated during your workout, so be sure to have a water bottle nearby and take breaks as needed to drink water.

By following these tips and tricks, you can get the most out of your Cubii workout and achieve your fitness goals.

Cubii and Technology: How Smart Features Can Enhance Your Workout Experience

Cubii is equipped with a range of smart features that can enhance your workout experience and help you achieve your fitness goals. Here are some ways that technology can improve your Cubii workout:

  1. Bluetooth connectivity: Cubii is equipped with Bluetooth connectivity, allowing you to sync the machine with a mobile app. This allows you to track your progress over time, set goals for yourself, and compete with friends and family.
  2. Mobile app: The Cubii mobile app provides a range of features to enhance your workout experience, including personalized workout plans, progress tracking, and social sharing. The app also provides real-time feedback on your workout, allowing you to adjust your intensity level and track your progress.
  3. Smart resistance: Cubii is equipped with smart resistance technology, which automatically adjusts the resistance level based on your pedaling speed. This allows you to get a more customized and challenging workout, without having to manually adjust the resistance level.
  4. Virtual coaching: Cubii also offers virtual coaching through the mobile app, providing personalized guidance and motivation to help you achieve your fitness goals. The coaching program includes customized workout plans, progress tracking, and personalized feedback.
  5. Voice control: Cubii is compatible with voice control devices such as Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant, allowing you to control the machine with your voice. This can be a convenient option for those who have limited mobility or difficulty using buttons and controls.

Overall, the smart features of Cubii can enhance your workout experience and help you achieve your fitness goals. By incorporating technology into your fitness routine, you can track your progress, receive personalized guidance and motivation, and get a more customized and challenging workout.

Can You Lose Weight With Cubii? 

Cubii Review

At the end of the day, losing weight is in your hands. Cubii burns up to 150 calories per hour on average, which means that you’d have to pedal two hours at max speed to burn 300 calories—the amount an average person will burn during a one-hour walk. 

That said, any calories you burn that you weren’t previously means that over time, you may lose weight from regular Cubii use. Remember that 1 lb. of fat equals 3,200 calories, so at 1 hour of Cubii use per day, it’s possible that you’d lose 1 lb. in 3 weeks—not too bad. Use the elliptical for 2 hours each day, and that time is cut in half. 

Of course, weight loss has to do with so much more than simply moving: your diet, genetics, and stress level all come into play as well. The purpose of Cubii is to get you moving, get your blood pumping, and increase overall health. If weight loss occurs, consider that a bonus. 

Is Cubii Good For Bad Knees? 

Cubii Review

Cubii is excellent for your knees. Ellipticals in general are one of the most joint-friendly exercise machines on the market, so one that lets you sit down to use it is even better. 

Think of it like recumbent cycling mixed with the motion of an elliptical. The angle your legs are at on a recumbent bike allows for minimal stress to be put on your joints. When combined with the motion of the elliptical (no pounding on the pavement, just pushing), you have yourself a winning combo. 

Is Cubii Good For Seniors? 

Cubii Review

This Cubii review found that the machine is great for people of all ages, but it’s particularly useful for seniors who need to stay active, but a) can’t get on a big machine, b) can’t make it to the gym, c) can’t afford a large piece of equipment or a gym membership, d) can’t walk due to an injury, and/or e) want to keep busy while watching their favorite show.

Who Is Cubii For? 

Cubii Review

Cubii is ideal for anyone who wants to stay active throughout their day. Designed for both home and office use, the Cubii under desk elliptical is a smart choice for office workers or people who want to multitask or get some low-impact exercise while they watch TV or read on the couch. 

The machines are easy to use and don’t weigh much, which makes them perfect for all ages, even teens and seniors. Note that children should not use these machines without supervision. 

Alternatives

If you are looking for brand alternatives to Cubii, here are some options to consider:

  1. DeskCycle: DeskCycle is a compact pedal exerciser that is designed to be used under a desk or while sitting in a chair. It is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, and is equipped with a display monitor that tracks your progress.
  2. Stamina InMotion E1000: The Stamina InMotion E1000 is a compact elliptical machine that is designed to be used while sitting. It is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, and is equipped with a display monitor that tracks your progress.
  3. Sunny Health & Fitness SF-B0418: The Sunny Health & Fitness SF-B0418 is a compact magnetic mini exercise bike that is designed to be used under a desk or while sitting in a chair. It is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, and is equipped with a display monitor that tracks your progress.
  4. FitDesk Under Desk Elliptical: The FitDesk Under Desk Elliptical is a compact elliptical machine that is designed to be used under a desk or while sitting in a chair. It is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints, and is equipped with a display monitor that tracks your progress.
  5. Gaiam Balance Disc: The Gaiam Balance Disc is a versatile balance cushion that can be used as a seat cushion or for exercise. It is designed to improve balance, posture, and core strength, and is a low-impact option that is easy on the joints.

These are just a few of the many brand alternatives to Cubii that are available on the market. It is important to consider your individual needs and preferences when choosing an exercise product, and to consult with a healthcare professional if you have any concerns.

Comparison: Cubii vs. Sunny Health 

Cubii Review

Seated ellipticals aren’t exactly new to the market: they’ve been used in the medical community for years as rehabilitation aids. But as time passes these machines have evolved, getting smaller, sleeker, lighter, and offering more functions. 

Cubii is a modern brand, but is it the best on the market? To help answer this question, this Cubii review will do a quick comparison between it and Sunny Health, a fitness equipment company that carries both seated ellipticals, as well as a wider line of exercise products.

Sunny Health’s product lineup starts with small accessories like weights and mats and extends to large stand-up ellipticals, rowers, and treadmills, which makes this brand a great choice if you’re looking for a variety of workout options. Let’s see if it’s still a great choice for those who are specifically interested in seated ellipticals. 

The Sunny Health Magnetic Under Desk Elliptical Peddler uses magnets to offer eight levels of resistance that are controlled by a knob, the same as Cubii. It includes a small digital monitor, which looks like it may be a bit hard to read, as well as a carrying handle, non-slip pedals, and smooth-glide wheels. 

The description doesn’t mention sound and, unfortunately, the information video doesn’t feature audio. But this Cubii review did note that this machine’s wheels move on the ground, which could possibly cause more noise as the back-and-forth motion of the wheels isn’t muffled. 

The Sunny Health Magnetic Under Desk Elliptical Peddler ($140, list price of $220) looks a bit bulky, but weighs just 25 lbs. It, like the Cubii Go ($299), comes with a one-year warranty and arrives pre-assembled. 

What’s the main difference between the machines? The Cubii Go is more modern, uses a slide mechanism on the inside instead of wheels on the outside, and has a slightly larger screen (though not by much). The Go weighs just under 20 lbs., which means that it may be easier to move. 

Both machines look to be good quality, but the Cubii model may beat out Sunny Health’s thanks to its quiet, smooth ZeroGravitii Flywheel, lighter weight, larger and illuminated screen, and built-in chair stops. Of course, you’re paying for all those features, as the Go is more than double the sale price of the Sunny Health machine. 

So, what’s more important to you—quality features, or low price? The choice is yours. 

Want to learn more about Sunny Health? Then check out our full Sunny Health & Fitness Review and see how they stack up.

Cubii Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Cubii Review

If you’ve just finished reading our comparison of Sunny Health and Cubii, then you know that our featured brand is more expensive than other similar ones on the market. 

Based on what we’ve read so far, it appears that what Cubii offers in terms of features, looks, quality, and accessories is worth the extra money, but that’s just speculation. To understand if it’s true, it’s important that this Cubii review takes note of what customers have to say about the brand’s machines. 

We’ll head to the brand’s website first to see what kind of ratings shoppers leave there. Below, you’ll find ratings for some of Cubii’s most notable offerings: 

  • Cubii JR14.8/5 stars based on 1,684 reviews
  • Cubii JR24.8/5 stars based on 158 reviews
  • Cubii Go4.8/5 stars based on 89 reviews
  • Cubii Pro4.8/5 stars based on 332 reviews
  • Cushii Lumbar Cushion4.8/5 stars based on 36 reviews

As you can see, these products get the same rating right across the board. First off, let’s see what customers had to say about the JR1, which gets a ton of great feedback for its quiet operation, ease of use, and immediate benefits. “This has made such a big difference in my life in just one week. I no longer have leg cramps at night while I’m sleeping,” reads one review. 

There are a few reviews that mention some difficulties with the JR1—either that it’s too heavy, too hard to push, or not ideal for those with mobility issues. In these cases, it seems like the negatives are mostly to do with users’ personal issues, not with the Cubii exerciser itself. 

Moving away from the brand’s website itself, let’s check out an in-depth analysis of the Cubii JR1 by Jessica Casperain on Reviewed. First off, she confirms Cubii’s claim for minimal noise, saying that “you may hear the slight swishing of the pedals, it’s predominantly noise-free.” 

But while the machine is certainly quiet and provides a good low-intensity workout, Casperain found that it was distracting for use in the office, saying “there’s no way I’d call the Cubii a passive activity for work hours.” This means that the Cubii seated elliptical may be better suited for the home than the office.

Wanting to check up on the brand’s customer service and how they respond to user issues, this Cubii review checked out the company’s profile at the Better Business Bureau. The initial finding was something of a shock: a D- score. 

But when we saw that this derived from just six complaints over three years, only two of which were not responded to, our level of concern dropped considerably. Not to mention that on the brand website itself, Cubii responds to nearly every complaint with an apology and an offer to make it right.

Is Cubii Worth It?

Cubii Review

Judging by its customer service and product quality and effectiveness, Cubii seems like a reliable brand. Though its machines may not provide a real heart-pounding workout, that’s not really what they’re for: they’re intended to keep you moving while doing other activities in order to promote overall health and wellness. 

The Cubii machine is also very useful for those with injuries, who suffer from joint pain, or who need to lose weight but struggle with walking. Seniors and other people with mobility issues may get great benefits from these Cubii ellipticals.

For the able-bodied but frequently sedentary, keep in mind that while Cubii is marketed as a way to get you moving in the office while you work, its operation may be too distracting despite the promise of near-silent operation. It’s at home, especially during times when you don’t need to focus, that these machines really shine.

Does the fact Cubii isn’t amazing for use during brain work (problem-solving, brainstorming, etc.) make it not worth the money? Definitely not. The Cubii cost is higher than that of ellipticals from other brands (ranging from $249 to $349), but all of its models are quality machines with great features. They’re quiet, offer varied resistance, and the newer models are very light. 

Cubii Promotions & Discounts 

Cubii Review

This Cubii review has rounded up every deal and price advantage the brand has on offer and compiled them below for your convenience:

  • Free shipping for orders of $49 and up
  • Free 7-day Cubii Studio+ trial
  • $15 off the Cubii JR1 Premium Bundle (added automatically at checkout)
  • Sign up to the brand mailing list for more discounts and special offers

Where to Buy Cubii

Cubii Review

To get access to free shipping and discount codes, get your Cubii from cubii.com. You can also find select models at Amazon, Costco, Best Buy, and TSC.

FAQ

Cubii Review

Where is Cubii made? 

Cubii is designed in the US but made in China. This is pretty standard for many fitness equipment companies: Sunny Health, which was mentioned in the product comparison above, also manufactures its products in China and Taiwan.

What is Cubii’s Shipping Policy?

Cubii ships to the US and Canada, but some accessories only ship within the US. Orders are processed in 1-3 business days, and take about 6-10 business days to arrive at your door. 

What is Cubii’s Return Policy?

Cubii has a 30-day risk-free trial offer that allows you to return your elliptical free of charge if, for whatever reason, you decide that it isn’t right for you. To start a return, head to the help page on the brand website. You’ll be asked to include the following information:

  1. Product serial number
  2. Your order number
  3. Your shipping address
  4. Reason for return

If your request is accepted, Cubii will send you a prepaid return label and directions on what to do next. 

How to Contact Cubii

If you need any other information not already covered in this Cubii review, you can get in touch with the brand via:

Cubii’s customer service hours are Monday-Friday, 9am-6pm CST.


Looking for more ways to work out from home? Here are some other options to consider when shopping around:

WaterRower

Ergatta

Sunny Health & Fitness

Stamina Products

P.volve

About Dime

Dime Beauty Review

My search for clean beauty has led me down a rabbit hole and brought up so many questions. Do clean products limit efficacy? Should I be looking out for natural formulas? And how about the packaging itself?

I’m actually relieved that on the other side of all of this confusion, there are brands that have it all like Dime Beauty. With a focus on clean, cruelty-free formulas, its skincare line is big on what’s important: inclusivity, affordability, and sustainability—all while being effective.

A recent study has shown the importance of using natural and safe ingredients in cosmetics, which is where Dime Beauty shines. The study highlights the need for a shift away from conventional fossil-based ingredients in favor of bioactive ingredients that are safe, effective, and sustainable.

The brand has been featured in major beauty and fashion outlets like Vogue, Glamour, Vanity Fair, Harper’s Bazaar, Elle, and Hypebae. In a little prelim research for this Dime Beauty review, I discovered that the company is no slouch on social media either, with 119K followers on Instagram.

Dime Beauty was founded in 2018 by husband-and-wife team Baylee and Ryan Relf. Seeking to create clean skincare solutions to real-life issues experienced by women, Baylee (an esthetician) and Ryan (a product development specialist in the beauty field) used their industry connections to start exploring formulas with top-notch chemists.

With the beauty market now bursting with brands claiming to be 100% clean, how can you know which one is the best for you? Don’t worry, this Dime Beauty review is here to help. Here, I’ll give you an in-depth look at the brand, its bestsellers, ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if it’s worth giving your dollars to Dime. 

Studies About Skincare Products

If you are considering skincare products to address specific skin concerns (such as dryness, dullness, or signs of aging), it may be helpful to learn about some recent studies on skincare ingredients found in the brand’s products.

  1. A 2018 study investigated the efficacy of natural oils, such as jojoba oil and sunflower seed oil. The study found that these oils can improve skin barrier function, hydration, and reduce inflammation.
  2. A 2019 study explored the benefits of antioxidants, like vitamin E and flavonoids. The results showed that these antioxidants can protect the skin from damage caused by free radicals, reducing signs of aging and maintaining skin health.
  3. A 2022 study evaluated the effectiveness of plant-derived ingredients, like green tea extract. The study discovered that these ingredients can provide anti-inflammatory, antimicrobial, and antioxidant benefits, contributing to overall skin health and appearance.
  4. A 2021 study examined the benefits of hyaluronic acid, a popular ingredient in skincare products. The research demonstrated that hyaluronic acid can significantly improve skin hydration, elasticity, and reduce the appearance of wrinkles.

Dime Pros and Cons

Dime Beauty Review

Pros

  • Natural and plant-based ingredients like vitamin C, hyaluronic acid, retinol, niacinamide, and plant extracts can help improve the appearance and health of the skin.
  • Wide range of clean, vegan, and cruelty-free skincare solutions, cosmetics, and wellness and anti-aging products.
  • Biodegradable packaging.
  • Transparent ingredient lists, graded according to EWG standards.
  • Affordable price points compared to some other high-end skincare brands.
  • Installment payment option available via Afterpay.
  • Positive reviews from many customers.
  • Offers 15% off first purchase when signing up for mailing list.
  • Subscribe to a product and save 15% off each order.
  • Free shipping for US orders of $49 and up.
  • International shipping available.
  • 60-day satisfaction guarantee.

Cons

  • Limited availability of Dime Beauty products in certain countries or stores.
  • Not all products may work for everyone’s skin type or concerns, and some ingredients may cause irritation or adverse reactions.
  • Limited information on the sourcing and sustainability of ingredients used in Dime Beauty products.
  • Price points may be considered expensive compared to some other skincare brands.
  • Cosmetics line is minimal.

Shopping for skincare has left me wondering: What does it mean to be clean in a marketplace where that term gets thrown around willy-nilly? In my Dime Beauty review below, I’ll take a long hard look at some of this brand’s signature products to see if they live up to the company’s claims.

Ingredients

Dime Beauty Review

Dime Beauty products feature a powerful blend of skin-loving ingredients that work together to promote a healthy, radiant complexion. These include:

Coenzyme Q10

Coenzyme Q10 is a skin-friendly antioxidant that regulates pH levels, promotes skin smoothness, balance, and cleanliness.

Cucumber fruit extract

Cucumber fruit extract is rich in vitamins and minerals, it nourishes and protects the skin from damage.

Salicylic acid

Salicylic acid is a powerhouse ingredient that penetrates deeply into the skin to fight acne-causing bacteria.

Clove oil

Clove oil has potent antibacterial properties, and it helps to reduce skin redness and swelling.

Meadowfoam oil

Meadowfoam oil is a skin-soothing ingredient that protects and nourishes the skin.

Sea buckthorn oil

Sea buckthorn oil is an anti-inflammatory ingredient that can be effective against acne, swelling, and redness.

Retinol

Retinol is a form of Vitamin A that helps to boost collagen production, improve skin texture and reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.

Rosehip oil

Rosehip oil is a rich source of antioxidants, including Vitamin C, that help to protect the skin against environmental stressors and promote a more radiant complexion.

By combining these top-quality ingredients, Dime Beauty products provide your skin and hair with the care and nourishment they need to look and feel their best.

Benefits

Dime Beauty products feature a potent blend of nourishing ingredients that work together to provide your skin and hair with the care and nourishment they need to look and feel their best. Here are some of the benefits you can expect from using our products:

Healthy, balanced skin

Coenzyme Q10 regulates skin pH levels and helps keep the skin smooth, balanced, and clean. Witch hazel has pollution-purging properties and helps moisturize and clean the skin from within.

Cucumber fruit extract nourishes and protects the skin from damage, while salicylic acid penetrates deep into the skin and helps fight bacteria that cause acne. These ingredients work together to promote healthy, balanced skin.

Reduced skin redness and inflammation

Clove oil has potent antibacterial properties and helps reduce skin redness and swelling. Vitamin A helps to reduce inflammation and treat acne. Sea buckthorn oil has anti-inflammatory properties and can be effective against acne, swelling, and redness. These ingredients work together to help reduce skin redness and inflammation.

Stronger, healthier hair

Meadowfoam oil protects and soothes the hair, while sea buckthorn oil has anti-inflammatory properties that can help soothe and nourish the scalp. These ingredients work together to promote stronger, healthier hair.

Radiant, youthful-looking skin

Retinol, a form of Vitamin A, helps boost collagen production, improve skin texture, and reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. Rosehip oil is a rich source of antioxidants, including Vitamin C, that help protect the skin against environmental stressors and promote a more radiant complexion. These ingredients work together to promote radiant, youthful-looking skin.

By using Dime Beauty products regularly, you can expect to see improvements in the overall health and appearance of your skin and hair.

Side Effects

As with any skincare or haircare products, there is a possibility of side effects when using Dime Beauty products. While many people will see only positive results, some may experience negative reactions. Here are some potential side effects to be aware of:

Skin irritation

Some people may experience skin irritation, such as redness, itching, or stinging, when using certain Dime Beauty products. This can be a sign of an allergic reaction or sensitivity to one or more of the ingredients.

Breakouts

While salicylic acid is an effective ingredient for fighting acne, some people may experience breakouts when using it. This is because salicylic acid can cause a purging period, during which the skin may experience an increase in acne before clearing up.

Dryness

Some Dime Beauty products, such as those that contain retinol, can cause dryness, flaking, or peeling of the skin. This is because these ingredients can be quite potent and may require some time for the skin to adjust.

It is important to note that everyone’s skin is different and may react differently to skincare and haircare products.

If you experience any negative reactions when using Dime Beauty products, discontinue use immediately and consult with a dermatologist or medical professional.

5 Bestselling Dime Beauty Products

Your skin changes as you age, meaning you’ll have different concerns you’ll need to address at different times in your life. Below in Dime Beauty review, I’ll survey some of the brand’s products that target assorted skin conditions. 

Dime Super Skin Toner

Coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10 to its friends) is a naturally occurring nutrient in the human body that helps regulate your skin’s pH levels. And honestly, with friends as helpful as this one, I’ll take all I can get.

Reading on, I discovered that the Super Skin Toner gives this friend I never knew I had a supercharged boost so that it can continue keeping my skin smooth, balanced, and clean.

Powered by pollution-purging witch hazel and nourishing cucumber fruit extract, this Dime Beauty skin toner will not only moisturize and clean skin from within, but also help protect it from damage. You can get it for $24 as a one-time purchase, or subscribe to receive it every 30-90 days and pay just $20 per order.

Dime Power Patch

I remember when toothpaste was a go-to method for getting rid of zits, so there I sat, covered in toothpaste and all I actually got was a minty-fresh face. There’s no need to resort to this folk remedy any more though, the Dime Beauty Power Patch is your new simple but effective way to battle blemishes. 

Formulated with deep-penetrating salicylic acid, bacteria-fighting clove oil and antioxidizing Vitamin A, these easy-to-apply adhesive patches attack redness and swelling at the source while still being gentle on your skin. Banish your blemishes with the Power Patch for $18, or just $15 with a subscription.

Dime Eyelash Boost Serum

Like most women, I wasn’t blessed with long lashes. Of course, the multiple coats of mascara I combed on only led to a spidery, somewhat frightening look. Then I heard about lash serum. Turns out, it can actually help my lashes look luscious all on their own.

The Eyelash Boost Serum uses amino acid-rich collagen and a unique peptide blend to amplify the protein that creates hair, making those delicate and often way-too-sparse follicles on our eyelids longer, stronger, and healthier.

Safe for everyday use, this Dime Beauty lash boost serum can help your lash and brow gardens grow into full bloom once again. Get it for $44, or subscribe and pay just $37.

Dime Thirsty Face Mist

Do you make it to midday and then suddenly feel as though your face is desert-dry? The Thirsty Face Mist can help with that! I call it Gatorade for the skin since it uses electrolytes to draw water in, hydrating your mug with every refreshing spritz.

To pump up the benefits, this Dime Beauty face mist also contains meadowfoam oil, which works to protect and soothe your skin. It’s also made with sea buckthorn oil, an anti-inflammatory that can even be effective against acne, swelling, and redness. The Thirsty Face Mist retails for $24 ($20 with a subscription). 

Dime Dewy Day Cream

In my office working days, applying moisturizer mid day wasn’t exactly high on my priority list. And yet, with drying AC, my skin begged for it. The Dewy Day Cream is a must for workday dryness.

Fast absorbing, it gives you the midday hydration and balancing you need, leaving you looking refreshed, energized, and ready to over that afternoon slump.

As a bonus, the vitamin-packed rosehip oil in this Dime Beauty day cream has been shown to help reduce visible signs of aging, redness, and even scarring. Look as fresh as you did in the morning with the Dewy Day Cream for $34 (as a one-time purchase) or $29 (with a subscription).

Is Dime Beauty A Clean Brand? 

Dime Beauty Review

After doing some serious digging, I can confidently say, yes, Dime Beauty is a clean brand, as it adheres to the high standards of the EWG. Also, the brand website discloses the full ingredients list for every Dime Beauty product, along with each one’s individual EWG harmfulness rating. As someone who’s a self-proclaimed clean beauty nut, this is super important to me.

Want to know what it leaves out? Dime Beauty also maintains an extensive list of all the potentially harmful ingredients you will not find in any of its products here

Is Dime Beauty EWG Certified? 

Dime Beauty Review

As I previously mentioned, Dime Beauty is EWG-certified. So what does that mean? That the brand runs every single ingredient through the EWG Skin Deep database in order to ensure that only clean, healthy, and safe non-toxic ingredients are being included in its products. 

How Long Does Dime Beauty Last? 

Dime Beauty Review

Here’s the kicker: Since Dime Beauty is all about clean formulas, some of its formulas may not have the shelf life of comparable products from brands that use potentially harmful ingredients.

It’s the price of choosing clean skincare, but one I’m willing to pay for non-toxic beauty. You can consult the product pages for individual items on the brand website for their respective best-before dates. 

Who Is Dime For? 

Dime Beauty Review

Dime’s simple yet attracting packaging and anti-aging lines tell me that the brand isn’t really courting millennials. A stripped-down cosmetics line gives me that same feeling too.

So who is Dime Beauty for? Women aged 30 through 60 looking for effective clean beauty products and skincare solutions. Prioritizing high-efficacy without potentially harmful ingredients, the brand also proudly remains cruelty-free. In other words, it’s the one I’ve been searching for.

Alternatives

If you’re looking for alternatives to Dime Beauty, there are many other skincare and beauty brands out there to consider. Here are a few popular options to explore:

Beauty Heroes: Beauty Heroes is a subscription-based beauty service that features clean and ethical beauty brands. Their products are carefully curated to ensure they are non-toxic and effective, making it a great choice for those who prioritize natural and sustainable skincare.

Evolve Beauty: Evolve Beauty is a UK-based skincare brand that uses natural and organic ingredients to create products that are both effective and gentle on the skin. Their range includes products for all skin types and concerns, including anti-aging, hydration, and blemish control.

Farmacy Beauty: Farmacy Beauty is a clean and natural skincare brand that uses innovative ingredients like echinacea and honey to create effective products that are gentle on the skin. Their range includes everything from cleansers and toners to moisturizers and masks.

Facetheory: Facetheory is a science-backed skincare brand that uses active ingredients like retinol, vitamin C, and hyaluronic acid to create effective products for all skin types. They offer a personalized skincare routine service to help you find the best products for your skin type and concerns.

Sally Beauty Supply: Sally Beauty Supply is a one-stop-shop for all your beauty needs, offering a wide range of skincare, haircare, and makeup products. They offer a mix of professional and consumer-grade products, making it a great choice for those who want to try out a range of different brands and products.

Dime Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Dime Beauty Review

OK, so I know that Dime’s products are clean—but do they work? In this Dime Beauty review, I set out to answer that question by polling customer opinions on both the brand website and third-party sites. 

First up, let’s take a random sampling of its products and see how reviewers rate them on on dimebeautyco.com: 

  • Eyelash Boost Serum4.6/5 stars from 4,602 reviews
  • The Works4.9/5 stars from 2,300 reviews 
  • Luminosity Eye Serum4.8/5 stars from 771 reviews
  • Volume Mascara4.4/5 stars from 674 reviews 

Not too shabby! Now, let’s dive in for a closer look and read some actual customer comments. Just because I dig the name, let’s start with Luminosity. This soothing, wrinkle- and puffiness-reducing Dime Beauty eye serum was a big hit with users, such as the one below:

I’ve been using this for the past two months and I’ve really seen a difference. My eyes appear brighter and I wake up visibly less puffy around the eyes!”

With 4.9/5 stars from 267 reviews, I found the Dime Beauty Night Cream to be another winner. “This cream goes on so easy, has no oily residue, and my skin looks and feels amazing the next morning,” said one user, who was echoed by another: “Loving this night cream. It’s lightweight and absorbs quickly. It doesn’t feel heavy or greasy.”

Turning to one of the items I spotlighted in this Dime Beauty review above, the Power Patch scores 4.8/5 stars based on 805 reviews. Customers were ecstatic about how this product took blemish-fighting to a whole new level. Said one: 

I tried the power patch for the first time and am in love! These little drops of magic are amazing. My trouble areas disappeared overnight. I have NEVER had a product work so well. Being somewhat pricey, I was hesitant, but soooo glad I splurged!”

How about the brand’s cosmetics? Well, the Dime Beauty Volume Mascara pulls in an impressive 4.4/5 stars from 674 individual ratings. I read that buyers were impressed that the product delivered all the benefits of mass-market makeup while maintaining a 100% clean formula, as per the following comment:

I have short lashes. I’ve tried other clean brands and nothing stands up to this one in terms of ease of application, durability, and removal. I actually get compliments on my lashes now!”

I’ll hop off the brand’s home turf and see what’s being said about these products on third-party sites. Another one of Dime Beauty’s top-selling products, the Eyelash Boost Serum, gets 4.5/5 stars out of 55 customer reviews over at Amazon. One customer said: 

“I love this product! It doesn’t burn my eyes like other products I’ve tried. Not only does it grow my lashes and eyebrows quickly, I’ve noticed a difference with how strong they are and they don’t fall out!” 

Finally, at The Advice Sisters blog, I read up on what author Alison Blackman said about three of the brand’s products—the Gentle Jelly Cleanser, Hyaluronic Acid Serum, and our old friend the Dewy Day Cream—and summed up the results as follows:

There’s a lot to like about Dime Beauty, although nothing really costs anything near a dime. But the cleanser worked well and was pleasant to use[;] I liked the serum[,] which made my skin feel instantly soft and hydrated[; and the] moisturizer absorbed quickly without making me wait to apply sunblock and foundation.

“[So] if you’re seeking clean beauty and reasonable prices, Dime Beauty could be, well…priceless!

Finding a minimal number of negative reviews throughout this Dime Beauty review (these were mainly about products not delivering the promised effects—body chemistry, folks—whadderyagonnado?), I’d say that more customers are pleased with their purchases from this brand than not.  

Is Dime Worth It?

Dime Beauty Review

If I had to sum it up in a nutshell for this Dime Beauty review, I’d say—yeah! Based on the info I could glean, Dime passes the smell test when it comes to calling itself a clean brand. Its ingredients are EWG-certified, and it is transparent about every element that it puts in its products.

As the customer reviews above attest, its products perform as promised in 99.99% of cases. And while the price point may be a little steep for those who are used to drugstore pricing, I think the quality (and the cleanliness) of these products make it worth the buy.

Dime Promotions & Discounts 

Dime Beauty Review

I joyously found a few ways you can save your dimes when shopping with Dime Beauty. By subscribing, you can save 15% on every order.

Sign up for the brand’s mailing list and get 15% off your next purchase. Once you’ve signed up, enjoy a weekly heads-up about any upcoming sales or promotions.

Love buying in bulk? Dime Beauty offers dozens of discounted bundles on the ”Bundles” page of its website.

Where to Buy Dime

Dime Beauty Review

After scoping out various sources, I learned that naturally, the best selection of Dime Beauty products can be found on the brand website, dimebeautyco.com. Select items can also be found on Amazon and, in Canada, on Zennkai. 

FAQ

Dime Beauty Review

Where is Dime beauty made? 

Dime Beauty’s products are made in Utah. The only exceptions are the Volume Mascara, Power Patch, and lip stains, which are made overseas as the brand does not have the right facilities to produce them in the US. A helpful note: Dime assures customers that its manufacturing partner is FDA-approved and -regulated.

Is Dime vegan and cruelty-free?

I’ve said it a number of times before, and I sure don’t mind saying it again! Yes, all Dime Beauty products are vegan and cruelty-free. 

What is Dime’s Shipping Policy?

All US orders of $49 or more are eligible for free shipping; for orders less than that amount, standard shipping rates will apply. Deliveries are made via USPS or DHL, and shipping insurance can be purchased at checkout if the customer wishes.

For international orders (excluding the EU and the UK), the customer is responsible for all shipping charges. Interestingly, though, Dime Beauty is one of the few companies we’ve seen that offers to cover even a portion of customs duties and taxes—an impressive 80%!

In non-pandemic times, shipping usually takes 3-5 business days. But given our delightful circumstances at present, it may take upwards of two weeks for your package to arrive. 

What is Dime’s Return Policy?

If you are not fully satisfied with any product you have ordered, you can return it to Dime Beauty for a refund or an exchange within 60 days of receipt. Contact the company’s customer service team to begin the return process. Note that customers are responsible for return shipping charges.

How to Contact Dime

If you have any questions that I didn’t answer in this Dime Beauty review, you can contact the brand directly via email at [email protected] or through the live chat feature on the brand website. Response hours are Monday-Friday, 9 am-5pm MST. 


Explore your options for more skincare and beauty products with these popular brands:

Beauty Heroes

Evolve Beauty

Farmacy Beauty

Facetheory

Sally Beauty Supply

About LMNT

Drink LMNT Review

LMNT is a performance-enhancing electrolyte powder with a high sodium content. The energy and brain-boosting product comes in travel-friendly pouches and nine different flavors to elevate your workout and push you to new boundaries.

Before the development of Recharge, founder Robb Wolf was no stranger to health issues. Turning to a keto diet and intermittent fasting to resolve them, he finally found something that worked.

And yet, with Jiu-Jitsu training 3-5 times per week, he noticed he just didn’t have the oomph to push through his exercises. But, why not? As a fit man, there was no reason for him to be lacking in the gym.

Trying out electrolytes for energy and recovery, Wolf found himself compromising. But, he soon decided to take the future of his health into his own hands by making a beverage that fit his needs.

Experimenting with sodium, potassium, and magnesium levels until he found the optimal level, Wolf launched LMNT in 2018. Today, the brand is based in New York City, NY and ships around the world.

LMNT’s benefits and flavors are potent enough to appeal to people who aren’t exercising and just want something to sip on. That demographic is only growing larger, as the sports drink market was valued at $36b in 2021.

If you’re on a keto diet, or simply looking for a sugar-free, high-salt electrolyte beverage, then you may have found exactly what you need. To be sure, take a read through this Drink LMNT review to find out about the brands ingredients, how to use them, their customer feedback, promotions, and more.

I’ll kick things off by looking at LMNT’s pros and cons.

Pros and Cons

Drink LMNT Review

Pros:

  1. Provides essential electrolytes: LMNT drinks contain a balanced blend of sodium, potassium, and magnesium, which are essential electrolytes that help support hydration, muscle function, and overall health.
  2. No added sugars or artificial ingredients: LMNT drinks are free from added sugars, artificial sweeteners, and other artificial ingredients that are commonly found in traditional sports drinks.
  3. Convenient and easy to use: LMNT drinks come in convenient individual packets that can be easily mixed with water, making them a convenient option for people who are on the go or who need quick hydration during workouts.
  4. Science-backed: The ingredients in LMNT drinks are backed by scientific research and are formulated based on the latest nutritional guidelines.

Cons:

  1. May be expensive: LMNT drinks may be more expensive than traditional sports drinks or other electrolyte supplements, which could make them less accessible to some consumers.
  2. Limited flavor options: While LMNT offers several flavor options, they may not have the same variety as other sports drinks or electrolyte supplements.

Ingredients

When it came to developing its electrolyte-packed product, LMNT labs had some large boxes that needed checking. The toxicity of sugar, gluten, and artificial ingredients was a no-go, and due to the success founder Robb Wolf experienced in his own life, he wanted the product to be totally Paleo and Keto-friendly.

Drink LMNT Review

In each one of the nine delicious flavors of LMNT, you’ll get 1000mg of sodium, 200mg of potassium, and 60mg of magnesium. Double what you’ll find in sugar-laden, artificial sports drink competitors. By upping the quantities, this beverage delivers superior recovery results for the mind and body.

Here is a breakdown of the ingredients in LMNT and what each one does:

  1. Sodium (Sodium Citrate and Sodium Chloride): Sodium is an electrolyte that helps regulate fluid balance in the body, supports nerve and muscle function, and plays a role in blood pressure regulation. Sodium citrate and sodium chloride are both forms of sodium that are easily absorbed by the body.
  2. Potassium (Potassium Citrate): Potassium is an electrolyte that is important for muscle and nerve function, and plays a role in regulating blood pressure and heart function. Potassium citrate is a form of potassium that is easily absorbed by the body.
  3. Magnesium (Magnesium Citrate): Magnesium is an essential mineral that supports muscle and nerve function, and plays a role in bone health and heart function. Magnesium citrate is a form of magnesium that is easily absorbed by the body.
  4. Citric Acid: Citric acid is a weak organic acid that is commonly used as a flavoring agent and preservative in food and beverages. It also has potential health benefits, such as aiding in digestion and reducing the risk of kidney stones.
  5. Stevia Leaf Extract: Stevia leaf extract is a natural sweetener that is derived from the stevia plant. It is commonly used as a sugar substitute in foods and beverages, and is a calorie-free alternative to sugar.
  6. Natural Flavors: Natural flavors are derived from natural sources such as fruits, vegetables, and herbs. They are commonly used in food and beverages to enhance flavor and aroma. LMNT uses natural flavors to add flavor to their drink mixes without the use of artificial ingredients.

Benefits

Drink LMNT Review

There are several potential benefits of electrolyte drinks like LMNT, including improved hydration, better athletic performance, faster recovery, increased energy, and better focus.

  1. Improved Hydration: LMNT provides key electrolytes like sodium, potassium, and magnesium that help maintain proper hydration levels in the body, especially during intense exercise or hot weather conditions.
  2. Enhanced Athletic Performance: Proper hydration and electrolyte balance can help improve athletic performance by reducing muscle fatigue, cramping, and improving endurance.
  3. Faster Recovery: Electrolytes play an important role in muscle recovery, and consuming them through drinks like LMNT can help speed up the recovery process after strenuous physical activity.
  4. Increased Energy: Electrolytes help support proper nerve and muscle function, which can improve energy levels and reduce fatigue.
  5. Better Focus: Dehydration and electrolyte imbalances can cause mental fatigue and reduce focus. LMNT can help address these issues and improve cognitive function.

3 Best-Selling Drink LMNT Products

One formula. Nine flavors. Three different options. This Drink LMNT review will walk you through each of the brand’s flavors, along with some information on how to enjoy them best.

LMNT Recharge Review

Classic sports drinks contain a few ingredients with purpose and a few that are there just for looks. Artificial colors, flavors, and fillers do absolutely nothing for your body. And yet, big brands pay to put them in there. Why? Sales.

As for the sugar, the importance of its presence is negotiable, but for those on a keto diet—it’s not. LMNT Recharge is a drink with purpose. It only includes what needs to be there for you to get the most out of your workout and to help you recover faster.

With only 10 calories, mix each stick pack with 16oz of water and knock it back or enjoy throughout your workout. Replacing white, refined sugar with natural stevia leaf, LMNT Recharge is an ideal choice for those following a low-carb diet.

Take your pick of nine flavors:

  • Grapefruit Salt
  • Watermelon Salt
  • Citrus Salt
  • Orange Salt
  • Raspberry Salt
  • Raw Unflavored
  • Mango Chili
  • Lemon Habanero
  • Chocolate Salt

You may not be aware of this, but salt pretty much goes with anything. It enhances the flavor of sweet, spicy, and tangy flavors. Watermelon with salt is considered a classy summer party staple and I think Mango Chili speaks for itself!

Get a pack of 30 Recharge sticks for $45 (that’s just $1.50 per stick—move over, Gatorade), or $39 when you subscribe. I just need to note that all 30 sticks will have the same flavor. If you wish to mix it up, check out the next pack in this Drink LMNT review.

Customers say: “These things taste great and I feel much better throughout the day if I take one. I exercise everyday and am constantly on my feet at work and sweating sometimes too so these have been great for replenishing energy and keeping me going throughout the day.”

LMNT Recharge Variety Pack Review 

If you like to switch things up, then the Variety Pack is your obvious go-to. Of course, what would variety be without some options? That’s why you’ll get to pick from two different packs, both of which I’ll outline just below.

  1. Variety Pack: Citrus Salt, Raspberry Salt, and Orange Salt
  2. Fiesta Pack: Lemon Habanero, Mango Chili, andChocolate Salt

Each pack comes with 12 sticks—four of each flavor. Switch things up a little with the Drink LMNT Recharge Variety Pack for $20, or $18 when you subscribe.

Customers say: “The quality and taste are fantastic! They are super easy to take on the go and my favorite part is how EASILY they mix with water and iced coffee! If I get too far into my day without having my LMNT I can feel it. Scoop some up, folks, and get salty!

LMNT Value Bundle Review

As an active person, you know the value of recharging throughout your race or workout as well as after it. Because of that, you may find it helpful to have a larger supply of Drink LMNT electrolytes packets on hand.

The Value Bundle lets you add four boxes of 30 of your favorite flavors of Recharge to one convenient kit, saving you $15 per box, or $60 total. Stock up with the Value Bundle for $135, or subscribe and get it for $117.

Customers say: “We’ve been drinking LMNT for about a month now. I love it early in the day or when working up a good sweat. The flavors are fantastic! Added with seltzer water they are a great way to enjoy a mocktail!

How Often Should I Drink LMNT?

Drink LMNT Review

How often you should consume this beverage depends on your needs. Most of your sodium, potassium, and magnesium should come from a balanced and healthy diet, but you can supplement with LMNT if you find you’re lacking in any of those areas.

The electrolyte powder is designed for athletes or those on a ketogenic diet, and most use it 1-2 times per day. Elite athletes use it up to 4 times per day during training or races.

The sodium levels are high, so be sure not to drink more than your body needs. With that said, the brand states you should be getting between 5,000-7,000mg of sodium per day. Each of its powders contains 1,000mg.

Who is LMNT for?

Drink LMNT Review

LMNT was designed for those following a keto or paleo diet. It’s a great choice for anyone on a low-carb diet or who wants to avoid artificial ingredients and the high sugar content found in traditional sports drinks.

Electrolyte replenishment is important especially during workouts or periods of high-intensity movement. So Drink LMNT hydration packs would be, more specifically, beneficial for those who have active lives.

What Do Experts Think

While there aren’t any specific studies on LMNT’s specific formulation, there are several studies that have examined the benefits of the individual ingredients found in the drink. Here are some links to studies related to the ingredients in LMNT’s electrolyte drink:

  1. Sodium supplementation and exercise performance: This study examines the role of sodium in athletic performance, and suggests that sodium supplementation may be beneficial for athletes who engage in prolonged or high-intensity exercise.
  2. Electrolyte supplementation: While this study did not specifically evaluate LMNT’s electrolyte drink, it provides evidence for the potential benefits of electrolyte supplementation during endurance exercise. LMNT’s electrolyte drink is designed to provide essential electrolytes that are lost during intense physical activity, so the study’s findings suggest that LMNT may be beneficial for those who engage in endurance exercise such as running a marathon.
  3. Magnesium and exercise performance: This review article explores the potential benefits of magnesium, a key ingredient in LMNT, for athletes, including improved exercise performance and recovery.

Overall, the ingredients in LMNT’s electrolyte drink are generally well-regarded by experts, as they are balanced and designed to provide essential electrolytes that are lost during intense physical activity.

However, as with any dietary supplement, it’s important to consider individual needs and potential contraindications before adding LMNT to your routine.

Alternatives

There are other electrolyte drink brands with reputable ingredients profiles aside from LMNT. Here are three notable alternatives:

  • Hydrant: Single-stick electrolyte drink mixes with variants to boost immunity, reduce stress, and help with sleep.
  • Liquid I.V.: Multiple-purpose electrolyte drinks with exciting flavors like pina colada, passionfruit, and watermelon.
  • Cure Hydration: Uses the World Health Organisation’s Oral Rehydration Solution (ORS), a medical-grade formula designed to rehydrate children suffering from acute diarrhea. As such, these drink mixes are quite effective.

LMNT Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Drink LMNT Review

Before you try anything out for yourself, it’s usually smart to take a gander at the comments section to see what others’ experiences have been. This Drink LMNT review has gone ahead and done that for you, but I took it a few steps further as well, heading off of the brand’s website to get a balanced view of how customers perceive them.

But before I show you what I found outside of the site, let’s first take a look at the ratings on DrinkLMNT.com:

The electrolyte powder has over 31,000 reviews as of May 2023 and an overall rating of 4.6/5 stars.

Shoppers write of tasty flavors and a feeling of hydration. Of the flavors, one Drink LMNT review read, “LMNT salts are fantastic. The flavors are incredible. Each one is better than the last. The watermelon, raspberry, and chili mango are so tasty.” Thousands of people seem to agree!

Drink LMNT Review

Taste is a completely personal preference, so, as you can imagine, some people didn’t enjoy certain flavors as much as others. There wasn’t one flavor that was singled out though, which just reinforces my point.

You may be thinking, electrolytes in high amounts—what about the side effects? And your question is completely valid. Some people did experience an aftershock of sorts. One said that the Rechargecaused immediate gastric emptying in my system. No fun.

This is the opposite of what you want, as that effect causes dehydration, not the other way around. If this happens, the brand recommends diluting the powder more and sipping instead of chugging.

To check if ratings from the company’s website were honest, I headed to Amazon, where customer comments are notoriously unfiltered. I was happy to find a 4.8/5-star average from more than 3,000 users as of May 2023.

What were buyers so thrilled about? Well, I found one Drink LMNT review written by a 68-year-old with a new lease on life that pretty much sums it up:

After several weeks of LMNT, I ran a whole 5K last weekend and came in first place in my age group!” He said after being so low energy for years, he finally got his pep back. It’s pretty cool when a product changes a life.

Drink LMNT Review

I then headed on over to Fueled by LOLZ, a blog run by an athlete who tries out different performance products. Their Drink LMNT review said that Recharge did great things during a desert run, but in the end, due to the cost, it wasn’t something they could foresee including in their regular regimen.

So the negatives: cost and possible stomach issues. The positives: increased energy, better performance, and enjoyable flavors. I think the pros outweigh the cons, but it’s up to you to decide if it makes sense for your lifestyle.

Is LMNT Worth It?

Drink LMNT Review

I think the brand’s powders are worth it. The cost, $1.50 per pack, isn’t too high, but if you consume three or more a day, I could see where it could add up. If these prices are outside of your daily budget, LMNT may be something you save for races or on vigorous training days.

But according to those who consume these beverages, it does make a big difference in performance. In fact, there are thousands of users who swear by them.

Plus, these beverages can support a keto or intermittent fasting diet—two exceptionally trendy lifestyles in 2021. At just 10 calories, you’re still within the fasting rules, and the sugar-free formulation ensures you stay within ketosis.

If you subscribe, the cost comes down, and if you buy in bulk and subscribe, you can get a pack for under $1. Compared to your $6 latte, the price isn’t too bad—plus, you’ll get a lot more out of it than you would coffee and almond milk.

LMNT Promotions & Discounts

Drink LMNT Review

Throughout this Drink LMNT review, I kept an eye out for any and every promotion the brand has to offer on its website. Here’s what I found:

  • Save up to 15% when you subscribe
  • Save up to $60 when you buy in bulk

Where to Buy LMNT

Drink LMNT Review

You can find the brand’s products at DrinkLMNT.com or Amazon.

FAQ

Drink LMNT Review

Where is LMNT made? 

LMNT’s headquarters are located in NYC. I can’t say for sure if that’s where its supplement is made because the brand does not disclose that information.

Is LMNT vegan and cruelty-free?

The company does not specify whether or not it tests its products on animals or subject them to cruelty of any kind during the testing phase. But, I do know that the product itself is vegan.

What is LMNT’s Shipping Policy?

LMNT offers worldwide shipping. Costs vary by location, but it does ship to US customers for free. The brand doesn’t list any other shipping info on its website. To see how long it may take for your order to reach you, simply enter your address at checkout.

What is LMNT’s Return Policy?

If you don’t like LMNT, you can return it without a hassle. There is no time limit that you need to return it by. When you try it, if you decide it’s not for you, simply send the company an email or give it a call and let its team know.

If you haven’t tried the product but want a refund, you can ship it back. LMNT will send you a prepaid shipping label that you’ll just need to attach to the outside of your package.

How to Contact LMNT

I hope that you found all that you came looking for and more in this Drink LMNT review. If you still have questions, feel free to reach out to the brand in the following ways:


Check out these other trusted electrolytes and supplement alternatives:

Nuun

Hydrant Drink

MANTRA Labs

About Dossier

Dossier Perfume Review

Dossier offers luxury-like fragrances at inexpensive prices. By forgoing unnecessary fluff—like excessive packaging and designer names—the brand is able to offer a wide range of woody, floral, oriental, and musk fragrances that mimic some of the most iconic perfumes out there.

Founder Daniel Schwartz had grown tired of justifying expensive perfume. After some research, he discovered that the same scents can be crafted using better ingredients for just a fraction of the price.

Indeed, all of Dossier’s scents are packaged in minimal but sleek bottles that get straight to the point. After all, shouldn’t we care more about what our perfume smells like than the package it comes in? Offering nearly 70 fragrances, prices start at just $29, with formulations that are clean and free of toxins and yucky chemicals. 

This San Francisco-based brand is also proudly vegan and cruelty-free. It takes a transparent approach to perfume, letting its customers know exactly what perfume costs to make ($2), where they get their scents from, and everything that’s inside each bottle.

If affordable luxury perfumes sound like something you can get behind, stay tuned as my Dossier perfume review sniffs out the brand and its bestsellers. I’ll cover customer feedback, pros and cons, promotions, and more, to help you decide if its intriguing scents are worth the buy.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Pros and Cons

Dossier Perfume Review

Now that you know more about the brand and where it came from, I’ll will go over a list of pros and cons in this Dossier perfume review:

Pros

  • Dossier offers affordable fragrances, which can be appealing to budget-conscious consumers.
  • Their fragrances are inspired by popular designer scents, allowing consumers to enjoy a similar scent profile without the high price tag.
  • Dossier uses high-quality ingredients, ensuring that their fragrances have a long-lasting and complex scent profile.
  • They offer a variety of scents, catering to different tastes and preferences.
  • Dossier is committed to sustainability, using eco-friendly packaging and avoiding animal testing.

Cons

  • Dossier’s scents may not be as long-lasting as some designer fragrances, requiring consumers to reapply throughout the day.
  • Some consumers may prefer the prestige of owning a designer fragrance, rather than a more affordable alternative.
  • Dossier’s fragrances may not be as unique as some niche fragrances on the market, lacking a distinct or individual scent profile.

Popular Scents

Dossier offers a variety of fragrances inspired by luxury scents. I’ll cover the bestsellers in greater detail in the following few segments, but here is a quick list of some of their popular scents:

  1. Oriental 1: This scent features notes of bergamot, pink pepper, jasmine, and amber.
  2. Rose de Mai: This scent features notes of May rose, jasmine, and sandalwood.
  3. Citrus Blossom: This scent features notes of orange blossom, bergamot, and lemon.
  4. Musc 12: This scent features notes of musk, jasmine, and amber.
  5. Blackberry 22: This scent features notes of blackberry, plum, and musk.
  6. Fleur 09: This scent features notes of jasmine, neroli, and patchouli.
  7. Vanilla 33: This scent features notes of vanilla, sandalwood, and tonka bean.
  8. Amber 08: This scent features notes of amber, vanilla, and musk.
  9. Dark Gypsy: This scent features notes of rose, oud, and amber.
  10. Sunshine: This scent features notes of neroli, bergamot, and orange blossom.

Dossier may have additional scents available, and some scents may be seasonal or limited edition.

What Makes Dossier Different?

Dossier Perfume Review

There are several factors that make Dossier perfumes different from other fragrances on the market:

  • Affordable price: Dossier perfumes are priced at $29 for a 50ml bottle, making them much more accessible than many other high-end fragrances.
  • High-quality ingredients: Dossier uses premium ingredients in their fragrances, including natural essential oils and high-quality synthetic fragrances.
  • Unique scent combinations: Dossier creates unique scent combinations that are inspired by popular designer fragrances, but with their own twist. This allows them to offer a wide range of scents that are not available from other brands.
  • Vegan and cruelty-free: All Dossier fragrances are vegan and cruelty-free, meaning they do not contain any animal products and are not tested on animals.
  • Eco-friendly packaging: Dossier uses recyclable and reusable materials in their packaging to reduce waste and minimize their environmental impact.

So, Dossier’s combination of affordability, high-quality ingredients, unique scent combinations, and commitment to ethical and sustainable practices definitely make them a stand-out brand in the fragrance industry.

6 Dossier Bestsellers

The Dossier fragrances are exciting, sensual, and moody, and many other qualities depending on which one you try. Each perfume comes in a minimalistic bottle that lets the fragrance speak for itself.

To introduce you to its collection, my Dossier perfume review will cover some of the company’s top-selling products and discuss the iconic fragrances they were inspired by.

Dossier Woody Sandalwood Review 

Let Dossier’s Woody Sandalwood evoke strolls on the beach and pastel sunsets fading into soft blue afternoon skies as it graces your body. This subtle scent features delicate floral notes with warm earthy undertones.

Though the key ingredient is typically found in tropical areas, Dossier sources Mysore sandalwood from India, where the country’s rich culture is reflected in this perfume’s inspired smell.

Woody Sandalwood is an enticingly classic perfume that you’ll reach for day after day. Its complex notes somehow strike the balance between sharp and exciting with soft and comforting perfectly.

This 50 ml perfume draws inspiration from Santal 33, one of Le Labo Fragrances’ luxury scents. Bring out your sensual side with this meaningful product for $49.

Dossier Woody Sage Review

Woody Sage is a complex fragrance with multiple layers. When you first spritz this perfume on your skin, you’ll notice uplifting notes of zesty grapefruit, followed by succulent sweet fig and seductive amberwood. As it develops, the clary sage emerges. The result is a mix of floral and minty herbs, fine leather, and subtle undertones of calming lavender.

Formulated to mimic the $100 Jo Malone Wood Sage & Sea Salt, this imaginative fragrance takes wearers on a joyful journey to the ocean shore. It embodies crashing waves and a gentle breeze. The romantic and wistful Woody Sage is $29 (50 ml).

Dossier Woody Hyacinth Review

Inspired by Chance by Chanel, Woody Hyacinth4 is all about taking risks. Mingling dainty floral notes like rose and jasmine with exotic pepper and bright lemon, this enchanting perfume is full of personality and spirit.

Classed as one of Dossier’s woody fragrances, you’ll experience arboraceous scents of light oakmoss, green bergamot, and smoky vetiver. It’s the ideal fragrance to wear when taking risks, whether at work or in the bedroom. Feminine and full of bravery, Woody Hyacinth is $29 (50 ml).

Dossier Floral Honeysuckle Review 

The light and sweet Floral Honeysuckle brings to mind the delicate but complex nature of the humble honeybee. Floating gracefully from flower to flower, the honeybee is full of purpose, might, and determination, doing his job to keep nature in balance.

This perfume balances the bright green notes of a lush garden with the happy florals of jasmine, and a tender aroma of honeysuckle. Inspired by Gucci’s Bloom, Floral Honeysuckle is an innately feminine fragrance that brings delight, passion, and harmony. Discover the 50 ml fragrance for $29.

Dossier Floral Grapefruit Review

Grapefruit is an undeniably fresh scent that invigorates the senses and sings a happy tune. Like the emerging sun after a dark night, Floral Grapefruit utilizes the promising aroma of the citrus fruit. To offer complexity, this freshness is complimented by the illuminating floral scents of lilacs, hyacinths, and sweet jasmine.

Underneath these golden tones lays a sticky, deep layer of juicy black currants and raw, sugary pear. After a spritz or two of this floral and zesty perfume, you’ll embody Mother Nature.

This explorative and complex fragrance was inspired by Chanel’s Chance Eau Tendre and is available for $29 (50 ml).

Dossier Oriental Cherry Review 

Sweetness and complexity meld together in this smooth and full-bodied fragrance. Oriental Cherry captures the succulent essence of ripe, red cherries mixed with sharp, sweet almonds.

This intoxicating blend is rounded out by woody Peru balsam. Then, soothing floral notes emerge, transforming this fragrance into a sensual aroma that evokes warm romantic feelings. Undertones of exotic tonka bean, spicy cinnamon, and sweet vanilla finish off this enticing scent.

Perfect for summertime picnics or romantic excursions, this fragrance was inspired by Tom Ford’s Lost Cherry. Add the seductive Oriental Cherry to your collection for $49 (50 ml).

Who Is Dossier For?

Dossier’s perfumes are designed to appeal to a wide range of people and tastes, making them suitable for anyone looking for a new fragrance.

Dossier fragrances are not gender-specific, so they can be worn by anyone, regardless of gender. They offer a variety of scents, from floral and fruity to spicy and woody, so there is likely a scent that will appeal to most people.

Overall, Dossier perfumes are a great choice for anyone looking for high-quality, affordable fragrances that are suitable for everyday wear.

Dossier Perfume Review

Dossier Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Dossier Perfume Review

No Dossier Perfume review would be complete without hearing from customers. Below, I’ve gathered testimonials from the company’s website, Reddit, and the Fragrantica forum to fill you in on what users actually think about its fragrances.

On the brand’s website, its best-selling perfumes have each been rated hundreds of times. Collectively, they score an average of 4.6/5 stars. Here’s a look at six diverse scents:

  • Ambery Saffron: 4.5/5 stars from 387 ratings
  • Oriental Oakmoss: 4.8/5 stars from 365 ratings
  • Oriental Cherry: 4.5/5 stars from 246 ratings
  • Floral Honeysuckle: 4.6/5 stars from 183 ratings
  • Woody Sandalwood: 4.3/ 5 stars from 287 ratings
  • Spicy Vanilla: 4.3/5 stars from 91 ratings

Overall, in Dossier perfume reviews, customers love how delightful each scent smells. Some commenters report that they get compliments whenever they wear one of Dossier’s products. Take this example on the Ambery Saffron

WOW, just wow. This perfume smells like heaven. Everyone who has been near me has complimented me on this scent. I smell like a million bucks. I cannot recommend this scent enough. Drop what you’re doing and put this in your cart right now!

I took a closer peek into Oriental Oakmoss, a scent designed to resemble Coco Chanel’s Coco Mademoiselle Eau de Parfum. As such an iconic scent, I was intrigued to find out how closely Dossier’s replica resembled the original. 

Users agree that this perfume “smells identical” to Coco Mademoiselle, noting its long-staying power and fantastic scent. One describes it as “clean, soft flower, calm and sexy.” So far, it seems like Dossier holds true to its mission of offering luxury-inspired perfumes at an affordable cost.

In a Dossier perfume Reddit thread, there are many users that have some great things to say about the company and its fragrances. One wrote, “I tried one of them a month ago. I use Alien by [Thierry] Mugler usually and I wanted to see if they do what they say on the website. It really had the same smell. Meanwhile, another Redditor reported fast shipping and that “the return process was simple.

Dossier Perfume Review

Perfumes are incredibly personal. Not only do we all have different preferences, but scent mingles with our natural pheromones differently, which is why the same perfume can smell unique on two different people. 

To account for this, Dossier sends a mini sample of each scent with your order, so you can see how it works for you before opening the full-size bottle.

With all things considered, Dossier perfumes come out on top. Hundreds of customers attest to the value, longevity, and scent of each fragrance. Plus, it appears they really do smell like the luxury perfumes they’re modeled after.

Is Dossier Worth It?

Dossier Perfume Review

Without a doubt, I can conclude this Dossier Perfume review by saying that the brand’s perfumes are worth the buy. They closely mimic pricier alternatives and are made from clean and natural ingredients. There are hundreds of customer testimonials that recommend the brand.

The brand prioritizes transparency, another notable trait. Plus, Dossier donates its gently used perfumes to the Give Back Box. These donations happen because of the company’s awesome return policy that lets you open a bottle, try the perfume, and return it if it doesn’t suit you.

Meanwhile, others reported that the brand is ethical because it doesn’t mark up its prices like luxury brands, thereby making fragrances more accessible. Ultimately, it is up to you to decide which side of the argument you fall into.

So, are Dossier perfumes worth it? I think so! If you’re in the market for an affordable, long-lasting fragrance, the brand is definitely worth checking out.

Alternatives

If Dossier isn’t the one for you, there are plenty of fragrance brands on the market that might be a good fit. Check out some of the following suggestions:

  • Elizabeth Arden: Elizabeth Arden is one of the most well-known companies in the world. Selling high-end cosmetics, skincare, and of course—fragrances, they’re dedicated to helping women feel beautiful in their own skin. 
  • Montale: This French company is known explicitly for using an infected agar tree in their products, which then secretes an aromatic resin. In addition, the eponymous company commits to creating fragrances that satisfy their customers’ needs.
  • YSL: Famous for their monogram heel and the iconic chevron bag, YSL’s take on ‘luxurious simplicity’ is also prevalent in their perfume collection. Yep, that’s right, they aren’t just known for producing runway looks. The brand’s array of fragrances range from scents like Mon Paris to Black Opium.

Dossier Promotions & Discounts 

Dossier Perfume Review

The brand’s perfumes are already sold for fantastic prices—but why not benefit from the other great deals the brand offers? I uncovered the following promotions at the time of this Dossier perfume review:

  • 20% off when subscribing to their mailing list
  • But 3 perfumes & get 15% off, 4 perfumes & get 18% off, or 5 Perfumes & get 20% off
  • Free shipping on orders of 3 perfumes or more

Where to Buy Dossier

Dossier Perfume Review

You can purchase the brand’s products directly from Dossier.co or Amazon.

FAQ

Dossier Perfume Review

How long do Dossier perfumes take to ship? 

Dossier only ships its products within the continental US. Once you place your order online, the brand takes about 1-2 business days to process. When shipped out, your item will be delivered anywhere from 2-7 business days. Dossier has two shipping options:

  • 1-2 fragrances $9
  • 3 or more fragrances free

After your order ships, you will receive a confirmation email with info on your Dossier perfume order status that contains a tracking number. Click on this number to be taken to the carrier’s tracking page where you can follow your parcel’s progress.

What is Dossier’s Return Policy?

New or gently used fragrances can be returned to Dossier within 30 days from when it was delivered. After 30 days, you can no longer return the product. To make a return you can do one of two things:

  1. Head to the Returns Page on Dossier’s website and fill out the form
  2. Email [email protected]

Your return will be free and Dossier will refund you the entire price of the product (not the shipping if you paid any). The company invites its customers to try out its fragrances risk-free. This means you can open up the bottle and spritz the product on.

The brand used to include 2 ml samples with the 50 ml bottles but it is working on phasing those out. Your perfume may or may not arrive with a sample attached.

If you find the perfume isn’t right for you, send it back. I have to note that the brand can only do this for you once. For example, if you bought five, be sure to try out all five at once.

How to Contact Dossier

I hope you enjoyed this Dossier perfume review. If you have any questions, you can contact the brand directly through:


Looking for more fragrances to explore? Check out Elizabeth Arden a company dedicated to helping women feel beautiful in their own skin. Prefer the sample before you buy option? Give Scentbird or Scentbox a try.

About Cutco

Cutco Knife Review

Cutco helps you express your love for cooking with its collection of exquisite American-made knives and accessories.

In 1949, the brand began its production of knives in Olean, New York. Backed by Alcoa and Case Cutlery, Cutco knew the benefits of an all-American-made company and what that was worth to the Americans its team walked door-to-door selling to.

The brand puts heavy emphasis on its solid sales and support team and is dedicated to making Americans (and now Canadians, too) happy with the purchase of its lifetime-warranty-backed knives and cooking utensils. Still based in Olean, Cutco is now owned by Vector Marketing.

Is your knife collection due for an overhaul? In this Cutco knife review, I will introduce you to the brand, its bestsellers, pros and cons, customer feedback, FAQs, and more, to help you decide if these American-made products are worth the investment.

Recent Studies About Knives

Before I dig into the brand’s selection of sharp products in this Cutco knife review, let’s look at some recent studies you might find interesting.

Cutco Knife Review
  1. A study published in the Journal of Food Science and Technology in 2018 found that the sharpness of a knife affects the quality of cut fruits and vegetables. The study concluded that sharper knives resulted in less damage to the cell structure of the produce, leading to better texture and visual appearance.
  2. A study published in the Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture in 2019 compared the performance of different types of knives in cutting raw beef. The study found that knives with a sharper blade angle and thinner blade performed better in terms of reducing cutting force and producing less surface deformation on the meat.
  3. A study published in the Journal of Food Protection in 2020 evaluated the effectiveness of different knife cleaning methods in reducing the bacterial contamination on kitchen knives. The study found that washing knives with soap and water followed by wiping with a clean cloth was the most effective method for reducing bacterial contamination.

Cutco Pros and Cons

Cutco Knife Review

Here are some potential advantages and disadvantages to consider when evaluating Cutco as a brand:

Pros

  • High-quality materials: Cutco knives are made with high-quality materials, including 440A and 440C stainless steel, and they are designed to be durable and long-lasting.
  • Lifetime warranty: Cutco offers a lifetime warranty on their knives and accessories, which means you can be confident in your purchase and have peace of mind knowing that you’re protected in case of any defects or damage.
  • Made in the US: Cutco products are made in the USA, which may be important to some consumers who prefer to support American-made products.
  • Wide range of products: Cutco offers a wide range of products, including knives, kitchen accessories, and outdoor tools, so you can find everything you need for your kitchen or outdoor adventures in one place.
  • Free sharpening and repair service: Cutco offers a free sharpening and repair service for their products, so you can maintain the quality and performance of your knives over time.

Cons

  • High price point: Cutco products tend to be more expensive than some other brands of kitchen cutlery and accessories, which may be a barrier for some consumers.
  • Limited availability: Cutco products are primarily sold through their independent sales representatives, which may make it more difficult to find and purchase their products if you don’t have a representative in your area.
  • One-size-fits-all design: Cutco knives are designed to fit most hands, which may not be ideal for people with larger or smaller hands who may find the knives uncomfortable or difficult to use.
  • Limited style options: Cutco products have a more traditional, classic look, which may not be as appealing to consumers who prefer more modern or trendy designs.

Materials

Cutco Knife Review

Cutco knives and kitchen tools are made using a variety of high-quality materials. Here are some of the materials commonly used by Cutco:

  • 440A and 440C stainless steel: These types of steel are known for their durability and resistance to corrosion. They are commonly used in Cutco’s knife blades.
  • High-carbon stainless steel: This type of steel is a combination of high-carbon steel and stainless steel, which results in a blade that is both strong and resistant to rust and stains.
  • Thermo-resin: Cutco’s handles are made of a thermo-resin material, which is a type of plastic that is designed to be durable, long-lasting, and resistant to impact and heat.
  • Solid brass: Cutco’s table knives and steak knives feature handles made of solid brass, which provides a classic look and feel.
  • American hardwoods: Cutco also uses American hardwoods, such as maple and walnut, for some of their knife handles and cutting boards. These materials are known for their durability and natural beauty.

Overall, Cutco is known for using high-quality materials that are designed to last and perform well over time.

Features

Cutco Knife Review

Cutco is a high-quality kitchen cutlery brand that offers a range of knives and accessories for home cooks and professional chefs. Here are some of the features of their products:

  1. High-quality materials: Cutco knives are made from high-quality materials, including 440A and 440C stainless steel, which are known for their durability and corrosion resistance.
  2. Comfortable grip: Cutco knives are designed with ergonomic handles that provide a comfortable grip, reducing hand fatigue and improving control while cutting.
  3. Versatile designs: Cutco offers a range of knife designs that are suitable for a variety of tasks, from slicing and dicing to carving and chopping.
  4. Sharp blades: Cutco knives are known for their sharp blades, which are designed to maintain their edge for longer periods of time.
  5. Lifetime warranty: Cutco products come with a lifetime warranty, which means that if your knife ever breaks or fails to perform, the company will repair or replace it for free.
  6. Made in the US: Cutco products are made in the USA, ensuring that they meet high standards of quality and craftsmanship.
  7. Customizable options: Cutco offers customizable options for some of their products, including engraving and personalized color choices.
  8. Free sharpening and repair service: Cutco offers a free sharpening and repair service for their products, which helps to extend the life of your knives and maintain their performance over time.
  9. Safe storage options: Cutco offers a range of storage options, including knife blocks, magnetic holders, and sheaths, to keep your knives safe and organized in your kitchen.

Though best known for its knives, the brand specializes in an array of kitchen gear. After all, its name does stand for the ‘Cooking Utensil Company.’ Among the prep knives, you’ll also find Cutco steak knives, cutting boards, and gadgets.

In the next section of this Cutco knife review, I’ll be focusing on the brand’s selection of sets, hunting knives, scissors, and its signature sharpener. Your new kitchen essentials might be waiting in this lineup.

5 Best-Selling Cutco Knives and Sets

One knife is a great starting place, but if you’re an avid cook, sometimes an entire set is the right choice—especially if you’re underwhelmed with your current dull choppers.

Below in this Cutco knives review, I will feature the brand’s bestsellers that were designed to take your cooking to the next level.

Cutco Homemaker + 8 Set with Block w/ Petite Chef Review

Big family dinners and celebrations call for a feast—one you’ll whip up with ease, thanks to your Homemaker + 8 Set with Block w/ Petite Chef Knife. This set is as beautiful as it is useful. It contains all of the sharp tools any home chef would need, and customers can choose from black, red, and white handles.

Along with an oak Homemaker + 8 Set Block (choose from a cherry or honey finish) to house your new set of pristine blades, your set includes:

  • Trimmer
  • Spatula Spreader
  • 7 ⅝” Petite Chef Knife
  • 6 ¾” Petit Carver
  • 9” Carver
  • 9 ¾” Slicer
  • Cutco Butcher Knife
  • Tuning Fork
  • 8 Table Knives
  • Knife Sharpener
  • Medium Cutting Board

I will note in this Cutco knife review that you can swap out your Petit Chef Knife for a 9 ¼” French Knife instead.

From a bountiful Thanksgiving dinner to a New Year’s appetizer feast and a Valentine’s Day romantic candlelit dinner, this set will take you through all of the little moments in between. Get this Cutco knives set for $1,600.

Cutco Galley + 6 Set with Block Review 

Consider dinner complete with the Cutco Galley + 6 Set with Block. This 13-piece knife set comes with all the slicing and dicing tools you’ll need to prepare a 5-star feast, cut crudités, or dice up a quick salad.

The oak storage block creates an attractive display on your countertop. The set also includes:

  • Trimmer
  • Spatula Spreader
  • 7 ⅝” Petite Chef Knife
  • 6 ¾” Petit Carver
  • 9 ¾” Slicer
  • Tuning Fork
  • 6 Table Knives

Prepare your kitchen for a lifetime of meals, snacks, and easy food prep with the Galley + 6 Set with Block for $1,179. Add some Cutco cutlery to make it complete.

Cutco All Knife Set with Tray Review 

This expansive set completely elevates your prep and cook game. Breeze through cooking for friends or an elegant meal for a solo indulgence. In this Cutco All Knife Set with Tray you’ll get five kitchen essentials:

  • Trimmer
  • Spatula Spreader
  • 7 ⅝” Petite Chef Knife
  • 2 ¾” Paring Knife
  • 9” Carver

You’ll also get a 5 pc. Knife & Fork Tray to store them all in, a Small Cutting Board, and the Knife Sharpener to keep your tools in tip-top shape. Choose from pearl, black, or red handles.

Get this option from the Cutco knife sets for $629.

Cutco KA-BAR® Explorer Review

Made from 440A high-carbon stainless steel, the KA-BAR Explorer looks like it means business. Combining a Double-D edge (sort of like serrated, but not) with a straight edge, this multifaceted blade can handle slicing, sawing, and chopping—even in wet conditions, thanks to the textured handle.

The blade itself has an epoxy powder coating to help it stand up to the elements, and at its base is a guard and pommel to stop your hand from slipping. Accompanied by a plastic sheet, the KA-BAR Explorer is $260.

Cutco Fisherman’s Solution Review 

Filleting a fish takes skill, but the proper cut has more to do with the knife you use than anything else.

The Fisherman’s Solution features a high-carbon stainless steel blade that effortlessly slices through fish, making the process last a matter of seconds. You can even adjust this blade from 6” to 9” to fillet a range of fish.

What’s more, is that this Cutco fillet knife can handle more than filleting fish. It’s an all-around great tool to have on hand when you head out on the lake or ocean. The built-in line cutter gets you out of tricky situations in a pinch, while the gripper assists in unhooking your catch.

Use the sharpening stone to bring life back into any dull hooks you have lying around. This Swiss Army knife of fishing is $129.

Cutco Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Cutco Knife Review

So far, I love the look of the brand’s knife selection. But, if you’re like us, you may be wondering how these knives perform at home. If so, you’re in luck, because this is the part of the Cutco knife review where I show you real customer testimonials found from a thorough web search as of April 2023.

Turning to the brand’s website first, I was impressed to find that its best-sellers received incredible ratings. I’ll show you what I found below.

  • Trimmer: an average of 4.9/5 stars from 1.5k reviews
  • Paring Knife: an average of  4.9/5 stars from 512 reviews
  • Traditional Cutco Cheese Knife: an average of  4.9/5 stars from 549 reviews
  • Super Shears: an average of  4.9/5 stars from 1.5k reviews
  • Cutco Hunting Knife: an average of  4.8/5 stars from 147 reviews

I decided to take a deeper look into the Trimmer because it’s one of the brand’s most popular products. This item has an incredible rating breakdown that shows 1.5k perfect reviews and just 9 1-star scores.

The Trimmer also scored 5/5 Reliability and 5/5 Sharpness. But I’ll now get into the actual customer comments.

Buyers rave about the cutting ability of this product. One customer reports that it has lasted more than two decades: “bought this knife about 25 years ago and I absolutely LOVE it!! It is my go to knife for everything and it is still sharp and has no nicks or anything!!

I love reading about products that last a long time. And, considering the price, I think that makes this product worth it.

So, what could possibly be wrong with this knife? Let’s find out. Among the 9 1-star reviews, customers complain of dull edges, or that the knife cuts on an angle. Some also speak of the awkward handle.

One Cutco knife review reads, “The Trimmer feels flimsy and just doesn’t feel solid in my hand. I’ve tried cutting different vegetables and it feels like the blade isn’t cutting straight through. From what I’ve read, this certainly doesn’t sound typical of the brand.

It’s always a good idea to venture off of the company’s website to find reviews with a little more depth than single comments. So, I turned to The Spruce Eats for a detailed review of the Petit Chef Knife, which the site rated 4.6/5 stars.

I chose this review because it goes into depth with information on the handle’s fit. The handle is, perhaps, the most controversial feature of the brand’s knives, so I was happy to find some more information on it.

The Cutco knife review said that “when we started to use the knife, it fit like a glove, almost like magic…our fingers gripped it properly because of where they fit in the valleys, which resulted in a relaxed and comfortable grasp.” This was very helpful to read because some don’t appreciate this feature.

Though the review loved many things about the Petite Chef Knife, it did list some downsides as well. The three cons it pointed out were the knife’s cost, that it needs to be hand-washed, and that it is “slightly shorter than typical chef knives.” All three of these things aren’t deal-breakers to the reviewer, and they certainly aren’t to us either.

Let’s take a left turn here to check out a Cutco product that isn’t a knife, the Super Shears. They have a 4.8/5 star rating on Amazon, awarded to them by 437 customers

So what did customers have to say about them? Well, one happy 20-year Super Shears user wrote, “These are the best and I hope to use them for the next 20 or 30 years. They stay sharp, clean easily; useful for cutting up veggies or chicken; cut flowers, cut up boxes or paper.” It’s good to read that they have many uses and can handle different textures.

So, are Cutco knives good? Across review sites, I was really impressed by the performance and quality of the brand’s products. Many long-time customers trust the brand and have enjoyed using its knives and kitchen accessories. Though there are slight issues here and there, I didn’t find any red flags.

Is Cutco Worth It?

Cutco Knife Review

Cutco products are on the higher end of the cost spectrum, but that doesn’t matter if they’re quality pieces that will last a lifetime. And these will—because the brand makes that promise with its Forever Guarantee.

If at any time your knife breaks, becomes dull, or needs repairs, you can send it back to get fixed up. Even if you’re doing something you’re not supposed to with them, like cutting rocks, you can send it in and get a new one for half price.

I love companies like this that bend over backward for customers, which is probably why Cutco has been in business for over 70 years. Though its knives are pricey, they last forever, and many customers report that they stay sharp for 10+ years as well.

With all of that in mind, I stand behind my belief that Cutco is worth the buy.

Alternatives

If Cutco ain’t cuttin’ it for you, here are some similar brands that sell knives and other kitchenware:

  • Hocho: Traditional Japanese cooking knives are among a chef’s favorite tools, though they’re hard to come by. Hocho Knives is a distributor that carries many different knives that are carefully crafted with high-quality materials.
  • Deejo: Deejo is a manufacturer of ultra-lightweight and customizable pocket knives. Its straight-edge or serrated stainless steel blades are fitted with a selection of dependable wood and carbon fiber handles, with matte and titanium finishes.
  • Misen: Misen knives are made from pro-grade AUS-10 Japanese steel. Their blades have 2.5x more carbon than other options out there, and they’re able to handle both hard and soft tasks.

Cutco Promotions & Discounts 

Cutco Knife Review

I reviewed the brand’s website to find out if they had any deals going on. Here’s what I found:

  • Free gift with a $299 purchase
  • Enter your email for a chance to win a $100 gift card
  • Exclusive Owner Specials: unlock rewards 
  • Free Sharpening

Where To Buy Cutco

Cutco Knife Review

You can buy the brand’s products directly through Cutco.com or one of its individual salespeople.

If you’re more of an in-person shopper, you can also find them at the Cutco Knives Costco section at the American or Canadian superstore.

FAQ

Cutco Knife Review

Can anyone sharpen Cutco knives?

Any adult can sharpen one of the brand’s knives at home using the brand’s Knife Sharpener I featured earlier in this Cutco knife review.

If you find your knife is too far gone or you aren’t making any headway with your home sharpener, you can take it to a professional sharpening service or send it back to the company for free sharpening.

Are Cutco knives high quality?

Cutco knives are generally considered to be high-quality, but because they are stamped and not forged, their durability may be less than those that are made with fire and a hammer.

Stamping refers to the process in which knives are cut out from a single sheet of steel. If stamping sounds foreign to you, be aware that stamped knives come with their own set of advantages, like being lighter and more flexible.

How much is Cutco shipping?

Cutco Standard Shipping is free. Express shipping costs are outlined below.

  • $0-$250: $25
  • $250-$500: $40
  • $501-$1000: $60
  • $1001-$2000: $75
  • $2001-$5000 $100
  • $5001+ Call for Rates

How long does Cutco take to ship?

Standard Cutco orders take 2-4 weeks to arrive. If you choose Express shipping, you’ll get it in 2-4 business days. If your order is engraved or monogrammed, add an extra 1-2 days. The brand does not ship internationally.

What is Cutco’s Return Policy?

If you try out your Cutco product and find it’s not right for you, you can return it within 15 days of purchase. To request a return or exchange, follow these steps:

  1. Head to the Returns Portal on the company’s website
  2. Enter the required information
  3. Download your return shipping label
  4. Follow the instructions on how to package your knives properly
  5. Drop off at a local post office

If you live in Canada, simply send your returns or exchanges to: Cutco Customer Service, Returns/Exchanges, 7-2351 Huron Street, London, ON, N5V 0A8.

How to contact Cutco

If you need any other information that wasn’t included in this Cutco knife review, you can get in contact with the brand by any of the methods below:

  • Phone: 1-800-361-8800
  • Fill out the Contact Form available on its website

Cutco’s customer service hours are Monday through Friday, 8:00 am to 12:00 am, or Saturday 9:00 am to 3:00 pm ET.


Need more tools for your kitchen? Get cooking with these trusted brands:

Kimikoto Knife

Uno Casa

Misen

Great Jones

Our Place

About Hey Dude Shoes

Hey Dude Shoes Review

My platform sneakers hold up great on walks…until I hit the hour mark. And as someone who likes to explore, I’m looking for shoes that can keep up.

Hey Dude Shoes is a footwear company that specializes in comfort, style, and fit. Intended for adventurers and city wanderers alike, their patented designs ensure that your expeditions aren’t held back by low-quality sneakers. 

It may seem impossible to judge someone’s personality just by looking at their shoes, but surprisingly, there is a lot of information that can be gleaned from someone’s footwear choices.

A recent study[1] found that people can accurately judge a person’s age, gender, income, and attachment anxiety just by looking at pictures of their shoes.

While these judgments may not always be accurate, they do show that shoes are a powerful tool for conveying information about a person’s personality and status. So if you want to be well-perceived through shoes, Hey Dude Shoes it’s for you.

Garnering a steady following of over 438K on Instagram, Hey Dude Shoes has also been a frequent mention in several media outlets, including People magazine, Yahoo! News, and Motherly. 

Looking for a new pair of kicks? Perhaps it’s time to ditch that worn-out tongue and flattened sole. Stick around, as in this Hey Dude Shoes review, I’ll take a closer look at the brand, its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if they’re worth checking out. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions.

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Overview Of Hey Dude Shoes

Hey Dude Shoes Review

High heels are meant for strutting, not traveling. But, not all people are fond of the basic commuter shoe either, as some designs lean on the ‘dad aesthetic’ vibe. Founders Alessandro Rosano and Dario Kaute sought to combine class and comfort in order to make the perfect sneaker. 

Launched in 2008, Hey Dude Shoes made its official debut in the heart of Italy. Known for high-performance footwear, they prioritize both quality and fashion.

Offering designs for men, women, and children, this sneaker-head brand carries slip-ons and lace-ups. I think the style is understated and modest, but modern enough I could wear it with jean shorts and love my look. 

They also prioritize sustainability, as their packaging is entirely biodegradable[2]. Their runners are made out of cork insoles, recycled material, and organic cotton—it’s these details that would make me choose them again and again.

Over the years, Hey Dude Shoes has skyrocketed in terms of success. In 2011, they managed to sell over 1 million pairs worldwide and their Instagram account is growing rapidly.

Pros & Cons

Ready to get moving? Before I dive into this Hey Dude Shoes review, let’s go over some of the brand’s pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Comfort: Hey Dude shoes are designed with comfort in mind, featuring lightweight and flexible materials that conform to your feet.
  • Style: Hey Dude shoes come in a variety of colors and styles, making it easy to find a pair that matches your personal taste.
  • Versatility: Hey Dude shoes are designed to be versatile, suitable for a range of activities from casual wear to light exercise.
  • Sustainability: Some Hey Dude shoes are made from eco-friendly materials, such as recycled plastic bottles.

Cons

  • Durability: Some customers have reported that Hey Dude shoes do not hold up well over time, with the soles wearing down quickly.
  • Sizing: Some customers have reported that Hey Dude shoes run small, so it may be necessary to order a size up.

Features

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Hey Dude shoes are known for their comfort, lightweight design, and slip-on style. Here are some of their key features:

  1. Flex & Fold Technology: Hey Dude shoes are designed with Flex & Fold technology, which makes them extremely lightweight and comfortable. This technology also allows the shoes to bend and flex with your foot, providing a natural and unrestricted feel.
  2. Memory Foam Insole: The shoes come with a memory foam insole that molds to your foot, providing customized support and cushioning.
  3. Breathable Materials: Hey Dude shoes are made with breathable materials, including cotton canvas and knit uppers, which help to keep your feet cool and dry.
  4. Wide Variety of Styles: Hey Dude offers a wide variety of styles, including slip-ons, lace-ups, and boots, in a range of colors and patterns.
  5. Vegan Options: Hey Dude offers a selection of vegan shoes made without any animal products.
  6. Sustainable Materials: Hey Dude is committed to sustainability and uses eco-friendly materials in their shoes, such as recycled plastic bottles and natural cork.

Materials

Hey Dude shoes are known for their use of lightweight and breathable materials, which make them comfortable for all-day wear. The specific materials used can vary depending on the shoe style and model, but some common materials used in Hey Dude shoes include:

  1. Flex & Fold Technology: This is a patented sole technology unique to Hey Dude shoes that uses a lightweight, durable EVA compound to create a sole that is both flexible and supportive.
  2. Organic Cotton: Some Hey Dude shoes are made with organic cotton canvas uppers, which are lightweight, breathable, and environmentally friendly.
  3. Microfiber: Some Hey Dude shoes feature microfiber uppers, which are soft, durable, and easy to clean.
  4. Recycled Materials: Hey Dude also uses recycled materials in some of their shoes, including recycled plastic bottles and recycled EVA foam.
  5. Leather: Some Hey Dude shoes are made with genuine leather uppers, which provide a more polished and refined look.

5 Best-Selling Hey Dude Shoes

Hey, ladies and gents. Perhaps it’s time to give the ol’ pair of daily drivers a rest. Designed to cushion your soles and support your arches, just below in this Hey Dude Shoes review, I’ll go through a small selection of their most popular styles for you to compare. 

Hey Dude Shoes Wendy Canvas Sparkling Review 

Love to be the center of attention? Make your presence known with the Wendy Canvas Sparkling shoe. Featuring a stunning rose gold shimmer across the tongue, this strapping pair of sneakers will glitter when left in the sun. 

I love to spice things up with my sneakers, and enjoy the touch of glam these bring to simple outfits. Of course, their comfort is a big draw too.

Built with Flex & Fold technology and an ultra-light insole, you can strut in confidence without any aches or pains. If you’re not a fan of the color, this sneaker is available in 4 different shimmers, such as blue and white. 

It also comes in a wide fit and features an integrated memory foam insole for added comfort. Best paired with white leggings and a matching crop top, make the Wendy Canvas Sparkling shoes yours for $60

Hey Dude Shoes Wendy Funk Review 

Slipping and sliding in summer sandals is a pain. I always end up with sore feet, or worse, a broken strap from all the walking.

Ditch those flimsy summer strappies. Intended to cushion your feet wherever you go, the Wendy Funk shoes offer a sleek and classic design that’s appropriate for any ensemble.

Fit with an extra-wide insole, Flex & Fold technology, and a lightweight outsole, wearers can prevent that ‘half-limp’ walk during hour-long excursions. 

This particular Hey Dude Shoes for Women has an intricate paint-splatter design on the heel. Finished off with decorative laces, choose either the white or navy version of the Wendy Funk sneakers for $55

Hey Dude Shoes Britt L Linen Review 

Transitional seasons send me into a closet frenzy. What exactly do I wear? It’s too hot for boots, and it’s too chilly for slippers. When faced with this conundrum, I think I’d like to opt for the Britt L Linen booties instead. 

This cozy alternative keeps things insulated and breathable from the end of September to the start of November. They’re reinforced with a cotton canvas upper and a lace-up front.

Complemented with fold-over cuffs and a speckled outsole for comfort and design, don’t be surprised if you start reaching for these every day. 

Offered in the colors houndstooth grey, slate, and burgundy, the Britt L Linen booties ring up to a total of $50 on sale. This is compared to its original price tag of $60

Hey Dude Shoes Wally Stretch Review

Men’s shoes are usually more adventure-appropriate than women’s, but even so, I know a few who struggle to keep up. Whether it’s from inflexible material or blisters, I’ve learned that guys’ lives aren’t devoid of shoe struggles.

Out for an afternoon stroll? The Wally Stretch shoes can help you walk that extra mile. With Hey Dude’s patented Flex & Fold technology, these high-performance sneakers can offer that cloud-like feeling of treading on air.

Bring on those bumpy pavements and uneven terrains—there’s a chance you may not even feel a thing. For the upper lip, this sneaker comes with a vibrant band of colors as an added touch.

Ideally paired with cargo pants and a comfortable shirt, walk 500 miles and walk 500 more with the Wally Stretch shoes for $60

Hey Dude Shoes Wally Sox Classic Review 

There’s something about the Wally Sox Classic shoes that scream ‘arctic city chic’ to me. Showcasing a stylish design consisting of a wide toe, adjustable laces, and speckled outsole, I think these stone-white sneakers make the perfect fit for a winter-inspired look. 

Built with Flex & Fold technology and a stretchy upper, you can say goodbye to those ultra-stiff dress shoes. In terms of outfit ideas, I recommend wearing some light shorts and a matching grey polo. Though the look is wintery, I don’t recommend wearing these babies out in a snowstorm!  

Also available in 6 different colors, the Wally Sox Classic sneakers sell for $60

Hey Dude Shoes Wally Canvas Review 

If you’re on the hunt for some great walking shoes, look no further than the Wally Canvas sneakers. Ideal for the spring and summer months, these kicks are made with the same Flex & Fold technology. 

Built with an airy outsole and a cotton canvas upper, there’s no need to worry about bruises, blisters, and bunions. These Hey Dude Mens Shoes are offered in 9 different designs, including natural khaki, blue, black, and more, but I’m a big fan of the camo design.

Kick back and relax (no pun intended) as the Wally Canvas sneakers are priced at only $60

Are Hey Dude Shoes American made? 

Hey Dude Shoes Review

I love a brand that values transparency when it comes to sourcing. According to their website, Hey Dude Shoes are made in China and Indonesia. Fortunately, the brand states that they believe in fair labor practices, as the company “ensures equal opportunity and fair wages for their employees.” 

Are Hey Dude Shoes Good For Your Feet? 

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Yep! Hey Dude Shoes are optimized for those who have plantar fasciitis or have poor arch support. I read this is thanks to its Flex & Fold technology, which is key for cushioning the heel and sole during impact. Their sneakers also come with memory foam for added comfort.

The best thing about their designs is that most of their options come in a wider fit. You know what that means? No more squeezed toes. For more information about what goes into a Hey Dude shoe, I recommend looking at the item description within your chosen model. 

Do You Wear Socks With Hey Dude Shoes? 

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Whether you prefer to go barefoot or not, Hey Dude Shoes can be worn with or without socks. I think it’s pretty smart that each sneaker comes with an elastic band at the heel, which keeps your heels blister-free and supported while walking. According to the brand, several customers have opted to wear their kicks alone. 

Who Are Hey Dude Shoes For? 

Hey Dude Shoes Review

If you’re one to complain about hour-long city walks and hikes, perhaps it’s time to check out Hey Dude Shoes.

Due to their patented technology and design, I’ve seen them recommended for those who suffer from foot-related pain. Outdoor enthusiasts, such as campers or athletes, may find their kicks suitable for an adventurous lifestyle. 

Hey Dude Shoes are made for all ages, as they carry a range of kids’ footwear. If you don’t mind subbing out your summer sandals and winter heels for a more comfortable option, I think this brand could be the label that you’re looking for. 

Comparison: Hey Dude Shoes vs. Seychelles   

Hey Dude Shoes Review

How does this footwear brand rank up to its competition? I’m here to find out. This part of my Hey Dude Shoes review will provide a side-by-side showdown to see which company is a better fit. In this round, we’ll compare my featured shoe label with Seychelles in terms of variety, comfort, and price

When it comes to variety and comfort, it seems that Seychelles takes first place. Compared to Hey Dude Shoes, their collection boasts an impressive amount of designs and styles. Aside from sneakers, they offer high heels, platforms, ballerina flats, and boots. 

They also introduce other forms of high-performance technology such as Sey-Curve and Ortholite. With that being said, I should mention that Hey Dude provides options for men and children, while Seychelles only caters to women.

Lastly, Seychelles shoes are quite pricey compared to Hey Dude. While most of their options fall within the $60 to $100 range, this Italian-based brand offers a more reasonable price tag of $55 to $60

Hey Dude Shoes Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Get ready to add this footwear brand to your bookmark tab. For this section of my Hey Dude Shoes review, I uncovered a majority of happy customers across several internet forums as of April 2023. 

For instance, the Wendy Canvas Sparkling sneakers boast a staggering total of 1,463 testimonials with an average score of 5/5 stars on heydudeshoesusa.com.

Several customers applauded this footwear brand for their comfortable designs. Others loved their unique patterns and styles—as they proved functional and fashionable at the same time. 

I absolutely LOVE my shoes! I walked for miles in Key West and did not feel one ache or pain the entire time. Plus, I’ve gotten so many compliments because they are super cute,” one customer wrote for the Wendy Canvas Sparkling sneakers. 

Reviews.io showcases an impressive count of 4,324 testimonials with a rating of 4.89/5 stars. According to 98% of customers, Hey Dude ranks high in performance, fit, and functionality. Some buyers were happy with the price given its quality. 

“Never believed people when they said how comfortable they were until I bought some myself! Absolutely amazing,” one customer wrote on Reviews.io. 

I saw that independent blogs, such as Proven Shoes and Standard American Dad, also wrote encouraging reviews about Hey Dude footwear.

Both authors found their kicks to be durable, lightweight, and affordable. This is especially towards their patented comfort technology, which proved crucial in keeping their sneakers flexible and shock-absorbent

“In their first month my Hey Dude Shoes have replaced my Crocs and have become a solid alternative to my cowboy boots when I know I’m going to be walking or standing a lot. In addition, they are extremely packable shoes (light and squishable) and versatile for travel purposes,” reads the Hey Dude Shoes review on Standard American Dad.

Is there anything Hey Dude Shoes can’t do? From the amazing feedback I read online, it doesn’t seem like much.

Are Hey Dude Shoes Worth It?

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Let’s be real. Most of us just suffer in silence when it comes to uncomfortable footwear. Fashion requires a bit of sacrifice, right? I’ve believed this for years, but fortunately, there’s a better alternative instead of walking around in pain. 

Hey Dude Shoes offers a cost-effective solution to ensure those days of blisters and bruises are long gone. Not only are their sneakers cushioned with memory foam and flex technology, but they’re also quite stylish to wear. 

Compared to pricier brands like Nike and Adidas, Hey Dude Shoes teaches us that being expensive doesn’t mean quality. By browsing through their collection, you don’t have to empty out your savings in order to purchase a shoe you like. 

I’m also a big fan of their sustainability efforts, as most of their designs are made out of recycled materials. For a footwear brand that looks toward the future, I highly recommend checking this company out. 

Hey Dude Shoes Promotions & Discounts 

Hey Dude Shoes Review

No Hey Dude Shoes review would be complete without the details on deals, so here, I’ll tell you everything I know about what they currently offer.

First off, the brand has a clearance section on their website. By shopping through the Hey Dude Shoes Sale tab, you can find select items at a discounted price. And new customers get 15% off by signing up for email/SMS.

Where To Buy Hey Dude Shoes

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Finally choosing comfort? You can purchase their sneakers by heading over to heydude.com. You can also find them at select retailers such as:

  • SoftMoc 
  • Journeys
  • Amazon
  • Walmart 
  • Dillard’s
  • Dick’s Sporting Goods 
  • Nordstrom 

Alternatives

Searching for the perfect shoe? Here are a few more brands to consider:

  1. Allbirds – Allbirds is a sustainable footwear company that offers comfortable and eco-friendly shoes made from natural materials such as merino wool and eucalyptus tree fiber.
  2. Vionic – Vionic offers a range of orthopedic footwear that is designed to provide support and comfort for people with foot problems. Their shoes are made from high-quality materials and are available in a variety of styles.
  3. Toms – Toms is a popular brand that offers a range of casual shoes made from sustainable materials such as organic cotton, recycled polyester, and hemp. For every pair of shoes purchased, Toms donates a pair to a child in need.

FAQ

Hey Dude Shoes Review

Who owns Hey Dude Shoes? 

Hey Dude Shoes is co-owned by founders Alessandro Rosano and Dario Kaute.

Where are Hey Dude Shoes made? 

Hey Dude Shoes are made in China and Indonesia. While based in Italy, their headquarters are located in Westwood, Massachusetts. 

Are Hey Dude Shoes vegan and cruelty-free?

The brand does offer footwear options that are vegan, such as their Mistral and Natural collection. So far in this Hey Dude Shoes review, I haven’t found any indication if their sourcing practices are cruelty-free. 

What sizes does Hey Dude Shoes have? 

To keep things easy to read in this Hey Dude Shoes review, I’ll give you an overview of their offered US sizes below:

  • Women: 5 to 12 
  • Men: 7 to 15 
  • Children: 9 to 5 

What is Hey Dude Shoes’ Shipping Policy?

I’m nearing the end of this Hey Dude Shoes review, but I still have more good news! I’m happy to report that they offer free standard shipping on all US orders that total $100 or more. Anything below this amount is charged a flat fee of $5 (or $20 if you live in Hawaii or Alaska). They also provide free 2-day delivery on some select models. 

To monitor the status of your package, you can click on the ‘track your order’ link at the bottom of their website. Unfortunately, they do not provide international shipping to other countries at this time. 

What is Hey Dude Shoes’ Return Policy?

Looking to return your Hey Dude Women’s Shoes? Don’t sweat it. The brand offers a 30-day window for customers to send back their footwear. Items must be in new condition in order to be considered eligible. 

When it comes to delivery, the company will cover the affiliated shipping costs. To initiate this process, customers can visit the return portal found on their website. 

How to contact Hey Dude Shoes

For inquiries unrelated to this Hey Dude Shoes review, you can contact the company through:


Looking for more comfortable shoe alternatives? Check out these top brands below:

Cariuma

Softstar

Vessi

Allbirds

Birdies

About Crepe Erase

Crepe Erase Review

Aging is a perfectly natural part of life. Your skin won’t stay smooth and supple forever; it will eventually thin and dry out, feeling sensitive and brittle.

Fortunately, Crepe Erase has developed a solution to specifically treat ‘crepey’ skin.

Crepe Erase blends essential phytonutrients to protect your skin. Best yet, all these ingredients are completely natural. Their anti-aging agents are extracted from apples, dill oil, ursolic acid from Moroccan sage, and more. 

A favorite of Jane Seymour’s, this beauty company also claims that their clinically proven treatments will provide noticeable results, but how do you know if they’re right for your skin?

Never fear; in this Crepe Erase review, I will take you through all the details about their products, customer feedback, shipping policies, and much more. 

Pros and Cons

Crepe Erase Review

Before we get down and dirty in this Crepe Erase review, let’s take a look at some pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Crepe Erase products contain hydrating and nourishing ingredients, such as coconut oil and shea butter, which can help improve skin texture and moisture.
  • The products are formulated to be non-greasy and fast-absorbing, so they may be easy to use on a daily basis.
  • Many users report seeing an improvement in the appearance of their skin after using Crepe Erase for a period of time.

Cons

  • Some users report that the products are expensive compared to other skincare brands.
  • Some people may experience skin irritation or allergic reactions to the ingredients in the products.
  • There is limited scientific research available to support the effectiveness of the specific ingredients in Crepe Erase products.
  • The marketing claims for the brand may be exaggerated, leading to unrealistic expectations for some users.

Ingredients

Crepe Erase Review

Crepe Erase is a skincare product that targets crepey skin, which is thin, wrinkled, and papery skin that forms on the face, neck, arms, and legs as we get older.

The product is based on natural ingredients of the highest quality. The following are some of the key ingredients in Crepe Erase:

TruFirm Complex

The TruFirm complex is a proprietary blend of botanical extracts that is intended to both treat crepey skin and reverse its effects. According to the manufacturer, the complex is made up of extracts from apple, dill, sage, and other plants.

The complex is said to work by strengthening the skin’s connective tissue, which helps to smooth and firm the skin.

Shea Butter

Shea butter is a natural fat that is extracted from the nuts of the shea tree. It is a common ingredient in many skincare products because it is rich in vitamins and fatty acids that nourish and moisturize the skin.

Shea butter is known for its ability to smooth and soften the skin, and it is especially effective in treating dry, rough, or flaky skin.

Cocoa Butter

Cocoa butter is another natural fat that is extracted from the cocoa bean. It is a rich source of antioxidants and fatty acids that help to protect and nourish the skin.

Cocoa butter is known for its ability to hydrate and soften the skin, and it is often used in the treatment of stretch marks, scars, and other skin conditions.

Olive Fruit Oil

Olive fruit oil is a natural oil that is extracted from the fruit of the olive tree. It is a rich source of antioxidants and fatty acids that help to nourish and protect the skin.

Olive fruit oil is known for its ability to hydrate and moisturize the skin, and it is often used in the treatment of dry, damaged, or aging skin.

Beeswax

Beeswax is a natural wax that is produced by honeybees. It is a common ingredient in many skincare products because it is a natural emollient that helps to soften and moisturize the skin.

Beeswax is known for its ability to protect the skin from environmental damage, and it is often used in the treatment of dry, chapped, or irritated skin.

Cassava

Cassava is a root vegetable that is native to South America. It is a rich source of vitamins and minerals that help to nourish and protect the skin.

Cassava is known for its ability to hydrate and moisturize the skin, and it is often used in the treatment of dry, rough, or flaky skin.

Benefits

Crepe Erase Review

I’ve outlined the uses of the ingredients of Crepe Erase, and here is a more detailed list of benefits you can expect from using the products:

Reduces Appearance of Crepey Skin

Crepey skin can be frustrating and difficult to treat, but Crepe Erase’s advanced formulas are designed to target this specific issue.

By promoting natural elastic production, Crepe Erase can help reduce the appearance of crepey skin on your body, leaving you with smoother, more supple skin.

Hydrates and Moisturizes Skin

Dry, dull skin can make you look older than you really are. Crepe Erase’s rich moisturizers and hydrators penetrate deeply into your skin to provide long-lasting hydration and nourishment.

This can help improve the overall health and appearance of your skin, leaving you with a youthful, radiant glow.

Improves Skin Elasticity

As we age, our skin loses elasticity, which can lead to sagging, wrinkles, and other signs of aging. Crepe Erase’s advanced formulas are designed to promote natural elastic production, helping to restore your skin’s elasticity and firmness.

This can help reduce the appearance of wrinkles and other signs of aging, leaving you with a more youthful, vibrant appearance.

Restores Youthful Appearance

With its powerful combination of skin-smoothing exfoliators, hydrating oils, and natural elastic boosters, Crepe Erase can help restore your skin’s youthful appearance.

By reducing the appearance of crepey skin, improving skin elasticity, and providing long-lasting hydration, Crepe Erase can help you look and feel your best.

Overall, Crepe Erase is a great option for anyone looking to improve the health and appearance of their skin. With its advanced formulas and powerful ingredients, Crepe Erase can help you achieve smoother, more supple, and more youthful-looking skin.

How to Use Crepe Erase

Crepe Erase Review

Step-by-Step Guide

Here is a step-by-step guide on how to use Crepe Erase:

  1. Start with clean, dry skin. Wash your skin with a gentle cleanser and pat it dry with a towel.
  2. Apply a pea-sized amount of the Crepe Erase cream to the back of your hand.
  3. Using your fingertips, apply the cream to the areas of your skin where you have crepey skin. Use upward motions to massage the cream into your skin.
  4. Continue to massage the cream into your skin until it is fully absorbed. Be sure to focus on the areas that need the most attention.
  5. Repeat this process twice a day, once in the morning and once at night.

Tips for Best Results

Here are some tips for getting the best results from using Crepe Erase:

  • Use the cream consistently. For best results, use the cream twice a day, every day.
  • Be patient. It may take several weeks or even months to see significant improvement in your skin.
  • Use sunscreen. Protect your skin from further damage by wearing sunscreen every day, especially when you are spending time outdoors.
  • Stay hydrated. Drinking plenty of water can help keep your skin hydrated and healthy.
  • Take care of your skin. In addition to using Crepe Erase, take care of your skin by eating a healthy diet, getting enough sleep, and avoiding smoking and excessive alcohol consumption.

Crepe Erase Advanced

Crepe Erase Review

After a fun day outside in the sun, UV damage shows up on your skin in the form of fine lines and wrinkles. Luckily, Crepe Erase ingredients can give you a smoother and more supple complexion by promoting natural elastic production.

The brand has a variety of anti-aging formulas to remedy this issue. Its Advanced line is particularly designed for a complete treatment that leaves you feeling refreshed and youthful. 

In this Crepe Erase review, I will take a look at three of their featured bestsellers.

Crepe Erase Advanced Body Repair Treatment 

One of the most popular items amongst customers is the Crepe Erase Advanced Body Repair Treatment. Using the Trufirm Complex and nine Super Hydrators, this formula will rejuvenate your skin after years of exposure to the elements. 

Made with natural antioxidants like olive oil and grapeseed oil, this product will protect your complexion from premature aging. As your body absorbs the Advanced Body Repair Treatment, your skin will feel supple, smooth, and pampered. 

This Crepe Erase cream it’s extremely lightweight, so you can layer on sunscreen after your morning use. The brand also instructs that you use it near the end of the day, massaging in an upward motion until the product fully disappears into your skin. 

The 10oz Advanced Body Repair Treatment comes in three different scents: lavender honey, citrus, or linden blossom. There is even a fragrance-free option, and all options are $70 with a membership.  

Crepe Erase Advanced 2-Step Essentials System 

For the best effect, Crepe Erase recommends pairing the Advanced Body Repair Treatment with the Body Smoothing Pre-Treatment. But, it’s a hassle to buy them separately without knowing first if this combination will work for you. 

So, what’s the solution? I found out that the Advanced 2-Step Essentials System brings both items together, just in smaller quantities—perfect if you are just venturing into the skincare line. 

These Crepe Erase advanced products work together to target the crepey skin on your arms, neck, and legs. The Body Smoothing Pre-Treatment is a gentle exfoliator made with the TruFirm complex and a blend of chemical exfoliators. 

The AHAs and BHAs will clear out all the unnecessary and unwanted layers of dead skin, so you can better absorb the Advanced Body Repair Treatment. 

Since this is a kit, the Advanced Body Repair Treatment offers only a teaser amount. This combo comes in an easy-squeeze bottle and a jar containing 6.6 oz altogether. But, if you find that these products work for you, go ahead and splurge on their regular versions—the option is always there. 

Unfortunately, there is only the citrus-scent or the fragrance-free option for the kit. On the upside, it is reasonably priced. Right now, it’s available for $40 (originally $60), and you can even get this set with free shipping and a gift. 

Crepe Erase Advanced 5-Piece Body + Face System 

For those looking for a Crepe Erase intensive body repair treatment, the Advanced 5-Piece Body + Face System would be the best fit. This valuable kit includes the following items: 

  • Body Smoothing Pre-Treatment
  • Advanced Body Repair Treatment
  • Refining Facial Scrub
  • Restorative Facial Treatment
  • Flaw-Fix Eye Cream

The Refining Facial Scrub comes in a 2oz squeeze bottle. Like the Body Smoothing Pre-Treatment, it is a gentle exfoliator, but this one is designed for above-the-chin action since this kit covers your face too. 

As the only product containing retinol—the trendiest anti-aging ingredient in the cosmetics community at the moment—the 0.5oz Restorative Facial Treatment would erase facial wrinkles. 

And what age-reversal skincare kit is complete without an eye cream? The Flaw-Fix Eye Cream comes in a 10mL bottle, and it also uses the TruFirm Complex to replenish and nourish the thin skin by your eye area. 

Not only will you feel more refreshed when using this soothing formula, but you will also look more awake—so, say goodbye to that raccoon look. The 5-Piece Body + Face System is also on sale for $40 instead of $60. 

Crepe Erase Eye Cream

Crepe Erase Review

Eye creams are called over-glorified moisturizers, but the skin around your eyes is often the most dermatologically sensitive. Seeing as it can be thin and delicate too, it’s no wonder that you would want a blend to specifically target and protect that area.

This Crepe Erase review will focus on their main eye treatment: the Flaw-Fix Eye Cream. 

Crepe Erase Flaw-Fix Eye Cream 

You’ve just woken up, and one look in the mirror tells you that your entire appearance needs a definite pick-me-up. Those under eye circles are giving a whole new definition to darker-than-black. Don’t fret, Crepe Erase has a cream just for you. 

Like all the Crepe Erase products, the Flaw-Fix Eye Cream uses the TruFirm complex to support natural collagen and elastin production. The combination of apples, dill oil, and sage would do wonders for the smoothness of your skin. Besides this, the eye cream includes several hydrating ingredients too. 

You can purchase one 30mL bottle for $75, or you can subscribe and buy the Flaw-Fix Eye Cream for $64. Not only will you save 15%, but you will also receive free shipping. 

Crepe Erase Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Crepe Erase Review

Crepe Erase has garnered several positive reviews across the internet, especially on its official website. Amazon also reflects many customers’ opinions that the cream truly does wonders for them, but there are also key complaints. 

On Amazon, the Advanced Body Repair Treatment shows an overall score of 4.3/5 stars, with 65% of reviews being 5-star ratings. One buyer wrote, “Been using Crepe Erase for over a year now and I love the product. Started using the advanced formula and I absolutely love it!”  

Another reviewer agrees, writing, “My skin has absolutely gotten smoother! I am 63 and want to reverse as much of my aging as possible. The combination of the scrub and the intense lotion is AH-mazing. My hands look soft and smooth again. Skin has truly gotten smoother!”

Unfortunately, some customers report no improvement at all, despite prolonged use. One disappointed user shared about the Intensive Body Repair Treatment:

 “I’ve been using it for over 3 months and see no difference. The product is greasy and leaves residue on clothing too. I would not recommend it. I am trying to cancel the recurring order too but am having no luck with that either.” 

Some even reported a negative effect. A buyer wrote, “In fact, I tried it morning and night for several weeks only to be horrified that my skin looked worse. I immediately started back using my previous product and looking a little better each day. However, this is overrated and overpriced. It delivers nothing.”

Several different Allure employees tried the creams too. Some reported no effect while others saw a positive improvement, but felt like the cream was too slimy

In the end, one writer shared the following Crepe Erase review, “Basically, this product is a really, really good moisturizer for super dry skin. But if you’ve got deep wrinkles, you’re better off sticking to the tried-and-true favourites, like retinol and a few visits to your derm.”

Is Crepe Erase Worth It?

Crepe Erase Review

Crepe Erase does have many positive aspects, like their natural ingredients and subscription options, but they are also lacking in several ways. First, only one product includes retinol, which is an essential anti-aging agent. 

Considering the expensive prices I’ve mentioned in this Crepe Erase review, ultimately, this brand is not worth the money. Although their kit discounts are beneficial, the quantities are very small—you’ll need more cream quickly.  

Most importantly, there needs to be more information about the ingredients, customer service, and the brand as a whole. 

Alternatives to Crepe Erase

If you’re looking for alternatives to Crepe Erase, there are many options available on the market. Some of the most popular alternatives include:

  • Gold Bond Crepe Corrector: This product is designed to improve the appearance of crepey skin on the arms and legs. It contains a blend of moisturizers, vitamins, and peptides to help firm and smooth the skin.
  • StriVectin Crepe Control: This body cream is formulated to target crepey skin on the arms, legs, and chest. It contains a blend of peptides, caffeine, and botanical extracts to help firm and tighten the skin.
  • Nivea Skin Firming & Toning Body Gel-Cream: This product is designed to improve the appearance of skin texture and tone. It contains Q10 and L-Carnitine to help firm and tighten the skin.

It’s important to note that while these products may be effective for some people, they may not work for everyone. It’s always a good idea to read reviews and do your research before trying a new product.

Crepe Erase Promotions & Discounts 

Crepe Erase Review

If you’ve read this Crepe Erase review so far, I have some exciting news. Right now, the brand is offering free shipping on all orders.

They are also advertising a promotion on their kits for $20 off, free shipping, and a free gift. You can choose between the Exclusive Smooth and Renew Collection or the 4-in-1 Smoothing Capsules Duo. 

Where to Buy Crepe Erase

Crepe Erase Review

You can buy Crepe Erase straight from their website. Although products are also individually sold on Amazon, Ulta, and QVC, kits are only available through the brand. 

FAQ

Crepe Erase Review

Does Crepe Erase auto-ship? 

Yes, they do! Crepe Erase members receive auto-shipments, so you don’t ever have to run out of your favourite product (that is, until they discontinue it). Buyers can cancel or alter the shipping frequency and delivery schedule by simply contacting customer service. 

I would like to make a quick note in this Crepe Erase review—you can schedule your kit to ship every 4–20 weeks, but the company will automatically sign you up for 12 weeks until the shipment interval is customized.

Can I put Crepe Erase on my face?

Crepe Erase states that most of their products are designed to treat the sagginess under your chin, but they have specific products for your face too. First, the most obvious is the Flaw-Fix Eye Cream. Meant to treat the puffiness and wrinkles around your eyes, it definitely checks off that box.

Another product is the Restorative Facial Treatment mentioned in the 5-Piece Body + Face System. The formula is perfect for your facial wrinkles, especially since it includes retinol on top of the TruFirm complex. 

How long does it take Crepe Erase to work?

The biggest question for any skincare line is, is it effective? Does Crepe Erase work? The brand says that results differ per individual, but most users usually say that in just 30 days, they’ve noticed more hydrated skin. Some say that their skin looks younger, but that the transformation can take upto 60 days

Crepe Erase also says that your skin might look amazing instantly (due to the moisturizing properties), but the product would actually take a while to really be absorbed.

They advise you to be patient—despite their claims that after one use, 100% of users agreed that their skin felt instantly more youthful, 80% noticed an instant reduction in the crepey look, and 94% observed an instant improvement in the dryness of their skin. 

How many times a day do you use Crepe Erase?

Just like with all exfoliators, you should not use them more than once a day. Trust us, this practice goes a long way. You don’t want to damage your skin barrier by stripping away too much. 

In whichever case, Crepe Erase says that their Body Smoothing Pre-Treatment is very gentle, so you can use it in moderation as you follow up with the Advanced Body Repair Treatment

Creams are typically applied twice a day, and that’s also the case with the Advanced Body Repair Treatment and the Flaw-Fix Eye Cream. While over-application of thick creams may clog your pores, this lightweight formula should be quickly absorbed without excessive buildup. 

What is Crepe Erase’s Shipping Policy?

Canadians, you’re in luck! Crepe Erase currently only fulfils domestic orders, and shipping is on the house. While items cannot be cancelled after they’ve been processed, you can easily return the package for a full refund—but you will need to pay shipping and handling fees. 

The lacks a clear outline for their shipping information. As there is no rough estimate, buyers can only follow their orders through the tracking information provided in their confirmation email. 

What is Crepe Erase’s Return Policy?

Crepe Erase provides a 60-day money-back guarantee. Within this window, you can receive a full refund for your purchase price as long as you return the product (even if you finished all of it) along with a copy of your invoice to their address: 

Crépe Erase Returns
6 Commerce Way
Arden, NC 28704

You will need to pay for shipping and handling yourself, and Crepe Erase recommends that you take a Certificate of Mailing from your post office to keep it for your records. After the returned products are processed, you should receive a refund in up to seven business days

How to Contact Crepe Erase Customer Service 

It should be easy to contact the brand in two ways. You can call them at the Crepe Erase phone number 1-888-708-2042 anytime, seven days a week, or reach them via their online live chat.


Looking for more ethical skincare brands? Check out these options below:

Proven

True Botanicals

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Olly 

Olly Review

While a balanced diet is the best way to get all of your vitamins and minerals in, sometimes we need a bit of help. Olly is a health brand selling beauty, immunity, sleep, and all the quintessential multivitamins for women’s and men’s wellness.

An influencer favorite, Olly vitamins has been featured in Forbes, Travel+Leisure, and Bloomberg. With a substantial 143k Instagram followers and over 65k likes on Facebook, I just had to look at all the buzz people were making about the brand. 

Olly Vitamins are designed to provide essential nutrients that may be lacking in one’s diet, contributing to optimal health and well-being.

For instance, Olly’s Glowing Skin vitamin contains Vitamin E, which is known to have antioxidant properties that protect against skin damage caused by UV radiation.

Moreover, Olly’s Restful Sleep vitamin contains Melatonin, a hormone that regulates the sleep-wake cycle and helps to improve sleep quality. This ingredient has been extensively studied and is considered effective in treating sleep disorders.

According to a study, more than 30% of the US population is at risk of at least one vitamin or mineral deficiency. This is particularly concerning since deficiencies can lead to various health issues, such as weakened immune function, anemia, and bone loss. With the help of high-quality supplements like Olly, individuals can ensure they are meeting their daily recommended intake of vitamins and minerals.

In my Olly vitamins review, I will take an in-depth look at the brand and its bestselling products, customer ratings, and promotions to see if your nutrition cabinet needs a bit of Olly in your life.

Pros and Cons of Olly Vitamins

Pros

  • Olly vitamins are affordable and accessible, as they are available to order from Walmart and Amazon.
  • Subscription plans are available, which can save you money and ensure you don’t run out of your favorite supplements.
  • Olly vitamins offer tasty flavors, making it easier and more enjoyable to take your daily vitamins.
  • The brand is certified by NSF, ensuring that their products meet strict standards for safety and quality.
  • Olly is also a Certified B-Corp, meaning they meet high standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency.
  • The brand also offers an option to support and donate to mental health initiatives, which can be a great way to give back while taking care of your health.

Cons

  • While Olly vitamins offer a variety of options, some customers may prefer products that are completely natural or organic, which may not be offered by the brand.
  • As with any supplement, not all Olly vitamins may work for everyone, and it’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before taking any new supplements.
  • Some customers may find Olly vitamins relatively more expensive compared to other brands, which may not be feasible for everyone.
  • While it’s convenient that you don’t need to take food and water with Olly vitamins, this may not be ideal for some individuals who prefer to take their supplements with meals.

Ingredients

Here are some popular Olly Vitamins ingredients, their benefits, and relevant information to support their effectiveness:

Omega-3 DHA

Omega-3 DHA essential fatty acid supports brain development and cognitive function.

Folic acid

Folic acid is crucial for prenatal health, promoting healthy fetal development and reducing the risk of birth defects.

Vitamin D

Vitamin D is essential for bone health, immune system function, and may reduce the risk of depression.

Melatonin

Melatonin hormone helps regulate sleep patterns and can improve the quality of sleep.

Biotin

Biotin promotes healthy hair, skin, and nails.

Keratin

Keratin protein is a major component of hair, skin, and nails, helping to maintain strength and structure.

Hyaluronic acid

Hyaluronic acid helps to attract and retain moisture in the skin, keeping it hydrated and plump.

Vitamin C

Vitamin C is an antioxidant that helps to protect the skin from environmental stressors and supports collagen production.

Vitamin E

Vitamin E is an antioxidant that helps to protect the skin from environmental stressors and has moisturizing and healing properties.

Benefits

Olly Vitamins are designed to support your overall health and wellness, with clean, plant-based ingredients that are easy to digest. Here are some of the benefits you can expect from using Olly Vitamins:

Healthy fetal development

Folic acid is a crucial nutrient for prenatal health, promoting healthy fetal development and reducing the risk of birth defects.

Strong bones and immune system

Vitamin D is essential for bone health and immune system function, and may also reduce the risk of depression.

Improved cognitive function

Omega-3 DHA is an essential fatty acid that supports brain development and cognitive function.

Better sleep quality

Melatonin hormone can help regulate sleep patterns, improving the quality of sleep and promoting a more restful night.

Healthy hair, skin, and nails

Biotin promotes healthy hair, skin, and nails, while keratin protein helps to maintain their strength and structure.

Hydrated and plump skin

Hyaluronic acid helps to attract and retain moisture in the skin, leading to improved hydration levels and a more plump, youthful appearance.

Protected skin

Vitamins C and E are antioxidants that help to protect the skin from environmental stressors like pollution and UV rays, helping to prevent damage and premature aging.

Side Effects

Olly Vitamins are generally safe and well-tolerated by most people when used as directed. However, as with any dietary supplement, there is a potential for side effects, especially if you take them in excess or have certain medical conditions. Here are some things to keep in mind:

Upset stomach

Some Olly Vitamins contain high doses of vitamins or minerals, which can cause an upset stomach, nausea, or diarrhea, especially if taken on an empty stomach or in excess.

Allergic reactions

Olly Vitamins contain a variety of ingredients, some of which may cause allergic reactions in some people. For example, if you have a known allergy to soy, you should avoid taking Olly Vitamins that contain soybean oil.

Interaction with medications

Some Olly Vitamins may interact with certain medications, such as blood thinners, cholesterol-lowering drugs, or antibiotics. If you are taking any medications, it’s important to consult with your healthcare provider before taking Olly Vitamins to avoid any potential interactions.

Remember that everyone’s body is different, and what may cause side effects in one person may not affect another. If you experience any side effects or have any concerns about using Olly Vitamins, it’s always a good idea to consult with your healthcare provider.

5 Best Selling Olly Vitamins Products

Olly Essential Prenatal Multi Review

Meant to be taken for the entire duration of pregnancy, the Olly Essential Prenatal Multi is good for both mother and baby and comes in a citrus-flavored gummy. 

The leading ingredient in this multivitamin is OMEGA-3 DHA. This nutrient is critical for a baby’s brain to develop properly. This vitamin also includes folic acid and Vitamin D, both of which can reduce the risk of preterm delivery.  Folic acid ensures spinal cord development, while Vitamin D helps the baby’s immune system.

DHA is usually found in fish. There are DHA options derived from vegetarian options like seaweed, but, unfortunately, Olly does not specify where their DHA is from if you happen to be vegan or vegetarian. 

The Olly Essential Prenatal Multi retails at $14 for a single jar or $36 for 3 jars on a subscription plan.

Olly Extra Strength Sleep Review

The Olly Extra Strength Sleep vitamin is a mix of active ingredients containing melatonin, L-theanine, and botanicals to help you feel relaxed so you can get a good night’s sleep. 

Melatonin is a natural hormone released by the pineal gland when it gets dark. This vitamin pill contains 5mg of melatonin to give you an extra boost. 

Melatonin levels are known to decrease with age, so injecting a little into Olly sleep vitamins helps this natural process along.

On the other hand, L-theanine is an amino acid meant to help calm your mind and body to prepare you for rest.

Lastly, botanicals have been the traditional sleep aid for centuries. Think herbal tea but in vitamin form. The three botanicals in this vitamin are chamomile, passionfruit, and lemon balm, all known for their soothing properties. 

Olly Extra Strength retails at $16 for 25 servings, $19 for 30 servings, or $41 for 3 jars on a subscription plan.

Olly Heavenly Hair Review

It should come as no surprise that a hair vitamin specifically targeting three of the most concerning hair issues (hair strength, growth, and protecting colored hair) is called heavenly. I’d call it that too! This product includes key ingredients like biotin, keratin, and silicon.

To begin with, the leading ingredient is biotin (also known as vitamin B7), which is known to help those who have poor hair and nail growth. So, if balding is a concern, consider boosting your biotin intake.

More importantly, biotin also acts as a stimulus for keratin which is the next key ingredient in this hair vitamin. Keratin is a protein that is foundational for hair and nails. It’s the ingredient that acts from within to give your hair that luscious shine, making it silky smooth. 

Silicon has been proven to contribute to overall hair strength to help avoid breakage while creating collagen. Ultimately, silicon will thicken your hair while being the basis for the other active ingredients listed.

Finally, a blend of copper, Vitamin D, B12, and folic acid are also included in Olly Heavenly Hair. Copper can promote hair growth, while vitamin D and B12 deficiency are associated with hair loss. Finally, folic acid is essential for pregnancy, but it’s also good for hair. This vitamin can reduce premature gray hairs, promote hair growth, and even add volume. 

The Heavenly Hair vitamin comes in the form of sugar-free softgels, so pretty much anyone can use them despite their dietary restrictions. Olly Heavenly Hair retails at $20 or $51 for 3 jars on a subscription plan.

Olly Undeniable Beauty Review 

If you’re concerned about hair growth and the state of your nails and your skin, then the Undeniable Beauty vitamin might be the right option for you.

The three key ingredients in this vitamin are keratin, biotin, and vitamin C. As previously mentioned, keratin provides the foundation for healthy hair and nails, and biotin helps encourage follicle growth, but the added vitamin C helps round out this trio perfectly. 

Vitamin C is known to promote collagen production.  Collagen gives elasticity to your skin, thus counteracting cellulite and wrinkling. When you think of a smooth and glowing complexion, know that vitamin C is probably behind it. 

Undeniable Beauty retails at $14 for 30 servings or $36 for 3 jars on a subscription plan.

Olly Glowing Skin Review 

At a glance, hydration is the primary focus of the Glowing Skin vitamin. Hydration is a term that may get tossed around a lot, but that’s because it makes the most impact.

This blueberry and pomegranate flavored gummy contains hyaluronic acid, collagen, and sea buckthorn. As previously mentioned, collagen is vital in keeping your glowing skin, but let’s take a look at the other two ingredients that make up this vitamin. 

Hyaluronic acid is a staple in skin care products and is usually listed among the top three ingredients of moisturizers, serums, and lotions. Your body naturally possesses hyaluronic acid, especially in the eyes or joints, as it is a key molecule in keeping things hydrated. 

On the other hand, sea buckthorn is a plant-producing berry packed with antioxidant properties. As an ingredient, it nourishes and keeps your skin clear. Olly Glowing Skin retails at $14 or $36 for 3 jars on a subscription plan.

Olly Review

Alternatives

  1. Ritual: This brand offers a range of clean, vegan, and non-GMO supplements that are designed specifically for women. Their products contain essential vitamins and minerals like iron, magnesium, and vitamin D3.
  2. Garden of Life: Garden of Life offers a range of clean, organic, and non-GMO supplements made from real whole foods. Their products are designed to support overall health and wellness and contain ingredients like probiotics, enzymes, and organic fruits and vegetables.
  3. MegaFood: This brand offers a range of clean, non-GMO supplements made from whole foods and natural ingredients. Their products are designed to support various health goals, including immune system support, joint health, and energy production.
  4. New Chapter: New Chapter offers a range of clean, organic, and non-GMO supplements made from whole foods and natural ingredients. Their products are designed to support overall health and wellness, and contain ingredients like probiotics, herbs, and superfoods.
  5. HUM Nutrition: This brand offers a range of clean, vegan, and non-GMO supplements designed to support various health goals, including skin health, gut health, and stress management. Their products contain ingredients like vitamin C, probiotics, and adaptogenic herbs.

Olly Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Olly Review

As you’ve seen in my Olly Vitamins review, Olly has a lot of options on the market. But what do customers think about them? Olly’s website luckily has a lot of customer reviews to help you make the right choice. Let’s take a look at how the featured products fared:

  • Essential Prenatal Multi: 4.5/5 stars from 939 reviews
  • Extra Strength Sleep: 4.3/5 stars over 190 reviews
  • Heavenly Hair: 4.4/5 stars from 69 reviews
  • Undeniable Beauty: 4.3/5 stars from 739 reviews
  • Glowing Skin: 4.1/5 stars over 550 reviews
  • Kids Multi + Probiotic: 4.8/5 stars from 221 reviews
  • Teen Girl Multi: 4.1/5 stars after 42 reviews

All of the products I featured have glowing reviews on the official website. But let’s take a closer look at some of these reviews. The Prenatal multivitamin, in particular, had tons of reviews, so I’ll start there. Customers love its taste and benefits. As one customer put it:

“Bought these in my process of TTC to get my body ready for conception… These taste great and the 800 folic acid is awesome .easy on my stomach and has all supplement requirements, i am in love so far been taking them a month so far love the energy hope they help in my baby dust!!”

What about other sources? Over on Amazon, the Extra Strength Sleep gummies have a 4.5/5 rating from over 47k global ratings. That’s a lot of happy customers! You’ll find countless customers explaining how these have been more effective than others on the market. One Amazon user summed up perfectly why it’s so loved:

“I’ve tried other sleep products like the sleep drinks and other gummies but I keep coming back for these! They’ve worked the best out of any of the others I’ve tried! I fall asleep fast and stay asleep for the whole night. I also wake up feeling great! No hangover feeling at all!”

Finally, I took a look at Influenster, where many of the brand’s gummies have glowing reviews. This includes the Kids Multi + Probiotic, with an astounding 4.8/5 stars from 276 reviewers. One customer loved how yummy and affordable they are:

“These are my go-to vitamins for my 5 & 12-year-old! They both take 2 daily and there’s 70 in the bottle. The bottle costs $12 and can be found at Wal-Mart and most other stores. The flavors are super yummy and come in an easy chewable gummy form. I love this particular variant because it has the probiotic added into it and there’s no artificial flavors or colors!”

From what I found on a few different websites, customers generally loved their experience with Olly! Some users disliked the taste of some products, but they were in the minority. Olly seems to be a fan favorite for people looking to boost their health or sleep in a tasty way.

Is Olly Worth It?

Olly Review

Olly is featured in numerous magazines and has a ton of media coverage, so surely all the hype can’t simply be empty promises? Considering how affordable and accessible their products are, this Olly vitamins review feel it’s definitely worth giving a try.

It’s also a great starting point for anyone who’s just beginning to be mindful about supplements. 

Olly Promotions & Discounts 

Olly Review

The brand does not have exclusive sales but subscribers save 15% and receive a total of 3 jars if they opt to buy in bulk. 

It should be noted that although Olly itself does not have sales or promotions on products beyond a subscription, any retailer carrying Olly products might. You can also sign up for emails for giveaways and possible promotions in the future.

Where To Buy Olly

Olly Review
  • Amazon
  • Walmart
  • London Drugs
  • Costco

FAQ

Olly Review

Who is Olly for? 

Olly does not rule out anyone. It contains products for different age ranges, sexes, groups of people, and is beneficial for women, men, and children. 

However, that being the case, it has to be noted from this Olly vitamins review there is a wider variety in products and vitamins for women than any other group.

Are Olly vitamins FDA-approved?

Although Olly vitamins are approved for selling and purchasing, they are not approved by the FDA for the effects and results claimed by the brand.

This Olly vitamins review notes that the brand has vocally expressed that the vitamins and other products sold will not diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease. 

Where are Olly vitamins made? 

Olly vitamins are made in the United States although the brand does not explicitly state where their manufacturing and processing site is specifically located. 

Is Olly vegan and cruelty-free? 

Olly does not come with a vegan or cruelty-free label.

What is Olly’s Shipping Policy?

Shipping is free within the United States on all orders over $59. They usually ship between 2-5 business days.

What is Olly’s Return Policy?

Olly provides returns within 30 days any time. They understand that the supplements must be taken in order for the customer to fully know whether there are any issues or concerns and possible Olly vitamin side effects.

How to Contact Olly

Olly can be contacted by a Help Centre portal through their website by clicking on the link here for a request form.

Note: Olly responds to emails and phone requests within 24-48 hours.  


Explore your options for health supplements for full-body wellness with these popular brands:

Vitamins and nutrients are a key part of clear, glowing skin. Read all about customizable, all-natural skincare by Proven.

About GreenPan

GreenPan Pans Review

GreenPan makes award-winning pans using revolutionary Thermolon technology[1]. Made from recycled aluminum with a toxic-free ceramic coating, the brand’s non-stick cookware collection makes for healthier meals and easier cleanup.

Cooking is a wonderful thing. It brings joy to households across the world, draws families together, and, if done right, can keep our brains and bodies healthy.

But despite many efforts to cook healthily, all the steamed greens and pan-fried wild-caught salmon in the world can’t negate the toxic chemicals that leach into food from dangerous cookware.

What is “dangerous” cookware, exactly? Well, there’s a ton of it out there, especially in the world of non-stick pans. Traditional non-stick cookware coated with Teflon, aluminum, and even stainless steel can all harm your health.

GreenPan non-stick cookware allows users to cut back on oil while keeping the ingredients in food free from sneaky chemicals added in the cooking process.

Is this chef-approved and environmentally-friendly brand your solution for cookware that will actually inspire you to get creative in the kitchen? In this GreenPan cookware review, I will help you make that decision.

So, stay tuned as I take a close look at the company, its bestsellers, customer testimonials, FAQs, and more.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

GreenPan Pans Review

Now that you know a little more about the company’s roots, I’ll move this GreenPan cookware review onto some pros and cons.

Pros and Cons

Pros

  • Variety of sets and types of pans to choose from
  • Made from recycled aluminum
  • The non-stick coating is toxic-free
  • The brand is committed to sustainability, has its own wastewater treatment plant, and its factory runs on 30% renewable energy
  • 50 employees dedicated to quality control
  • 2-Year Limited Warranty
  • 60-Day Returns

Cons

  • The non-stick coating is not covered under warranty, it may recede and cannot be replaced
  • Pans need more care than others, cannot use certain types of oils or high heat
  • Pricier than other options

Features

GreenPan Pans Review

Here is a quick summary of the features of GreenPan products before I move into a more in-depth look at the materials:

  • Thermolon™ ceramic non-stick coating: GreenPan uses a unique ceramic non-stick coating called Thermolon™, which is free from PFOA, PFAS, lead, and cadmium. This coating is designed to be durable, scratch-resistant, and easy to clean.
  • Healthy cooking: GreenPan’s non-stick coating is made from natural materials and does not release harmful fumes when heated. This means you can cook healthy meals without worrying about toxins leaching into your food.
  • Energy-efficient: GreenPan’s cookware is designed to be energy-efficient, with a base that ensures even heat distribution and retention.
  • Oven-safe: GreenPan’s cookware is oven-safe up to 600°F, so you can easily transfer your dishes from the stovetop to the oven.
  • Dishwasher-safe: GreenPan’s cookware is dishwasher-safe, making it easy to clean up after cooking.
  • Eco-friendly: GreenPan’s products are made from recycled and upcycled materials, and the company is committed to reducing its carbon footprint and promoting sustainable practices.
  • Stylish design: GreenPan’s cookware comes in a range of stylish designs that will complement any kitchen decor.

Materials

GreenPan Pans Review

GreenPan non-stick pans use the power of Thermolon to make the cooking process more enjoyable.

Gone are the days of soaking stuck-on food, losing half your dish to the bottom of the pan, or feeling weary of the possibly toxic meal you just cooked up in an unsafe pan.

The brand’s truly non-stick pans are reinforced with diamonds[4], meaning they’re extra sturdy. Use any utensil you please, metal spoons and spatulas are all safe here!

Though coated with Thermolon (a glass-like ceramic), the body of these tough pans is made from anodized aluminum, so you don’t need to worry about chipping or scratches.

Free from toxic chemicals like PFAS, PFOA, lead, and cadmium[5][6], you can feel safe knowing you’re eating from something that won’t harm you in the long run.

In the next section of this GreenPan cookware review, I’ll heat things up with some spicy details about the brand’s collection of cookware.

5 GreenPan Cookware Bestsellers

Any seasoned chef knows the value of having a great set of cookware on hand. Whether you’re preparing a large dish for the entire crew, or want a flawless saucing experience, these pans, woks, sets, and more show their worth as early as the first use.

GreenPan Chatham Ceramic 11” Nonstick Wok Review

You know when you’re cooking and you’ve obviously got too much in your small skillet. The peppers, noodles, and other ingredients fly out of the pan while you tentatively mix in the sauce. 

There’s a reason Woks exist. They have a deeper base to keep food in the pan so that you can confidently toss your stir-fry or pasta dish effortlessly.

GreenPan’s Wok is complete with a stainless steel handle, meaning you can finish that steak off in the oven up to 600°F without the handle melting off—don’t worry, we’ve all been there.

As for fried rice, well the Chatham Ceramic 11” Nonstick Wok is truly non-stick, so you can fry your rice hard and never worry about eggs getting stuck to the bottom. Cook up something spectacular with this strong and durable GreenPan Wok for $50.

GreenPan Smartshape Ceramic Nonstick 9.5” Frying Pan Review

GreenPan knows that we use different pans for different reasons. So, they can’t all be built the same. Unlike some cookware brands that use the same handle and features for all of their pots and pans, this one includes some differences that make it perfect for frying.

The Smartshape Ceramic Nonstick 9.5” Frying Pan uses a Magneto™ (think: quick and easy) induction base to evenly heat your pan. Its shape aids in keeping your cupboards neat and tidy, stacking effortlessly and compactly with all other Smartshape pans.

The handle sets this GreenPan cooking pan apart. With a v-shaped flame guard that keeps your hand away from the heat, as well as a stay-cool grip (a material that doesn’t heat as the pan does), you can safely pick your frying pan up and transfer it to the oven up to 320°F.

Change the way you cook with the Smartshape Ceramic Nonstick 9.5” Frying Pan for $65.

GreenPan Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11-Piece Cookware Set Review

The average cupboard is a smorgasbord of pots and pans that have been accumulated over a lifetime. Some that, although you keep them for some reason, are notorious for adhering to food. You may also have others that you love, but only have one of.

Cookware sets create cohesion in your kitchen, giving you a collection you know you can count on. The Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11-Piece Cookware Set comes with:

  • An 8”, 9.5”, and 11” GreenPan large skillet frying pans
  • 2-quart and 3-quart saucepans with lids
  • 3-quart sauté pan with lid
  • 5-quart stockpot with lid
  • 3 pan protectors

Promising to never warp, you’ll always have a pan that sits flush on the stovetop, meaning your GreenPan ceramic non-stick pans will be heated evenly.

With tempered glass lids that are safe inside the oven up to 425°F, you’ll be able to peek inside your dish without disturbing the cooking process.

As for the GreenPan cooking pots and pans, they all come outfitted with stainless steel handles so that you can transfer any of them into the oven.

Get the GreenPan Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11-Piece Cookware Set for $300.

GreenPan Paris Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set Review 

When you invest in a cookware set, you want to know that you’re going to get some use out of it. The Paris Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set helps you get the most of your GreenPan ceramic pans in a few ways.

First, they’re scratch-resistant and durable. Second, there are a variety of pieces for different needs. And third, they’re oven safe up to 600°F.

Your GreenPan pans pro set will include:

  • 8”, 9.5”, and 11” frying pans
  • 1.5-quart and 3-quart saucepans with lids
  • 3-quart sauté pan with lid
  • 5.5-quart stockpot with lid

The set has a fancier feel to it, with shiny stainless steel lids that nestle into the pot. These pans and pots are safe for all types of stovetops, just not induction ones.

Transform your kitchen with the Paris Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set for $400.

GreenPan Venice Pro Ceramic Nonstick 10-Piece Cookware Set Review

There’s something about stainless steel that just looks professional. Perhaps it’s because that’s what the pros use.

The Venice Pro Ceramic Nonstick 10-Piece Cookware Set is flawless-looking, with glass lids that let you see how your dish is cooking without letting heat out.

The GreenPan Venice Pro set includes:

  • 8” and 10” GreenPan nonstick skillet
  • 2-quart and 3-quart saucepans with lids
  • 3-quarts sauté pan with lid
  • 5-quart stockpot with lid

The 3-ply stainless steel shells are long-lasting and coated with Evershine™ technology to keep them in tip-top shape for years. The stay-cool handles help you to cut down on kitchen injuries—your knife-wielding skills are up to you.

The pots themselves can withstand up to 600°F, while the lids can take up to 425°F in the oven.

Suitable for all stovetops, you can get the Venice Pro Ceramic Nonstick 10-Piece Cookware Set for $400.

Does GreenPan Have Teflon?

GreenPan Pans Review

When Teflon pans came out, everyone praised them for their superior non-stick abilities.

But soon, we all grew enraged after finding out the PTFE (the synthetic resin that is Teflon) that was helping our eggs slide off our pans was leaching into those very same eggs if too high of heat was applied.

GreenPan the original green pan is completely PTFE-free. Instead, it uses Thermolon, a ceramic with a silicon dioxide non-stick coating. If that compound still sounds scary to you, rest easy knowing it’s of the same makeup that glass is.

Can You Use Olive Oil On GreenPan?

GreenPan Pans Review

Just because a pan is non-stick, doesn’t mean you can get away without using any oil. But, you’ll only need to use a fraction of what you’re used to with other pans.

The brand encourages customers to add just a splash of oil to their pan before cooking, but be sure to choose a neutral oil like canola or grapeseed.

If you want your GreenPan to live a long life, consider skipping out on olive oil and cooking spray. Those two oils carbonize quickly when heated in the brand’s cookware, sticking to the surface and breaking it down over time.

Is GreenPan Toxic?

GreenPan Pans Review

Despite the brand’s claim that its cookware is completely non-toxic, it faced a class-action lawsuit that disputed this very thing.

It turns out, that though their pans do not contain PTFE, PFOA, lead, or cadmium, they possibly have a slew of other toxic chemicals that include: aluminum oxide, silane, tetraethoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane, and potassium titanate.

Though these chemicals are less talked about in the media, there is a possibility that they come with negative side effects. These claims have not been verified.

GreenPan Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

GreenPan Pans Review

If you’re wondering how these pans hold up in real-life kitchen situations, then you’re in luck. This is the part of the GreenPan cookware review where I compile the most helpful customer testimonials I could find from sites across the web.

Below, you’ll find customer comments from reviews on the brand’s website, The Spruce Eats, and Amazon, which shed some light on what GreenPan pans really like.

On the company’s website, reviews are quite limited. With only dozens on each product, the scores given may not be a true reflection of its pans. Here’s an overview:

  • Venice Pro Ceramic Nonstick 10-Piece Cookware Set: an average of 4.1/5 stars from 50 reviews
  • Paris Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set: an average of 4.4/5 stars from 18 reviews
  • Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set: an average of 4.5/5 stars from 133 reviews
  • Smartshape Ceramic Nonstick 9.5” Frying Pan: an average of 5/5 stars from 14 reviews
  • Chatham Ceramic 11” Nonstick Wok: an average of 4.7/5 stars from 18 reviews

I decided to take a closer look at the Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 11 Piece Cookware Set. Most customers say this set is “well built and easy to clean.” One GreenPan pan reviewer even stated that “you can tell a difference in how the food tastes.”

GreenPan Pans Review

Many users note that there is definitely a specific way to use med-low heat (never high) and with the right type of oil. But as long as you follow the guidelines, the pans stay looking and cooking perfectly.

A testimonial on The Spruce Eats cooked with the nonstick pans for a month and wrote about the results: “It sears nicely, caramelizes onions well, and cleans up beautifully.”

Eggs that slide off of a pan seem to be the mark of a quality non-stick, and so the review continued, “as for eggs, pan conditions were slippery and a chase ensued…They slid off to the plate without a problem.”

The review does note the proper care needs to be taken to keep these pans in good condition.

The only negative that the GreenPan cookware review on The Spruce Eats found was in regards to the price.

This may be a deal-breaker for certain households, but the price becomes more understandable when it comes to these pan’s quality and longevity.

GreenPan Pans Review

The Prime Midnight 5 Piece Set is rated 4.6/5 stars by 584 customers on Amazon. In terms of a breakdown, 77% of shoppers gave this set a perfect score, while just 5% rated it 1-star.

Customers write that once you get a grasp of how to use these pans properly, they are enjoyable and easy to use.

One GreenPan pan review mentions its smart features: “One of the best features is that it has the handle at the end. I am an older person so whoever thought to put it there should get a raise. I also like that the handle is flat so it leans up and stays in my cabinet.”

Storage is crucial with pans as we all know that annoying, clanging moment of struggling to access a pan all too well.

Across websites, these pans are rated highly, even though some customers say they’ve encountered problems with staining and sticking. At the end of the day, even though these are quality pans, when you get oil and heat involved those two problems can occur.

Is GreenPan Worth It?

GreenPan Pans Review

How long your GreenPan lasts and the condition of it all depends on how you care for it. No matter which non-stick brand you choose, you’re going to have to follow the rules to keep it in great condition.

If you’re sitting there rolling your eyes at the upkeep, it’s really not that bad. Simply avoid certain oils, don’t use excessively high heats, and be sure to hand wash.

You most likely came to this GreenPan pan review because you are seeking an alternative to toxic cookware. You came to the right place, but with less risk comes a little higher maintenance—a trade-off that you may thank yourself for in the future.

The brand’s pots and pans come with a steeper price tag than the discount Teflon versions, but I hope that the information in this GreenPan cookware review has explained why they cost what they do.

I believe these pans are worth the buy, less toxic than the average ceramic pan, and much cleaner (and less finicky) than your cast iron. But please, keep in mind that there have been claims as to other toxins emitted by these pans.

Alternatives

There are several alternatives to GreenPan if you’re ready to get cooking but want to explore some more options before committing to a purchase. Take a look at some of these brands:

  • Made In: This brand designs some of the best cookware sets, stock pots, knives, cookbooks, and other kitchenware for all levels of chefs. Made from quality stainless steel and carbon steel, the line is engineered for durability and high performance to provide consistency no matter what you’re whipping up.
  • Misen: Offering affordable kitchenware for those who love to cook, Misen’s sleek, quality selection is ideal for novices and professional chefs alike.
  • Zwilling: An iconic name in cookware, Zwilling has been crafting high-quality kitchen essentials for over 287 years. Bridging traditional German expertise with the needs of modern cooks, the brand offers a spectrum of user-friendly cookware made in Europe.

GreenPan Promotions & Discounts

GreenPan Pans Review

At the time of this GreenPan cookware review, I was unable to uncover any deals that the brand has made available on its website.

Where to Buy GreenPan

GreenPan Pans Review

You can, of course, buy the brand’s cookware directly from GreenPan.us. But, the brand also has several authorized retailers they work with, including Bed, Bath & Beyond, Wayfair, Crate & Barrel, Williams Sonoma, Walmart, and Amazon.

FAQ

GreenPan Pans Review

Is GreenPan really safe?

According to the brand, GreenPan is really safe. What I’ve found is that its pans are free from PTFE, lead, and cadmium—things you should typically avoid when you buy a cooking pan.

There has been mention that its pans might contain other toxic chemicals (mentioned above in this GreenPan cookware review), but that statement has not been verified.

Is GreenPan ceramic? 

GreenPans have a recycled aluminum core that’s been coated in Thermalon, a glass-like ceramic.

How do I restore my GreenPan?

If you find that the outside of your GreenPan is looking a little haphazard, sticky, or discolored, follow these steps to get it back into flawless shape.

  1. Fill your pan halfway with water
  2. Boil for two minutes
  3. Pour out the water
  4. Place on a wooden cutting board or heat-safe surface
  5. Use a melamine sponge to scrub away burnt-on oil

For exterior stains, make a paste of baking soda and water, apply to the stained areas, leave on for several minutes then wipe clean with a dishcloth and rinse with vinegar.

Is GreenPan good quality? 

According to many reviews, GreenPan is the highest-quality ceramic cookware on the market.

What is GreenPan’s Shipping Policy?

GreenPan only ships to the 50 states and Puerto Rico. It only offers Standard Shipping, which takes about 2-6 business days, but the rate varies depending on where you live.

  • 48 continental states $6 or free for orders over $50
  • Hawaii, Alaska & Puerto Rico $30

Once your order ships, you’ll be able to track it using the link sent in your confirmation email from when the email is sent.

What is GreenPan’s Return Policy?

You can return any GreenPan product within 60 days of purchase, as long as it hasn’t been used and still has its original packaging. To start a return, email the brand.

Its team will let you know what to do next, but I have to note in this GreenPan cookware review that return shipping costs are not covered by the brand—you’ll be responsible for those.

How to Contact GreenPan

I hope that you found all of the information you needed in this GreenPan cookware review. If you have any questions, you can get in contact with the brand by:

The company’s customer service hours are Monday through Friday, 9:00 am to 7:00 pm EST.


Looking for more tools for your kitchen? Here are a few more brands to choose from:

Caraway

Uno Casa

Misen

Great Jones

Our Place

About FIGS

FIGS Scrubs Review

Looking back on hospital visits and dentist appointments, I recall the unflattering, ill-fitting scrubs the staff wore.

With 22 million workers in the health care industry, I find it odd there aren’t more choices when it comes to medical garb. Well, at least FIGS is doing something about that.

FIGS set out to transform medical apparel with stylish designs that are comfortable yet functional, developing a line from feedback gathered from the people behind the scrubs.

Their innovative proprietary fabric uses FIONTechnology™ making it durable, comfortable, and fashionable.

As one of the first of its kind, FIGS received widespread attention with numerous awards from Fast Company, INC., and Ernst & Young. I found the name featured in major publications like Entrepreneur, Vox, WSJ, and Forbes too.

Want to know more? I’ll tell you all the critical details of the brand inside this FIGS scrubs review, including the innovative technology behind the clothing and why FIGS has taken the medical apparel industry by storm. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions.

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Overview Of FIGS

FIGS Scrubs Review

Every good idea begins with inspiration. For FIGS Co-CEO and Co-Founder, Heather Hasson, it all started over a cup of coffee. Sitting across the table from her close friend, Heather found herself obsessing over her nurse practitioner’s uniform.

It was what could only be described as “boxy, scratchy, uncomfortable scrubs.”

With a background in fashion, this sparked an idea: Heather planned to revolutionize the industry, designing medical apparel to suit the needs of medical professionals.

Heather posed her idea to who would be FIGS’ co-CEO and co-founder Trina Spear.

Understanding the long hours, stressful situations, and often physically strenuous work medical professionals face every day, the pair was determined to create the ultimate medical apparel to make their jobs easier.

Founded in 2013, this proved to be no easy task and required the women to band together to challenge their ideas of medical apparel to go beyond basic improvements.

Their goal? To completely transform workwear in the medical profession, providing comfort that would make it easier to deliver premium care for patients.

Based in Los Angeles, they continue to improve how medical apparel is designed, made, ordered, and worn for next-level medical fashions offering a unique customer experience

The co-founders are also committed to the global community believing medical professionals around the world deserve quality scrubs.

Their Threads for Threads initiative donates medical apparel to healthcare professionals around the world while partnering with Awesome Humans, an organization that delivers scrubs to healthcare workers and communities in need.

FIGS Scrubs Review

FIGS is also committed to the Black Lives Matter movement, donating $100,000 to the National Black Nurses Association and the Student National Medical Association.

We pledge to do our part to support both the long term advancement of the Black community and to protect those who are bravely making their voices heard at demonstrations and marches around the country,” FIGS says.

As a pretty iconic and important brand in the medical realm, there’s a ton more to unpack in this FIGS scrubs review.

Up ahead, I’ll give you a close look at what their product line is all about, but first, check out the highlights:

Highlights

  • Offers women’s and men’s lines of scrubs
  • Proprietary FIONTechnology™ provides ultimate comfort and durability
  • Moisture-wicking technology
  • Affordable pricing
  • Custom embroidery offered
  • Offers team orders for medical facilities

Studies About Scrubs

There have been several studies conducted on medical scrubs, including their effectiveness in preventing the spread of infections and the impact of clothing on healthcare worker perception and patient care. Here are a few examples:

  1. In a study published in the Journal of Hospital Infection, researchers found that contaminated medical scrubs could spread infection in healthcare settings. The study found that bacteria were able to survive on scrub fabrics for several hours and that scrubs worn by healthcare workers could potentially spread these bacteria to other patients.
  2. A study published in the American Journal of Infection Control found that antimicrobial-treated medical scrubs were effective in reducing the number of bacteria on the fabric. The study found that antimicrobial-treated scrubs were able to reduce the number of bacteria on the fabric by up to 99.99%.
  3. In a study published in the Journal of Nursing Administration, researchers found that nurses who wore colored scrubs were perceived as more approachable and caring by patients than those who wore white scrubs. The study also found that patients were more likely to trust and comply with the instructions of nurses wearing colored scrubs.
  4. A study published in the Journal of Emergency Medicine found that wearing personal protective equipment (PPE) like scrubs and gowns could increase the time it takes for healthcare workers to complete certain tasks. The study found that healthcare workers took longer to complete tasks like starting an IV or taking a blood sample when wearing PPE, which could impact patient care in emergency situations.

Features

FIGS Scrubs Review

FIGS scrubs are known for their high-quality materials, functional design, and stylish appearance. Here are some of the key features of FIGS scrubs:

  1. Performance fabric: FIGS scrubs are made from a proprietary performance fabric called FIONx, which is moisture-wicking, antimicrobial, and resistant to wrinkles, odors, and stains.
  2. Comfortable fit: FIGS scrubs are designed to fit comfortably and flatter a range of body types. They offer a variety of styles, including tailored, slim fit, and relaxed fit, and have adjustable features like waistbands and drawstrings to ensure a custom fit.
  3. Functional design: FIGS scrubs are designed with functional features like multiple pockets, pen holders, and badge loops to keep essential items within easy reach.
  4. Stylish appearance: FIGS scrubs are available in a range of stylish colors and designs, including solid colors, prints, and embroidery. They also offer a range of accessories like jackets and underscrubs to complete the look.
  5. Ethical and sustainable production: FIGS is committed to ethical and sustainable production practices. They use environmentally-friendly materials and partner with organizations like Threads for Life to support healthcare workers in need.

Materials

FIGS Scrubs Review

FIGS scrubs are made from a proprietary performance fabric called FIONx. FIONx is a blend of polyester and spandex, which gives the fabric its moisture-wicking, antimicrobial, and wrinkle-resistant properties.

The fabric is also designed to be durable and long-lasting, making it ideal for healthcare professionals who require high-quality and reliable clothing for their work. Additionally, FIONx fabric is environmentally friendly and made from recycled materials, further reflecting FIGS’ commitment to sustainability.

7 Best-Selling FIGS Products

FIGS Women’s Scrubs Review

I’m ready to get things rolling in this FIGS scrubs review, are you? Combing through the brand’s website, I found a full line of women’s medical apparel including scrubs, maternity wear, underscrubs, lab coats, outerwear, socks, activewear, and accessories.

They have great variety, to say the least.

I thought it was cool that its scrubs are sold in sets, tops, and bottoms, allowing you to mix and match colors and styles. 

Up next, I’ll get into the most popular gear for doctors, nurses, lab technicians, and other medical professionals in the field.

Catarina One-Pocket Scrub Top

The Catarina One-Pocket Scrub Top has the clean look you love offering soft breathable FIONx fabric, a sleek V-neck, and a comfortable fit that is slimming and professional.

It features a single chest pocket and a comfy four-way stretch, with anti-wrinkle, moisture-wicking, and Silvadur™️ antimicrobial technology.

Since this minimalist top doesn’t include pockets, I’d recommend going with a pair of FIGS scrub bottoms with storage for your notepad, pens, and the protein bar that gets you through long shifts.

Available for $38, choose from the FIGS Core Set colors, or make a statement in limited edition Neon Blue or Pink.

What customers are saying: “These scrubs are soft, comfortable, and well made. The FIGS’ return policy made it a breeze to find the proper size and style.”

Yola Skinny Scrub Pants

The Yola Skinny Scrub Pants are all about modern, fashionable slim lines. No bulky, shapeless bottoms here.

The 11 pockets make multitasking a breeze, while the side slit ankles and half-elastic waist are all about comfort.

And though they look tailored, I adore that these pants remain super soft with a four-way stretch.

They’ll stay crisp all day with anti-wrinkle, moisture-wicking, and antimicrobial technology.

These FIGS scrub pants come in regular, petite, and tall lengths. Color selections make it easy to create the look you love from toned-down black, navy, and graphite to vibrant pink, red, and blue.

The Yola Skinny Scrub Pants are available for $46.

What customers are saying: “Love the color and the fit of these scrubs.”

The Core Set

Looking for the easiest and most affordable way to order FIGS scrubs?

I’d recommend checking out The Core Set. It’s available in your choice of styles for tops and bottoms, allowing you to mix and match to suit your taste.

You can choose between the Catarina One Pocket, Casma Three Pocket, and the Rafaela Mandarin Collar tops.

For bottoms, opt for the Livingston Basic Scrub Pants, Yola Skinny Pants, Kade Cargos, or the Zamora Joggers

Choose from four colors including Graphite, Black, Ceil Blue, and Navy.

I like the idea of dressing things up with a stylish combo of the Rafaela top with skinny pants or going more casual with joggers and a standard top. The Core Set costs $84.  

What customers are saying: “Incredibly comfortable fabric and great quality that will hold up with weekly use! Also very easy to clean!! Not to mention these are the most flattering scrubs I have ever owned.”

The Buttoned Up Lab Coat

Finally, a lab coat designed with female style in mind. From the pleated skirt to the Dobby Poly-Cotton Blend, the Buttoned Up Lab Coat is feminine yet highly functional.

Four pockets keep everything you need close at hand, including two extra-large interior pockets that can hold a stethoscope or iPad.

This anti-wrinkle fabric is conveniently resistant to stains, liquid, and odors. I understand that working in the medical field can be the opposite of glamorous, so not having to worry about carrying messes around with you all day seems like a major plus.

Available in crisp white, the stylish Buttoned Up Lab Coat is currently on sale for $118, down from the regular $148.

What customers are saying: “I love these coats! I was inserting a Foley catheter and iodine splashed on the coat. I thought for sure it was ruined! But to my surprise the iodine wiped off without even a stain! Hands down the BEST white coat in the game!”

FIGS Men’s Scrubs Review

I’ve got the ladies covered, but let’s not forget the guys. Here, I’ll give you a peek at a selection of FIGS scrubs men’s apparel.

With a line that makes it easy to find the fit and style to suit your workwear needs, men can choose from scrub sets, scrub tops, scrub pants, underscrubs, outerwear, socks, and accessories. 

Mix and match the styles and colors to create a different look throughout the week. Let’s take a look at some of the best-selling designs for men just below in this FIGS Scrubs review.

Chisec Three-Pocket Scrub Top

This is the shirt I imagine when I picture a doctor. This classic Chisec Three-Pocket Scrub Top offers a tailored cut for a semi-loose fit. Smooth seams keep the pockets hidden, with your work essentials always within reach.

The soft FIONx fabric is anti-wrinkle and moisture-wicking with a comfortable four-way stretch.

Like the women’s scrub tops, this men’s version includes Silvadur™️ antimicrobial technology

The Chisec Three-Pocket Scrub Top comes in a range of professional colors, like Graphite and Black, with an impressive gradient of blues from Caribbean turquoise to vibrant neon.

This classic men’s scrub top is available for $38. 

What customers are saying: “Super soft material with a great cut which is very comfortable to wear all day long. The personalisation on the scrubs adds to a custom experience and is great value.”

Pisco Basic Scrub Pants Straight Leg

The Pisco Basic Scrub Pants are anything but basic. Their straight-legged design offers a tailored look, with deceptively soft-stretch FIONx fabric.

Easy-fitting, I appreciate that finding the best fit is just one tug on the adjustable drawcord away.

Other comfy details include an elastic waistband and four-way stretch to keep your attention on what really matters.

The pants are built with four pockets along with anti-wrinkle, moisture-wicking, and antimicrobial technology.

Available for $46, color choices help create your distinct look in low-key Graphite, Black, Ceil Blue, or Navy, or ramped-up Caribbean Blue, Neon Blue, or Red. You’ll easily have the most attractive scrubs in the ER. 

What customers are saying: “Recently purchased these for my son. He absolutely loves them! They fit perfectly and the fabric is so soft and cool.”

The Frontline Set

In response to the brave work our frontline medical workers provide every day, the Frontline Set was designed with donations in mind.

The navy blue scrub set helps our medical professionals meet the increased demand to change their scrubs frequently during the pandemic.

I thought it was pretty admirable that when you purchase this FIGS uniform, a matching set goes toward the cause.

Doctors, nurses, and other medical professionals are at the forefront of this health crisis.

For $72 you can provide the comfortable, durable Frontline Set to help workers keep up with patient care and stay safe. 

What customers are saying: “Fits great, very high quality, would definitely recommend!”

Who Are FIGS Scrubs For?

FIGS scrubs are designed for healthcare professionals, including doctors, nurses, and other medical staff. The brand was founded with the goal of providing healthcare workers with high-quality and functional clothing that also looks stylish and professional.

FIGS scrubs are designed to meet the specific needs of healthcare professionals, offering features like multiple pockets, pen holders, and badge loops for easy access to essential tools and equipment.

The scrubs are available in a range of sizes and styles to fit a variety of body types and are made from a proprietary performance fabric that is moisture-wicking, antimicrobial, and resistant to wrinkles, odors, and stains.

Overall, FIGS scrubs are a popular choice for healthcare professionals who prioritize comfort, function, and style in their work attire.

FIGS Scrubs Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

FIGS Scrubs Review

This FIGS scrubs review wouldn’t be complete without some insight into what people are saying, so I searched the web for common feedback as of April 2023. Here’s a breakdown of five key factors creating the FIGS customer experience:

  1. Look: Overall, I read that people were more than happy with the look and quality of the product. Comments such as “I love my FIGS scrubs” and “I look great in them” were common.  
  2. Comfort: People who wear FIGS scrubs seem to score high when it comes to comfort. I found many reviews that exclaimed “They are so comfortable” or “The most comfortable scrubs” while speaking of a fit that is flattering yet loose.
  3. Quality: Quality has mixed reviews, but some of the most important factors include a very positive response to the water resistance of the product. One comment stands out in particular from Fresh RN: “…rolled right off of my scrub top instead of absorbing into it. Woo hoo!”
  4. Fit: This is where things start to go a little south. A few customers said that the size they ordered did not fit as expected. However, one of many FIGS scrubs Reddit reviews say they are the best scrubs for a “fit” guy.
  5. Customer Service: It appears to me that the one thing bringing their rating down on Trustpilot is customer service. While no company is perfect, it seems that FIGS has some work to do in this department.

Lets’ take a look at the numbers too. Here are the product ratings for the individual items featured in this review:

  • Catarina One-Pocket Scrub Top: 4.6/5 stars from nearly 29k ratings
  • Yola Skinny Scrub Pants: 4.4/5 stars from over 6k ratings
  • The Buttoned Up Lab Coat: 4.5/5 stars from over 22k ratings
  • Chisec Three-Pocket Scrub Top: 4.6/5 stars from over 4.2k ratings
  • Pisco Basic Scrub Pants Straight Leg: 4.5/5 stars from nearly 1.5k ratings

So, are FIGS good scrubs? While I learned that the products themselves are very well received, some reviews recommend buying your scrubs elsewhere to avoid the stress of dealing with their customer service team. 

Are FIGS Scrubs Worth It?

FIGS Scrubs Review

When writing this FIGS scrubs review, I fell in love with the company’s mission, its fabric technology, and the way it gives back.

Looking into customer reviews, though I found many positives with a few areas of improvement.

Even so, if you do find the right fit and don’t need to return your items, it all seems like smooth sailing.

The prices are reasonable and overall, the brand offers a wider selection of styles, a superior fabric designed with the wearer in mind, and a very comfy fit.

It seems the unique fabric used by FIGS offers everything you would want in scrubs:

  • Soft and comfy fabric
  • Water-resistant to avoid exposure to transmittable diseases
  • Odor resistant to help reduce unpleasant smells while working, even after spills of the most unpleasant kind
  • Stylish fit that makes you feel good
  • Functional designs provide ample pockets, resistance to spillage, proper fit allowing for physical exertions, etc.

I think that if you take the time to measure based on their recommendations and you’ll probably find an excellent set of FIGS scrubs that will keep you comfortable even on your most challenging shifts. 

FIGS Promotions & Discounts 

FIGS Scrubs Review

While scoping out the brand’s website for this FIGS scrubs review, I found they offer a 15% discount to students and military personnel including USAA members, active, veteran, and retired individuals with a military service record active from 9/30/1985.

Though there isn’t a FIGS promo code available right now, if you sign up for the mailing list, you can get 15% off your first order. The brand also offers free shipping and returns for orders over $58.

Where To Buy FIGS Scrubs

FIGS Scrubs Review

The FIGS Scrubs store is strictly online at their own website, WearFIGS.com. FIGS Scrubs Amazon orders are also available for a limited selection of products.

Alternatives

Looking for the perfect set of scrubs? Here are a few more options to consider:

  1. Jaanuu: Jaanuu scrubs are designed with fashion-forward styles and innovative fabrics. They offer a range of performance features like moisture-wicking, antimicrobial, and wrinkle-resistant properties, as well as functional design elements like multiple pockets and media loops.
  2. Cherokee: Cherokee is a well-known brand in the medical apparel industry, offering a range of scrubs in various styles and colors. Their scrubs are designed with functional features like multiple pockets and instrument loops, and are made from high-quality, durable fabrics.
  3. Dickies: Dickies is another established brand in the medical apparel industry, offering a range of scrubs in traditional and modern styles. Their scrubs are made from durable and comfortable fabrics, and offer functional features like multiple pockets and reinforced stitching.
  4. Barco: Barco offers a range of scrubs in various styles and colors, including a popular line of performance scrubs called Grey’s Anatomy. Their scrubs are designed with functional features like multiple pockets and pen holders, and are made from high-quality, comfortable fabrics.
  5. WonderWink: WonderWink scrubs are known for their comfortable and functional design, offering features like multiple pockets and utility loops. They also offer a range of stylish designs and colors to choose from.

FAQ

FIGS Scrubs Review

Do FIGS scrubs shrink?

When investigating shrinkage challenges for this FIGS scrubs review, I read that the brand recommends washing the scrubs in cold water turned inside out, and then tumble-dried to avoid shrinking.

While there are complaints online about shrinking, I can’t say for sure if these people followed the instructions or not. 

What size FIGS scrubs should I get?

When you wear something for hours on end, you need the fit to be comfortable, breathable, and at least a little bit fashionable.

With that in mind, the brand provides a handy size chart on their website that’s definitely worth checking out.

What is FIGS’ Shipping Policy?

FIGS ships throughout the US and its territories, Canada, the UK, and Australia. The FIGS shipping policy is pretty straightforward.

Shipping costs are as follows:

  • For US orders, standard US shipping is free for orders $50+ 
  • US orders under $50 cost $6
  • If you request expedited shipping in the continental US, it’s an additional $20 per order 
  • FIGS follows the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), applying no tax on Canadian orders $40 CAD or less and no duties collected on Canada orders $150 CAD or less; the orders must also be shipped to a Canadian address

Shipping times predictably vary by location. Here are some estimated arrival times by region:

  • Standard Continental US: 3-7 Business Days
  • Expedited Continental US: 2 Business Days (Before 11:00 am PST Monday through Friday) 
  • Expedited Continental US: 3 Business Days (After 11:01 am PST Monday through Friday) 
  • Non-Continental US (Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Micronesia, Marshall Islands, Northern Mariana Islands, Palau, and Guam): 3-7 Business Days
  • Standard Canada: 5-10 Business Days
  • Express Canada: 2-5 Business Days
  • United Kingdom: 10-15 Business Days
  • Australia: 10-15 Business Days

Note, that embroidery orders will take up to 2 more days for delivery. Shipping carriers vary by location as well:

  • US customers: Standard and expedited orders are shipped and delivered by FedEx or USPS
  • Canada, United Kingdom, and Australia customers: Orders are shipped with DHL in hand with the local post office or delivery partners 

What is FIGS’ Return Policy?

Returns must be made within 30 days of purchase and received in new, unworn condition with tags attached. Keep this in mind when trying on your order. Returns do not apply to the following:

  • Before They Go items
  • Custom-made products
  • Final sale merchandise
  • Embroidered items
  • Products that are specified as non-returnable in their description

To make a return in the US or Canada, visit the website and select the items you wish to return. You will have to provide some details, then FIGS will send you a prepaid label so you can return the items.

The fee to ship returns is only covered in Canada and the US. Once the items are received they’ll confirm you can receive a refund or exchange items.

I read that international returns and exchanges are only available for Australian orders at this time. The same process applies to International Returns and Exchanges.

Refunds are made to the original form of payment. Timing on refunds will vary based on your mode of payment. 

How To Contact FIGS

FIGS Scrubs Review

If you have questions beyond what I’ve included in this FIGS scrubs review, you can call or text FIGS at 424-500-8209, or use their online contact form on WearFigs.com.

Customer service hours are Monday through Friday 6 am to 8 pm PST.


Check out some of our recently published articles:

Miista Review

Sixpenny Review

Maria Nila Review

Looking to upgrade your work attire? Check out the 10 Best Scrub Brands available online.

About Thursday Boots

Thursday Boots Review

Thursday Boots is a New York-based company selling high-quality handcrafted boots and shoes.

In addition to men’s and women’s footwear, they also sell accessories including laces, socks, hats, belts, wallets, jackets, and bags/briefcases. The brand created a clean and unique design for all their products, always using premium materials. 

Thursday Boots recognizes that everyone has busy lives, and we need the right shoes and products to help us accomplish each day with comfort1. In this Thursday Boots review, we’ll share details about the brand and its products to answer all those boot-related questions.

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions. 

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Overview Of Thursday Boots

Thursday Boots Review

CEOs Conner Wilson and Nolan Walsh founded Thursday Boots in 2014, displeased with the options of boots and shoes that other companies were selling to consumers. They wanted to introduce a brand that gave fair prices and high-end, lasting materials for their customers to wear. 

Thursday Boots has a goal to create ethically built products that they trust, so they know their customers can too. The brand recognizes the crucial role that the environment plays in how we live.

Thursday Boots strives to improve how they produce their footwear and what materials are used in the creation process. The brand only works with companies that share the same ethical standards

The overall mission of Thursday Boots is to maintain their quality products through continuous testing and improvement. They want to help create memorable experiences while eliminating the stress of finding the right shoes.

Thursday Boots started with a small idea and has since grown across the US and over 60 countries. Their products are manufactured in Mexico, Portugal, Spain, and Arkansas, each location maintaining the same quality craftsmanship.

Thursday Boots stands out from its competitors, thanks to quality products and an interesting brand name. As I began this Thursday Boots review, I was immediately curious about the meaning behind “Thursday” and what they had to offer.

They use quality materials that provide enhanced comfort, such as leather linings2, padded midsoles, and arch support. 

Before we take a look at the products, here are the brand’s pros and cons:

Pros

  • They offer a variety of boots and shoes for both men and women, as well as accessories 
  • Their website is well-organized and contains a thorough FAQ page 
  • Each product has a detailed description, personal sizing methods, and images for reference
  • Their website includes plenty of product reviews for would-be customers to consult
  • They take pride in honesty and high-quality, lasting shoes, so customers will know they are making a smart purchase

Cons

  • No discounts or promotions, as they use a direct-to-consumer approach
  • Thursday Boots only has two physical locations, and both are in New York

Features

Thursday Boots are known for their high-quality construction, durability, and style. Here are some of their key features:

  1. Quality Materials: Thursday Boots are made with high-quality materials such as full-grain leather, Goodyear welt construction, and Vibram outsoles, which make them durable and long-lasting.
  2. Versatility: Thursday Boots offer a range of styles that can be dressed up or down, making them suitable for a variety of occasions.
  3. Comfort: Thursday Boots are designed with comfort in mind. They feature cork-bed midsoles and EVA footbeds that conform to your feet over time, providing a custom fit.
  4. Resoleable: Thursday Boots are constructed using Goodyear welt construction, which means that they can be resoled, extending their lifespan.
  5. Handcrafted: Thursday Boots are handcrafted by skilled artisans, ensuring that each pair is unique and of the highest quality.
  6. Affordable: Despite their high-quality materials and craftsmanship, Thursday Boots are relatively affordable compared to other premium boot brands.

Overall, Thursday Boots offer a combination of quality, style, and value, making them a popular choice for those seeking a versatile and durable pair of boots.

Materials

Thursday Boots are made from high-quality leather sourced from reputable tanneries around the world. The specific materials used may vary depending on the boot style, but common types of leather used in Thursday Boots include:

  • Chromexcel leather from Horween Leather Company in Chicago
  • Roughout leather from CF Stead in Leeds, England
  • Suede leather from Charles F. Stead Tannery in Leeds, England
  • Nubuck leather from Du Puy in France

In addition to leather, Thursday Boots also incorporate other materials such as rubber for the outsole, cork for the footbed, and steel for the shank.

Thursday Boots Review

From classics like the Chelsea and Chukkah to lace-ups and Western styles, Thursday has a good-looking selection of leather boots for all occasions.

While it’s hard to pinpoint what the best Thursday boots are (there are so many awesome styles), the following are two of their most popular.

Thursday Boots Captain Review

The Captain pairs well with any fall outfit and has a clean finish, made with premium leather designed to age beautifully with wear. The slight heel and cap-toe of the Captain add a little height to your walk, and the laces ensure a snug fit.

Goodyear Welt Construction makes them water resistant, so they can be worn in any season. Cork-bed midsoles and a fully lined glove leather interior make the Captain comfortable all day long.

The men’s line includes three limited-edition Captain boots, all on the pricier side, costing $349. This throwback look comes in black, golden brown, and bourbon. The regular Captain boots are priced at $199, and the brand offers a huge array of color options.

The women’s Captain boots are designed with the same quality leather and features as the men’s, priced at $190. They’re perfect for a laid-back look and are not overtly feminine. There are fewer color options available for the women’s Captain boots, but you still have a solid variety to choose from.

Thursday Boots President Review

The President boot is very similar to the Captain, with only subtle exterior differences. The President, like the Captain, is Goodyear water-resistant with its durable rubber outsoles.

These boots also have a cork heel designed with comfort in mind3. They’re more rugged looking than the Captains, and they’re designed so that the leather ages aesthetically. 

The President boot comes in a dark olive suede for women who want a slightly higher heel than the Captain boot at 1.5’’, costing $190 (pictured above). The President boot for men comes in five dark colors: brown, tobacco, black matte, black, and natural, and priced at $199

Thursday Boots Chelsea Review 

Chelsea boots are really trendy these days, and Thursday Boots delivers with this style. They’re offered in multiple designs and colors for both men and women.

This Thursday Boots review would not be complete without going through their entire Chelsea collection, which continues to expand.

For women, the Duchess Chelsea is a casual, everyday boot with a 1.5’’ heel. It features weather-safe suede with leather paneling on the sides.

The Duchess is the kind of boot that’s easy to dress up or down, and the fully lined leather interior means you’ll be comfy wherever you choose to go in them. The Duchess comes in dark olive suede, black, cognac suede, and brown.

While writing this Thursday Boots review, I was particularly interested in the Avenue boot. The Avenue is a playful high-heel version of the Duchess and not your regular Chelsea boot.

Its 3.5’’ height and dark color options give it a dressier look, but the thickness of the heel and a padded insole maintains its comfort. The Avenue Chelsea has a durable slip-resistant outsole, so you’ll feel sturdy in them despite their height. The Duchess and Avenue boots range in price from $160-$180.

Thursday Boots offers four Chelsea designs for men, each with a distinct aesthetic. The Cavalier is reminiscent of the Duchess in its form.

Customers can choose between exterior options including burnished suede, a sleek full-grain leather, and more distressed-looking buffalo leather.

The Duke appears to be an interesting midway between a cowboy boot and a construction boot, available in the same suede and leather options as the Cavalier and offered in a huge variety of colors.

The Rogue and Harness Chelsea boots only come in suede, with each offering its own bold statement.

The Rogue is very devil may care with distressed leather ankle straps. The Harness design is borderline flashy, featuring harness straps and an O-ring around the ankle.

Every men’s Chelsea design features a Goodyear waterproof exterior, comfortable cork-bed midsole, and a leather interior lining. The Chelsea boots for men range in price from $190 to $199

Are Thursday Boots Good?

Thursday Boots Review

For handcrafted shoes that promise durability, comfort, high-quality leather and suede, customers may find their lower prices hard to believe.

You can do your research and shop around, but thousands of verified customers have given positive feedback on their overall experience with the boots. In their Thursday Boots reviews, customers agreed on the following:

  • Extremely comfortable 
  • Could wear to any event
  • Exceeded expectations for shoes and wanted to buy more
  • Suggestions for half a size down were very beneficial 
  • Perfect fall/winter choices for any occasion
  • Durable wear and materials

More than one Thursday Boots review advises that the leather seems thinner than some other boots they have purchased before. They have also said that it took them 2-3 wears for the foot to mold to the shoe and allow for the perfect fit.

What Are The Best Thursday Boots?

This is a tricky question to answer because it really depends on your style preferences. You’ve already seen a variety of what the brand has to offer and what their most popular styles are, but according to those who shop with the brand, the best Thursday boots are the Captain.

Customers love their retro style and find them to be a versatile, everyday boot while adding a little something to their casual outfits. More than 24,000 shoppers have awarded the Captain a 4.9/5 star average.

This particular style is available for both men and women, though it looks to be more popular with men. The best Thursday boots style according to women is the Duchess Chelsea boots, which have a 4.9/5 star rating from over 7,000 shoppers.

Are Thursday Boots Comfortable?

From what I’ve read in terms of feedback, Thursday boots are very comfortable. Since the leather may be thinner than it is on other brands of leather boots, you might find yours to be lighter in weight and more flexible. Both of these elements equate to a more comfortable wear.

Thursday took care when designing their boots, choosing features like these to ensure your feet are happy all day:

  • Cork-bed midsoles that form to your feet
  • Flexible elastic goring
  • Fully-lined glove leather interior
  • Shock absorbing insoles

Are Thursday Boots Waterproof?

Thursday Boots are water-resistant and will keep your feet dry when it’s raining. Whether you choose suede or one of the brand’s other high-quality leathers, your feet will thank you when it’s wet out. Here’s how Thursday does it:

  • Goodyear Welt Construction: Makes your shoes water-resistant and resoleable
  • WeatherSafe™ Suede: Unlike regular suede, Thursday guards their against water so that your feet will stay dry and your shoes will look good for years to come
  • Studded Rubber Outsoles: These will be your best friend in slippery, wet weather

That said, don’t go walking through puddles as they do have their limits.

Thursday Boots Sizing

Thursday Boots Review

Thursday Boots suggests that you purchase half a size down for their shoes or boots. The leather will eventually mold to your foot for a comfortable fit.

They advise women to order half a size larger or the same as your regular size.

They have designed their boots to fit the majority of the American population, but sizes do vary. There are no charts available for Thursday Boots sizing; instead, customers are asked a series of questions, online or in person, to determine their ideal fit. 

How Should Thursday Boots Fit?

Your Thursday boots should feel comfortably snug when you put them off. If they feel tight, you may need to size up.

Remember that the leather on Thursday boots stretches over time, so if you’re on the fence about the size, within 2-3 wears they should give you a little more wiggle room.

Who Are Thursday Boots For?

Thursday Boots are marketed towards men and women who are looking for high-quality, stylish, and durable footwear for a variety of occasions, including work, casual wear, and outdoor activities.

They offer a wide range of styles, from classic dress boots to more rugged, workwear-inspired designs, with a focus on using high-quality materials and construction techniques.

Their products are designed to appeal to fashion-conscious consumers who are also looking for practicality and functionality in their footwear.

Thursday Boot Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Thursday Boots Review

Customers generally have positive things to say about Thursday Boots. They are known for their high-quality construction, stylish designs, and comfortable fit. Many customers appreciate the attention to detail and craftsmanship that goes into each pair of boots.

Some common themes among customer reviews include:

  • Durability: Many customers praise the boots for their long-lasting durability. They are made with high-quality materials and are constructed to withstand heavy use.
  • Style: Customers love the stylish designs of Thursday Boots. They offer a range of styles, from classic to more modern, so there’s something for everyone.
  • Comfort: Several customers have commented on how comfortable Thursday Boots are, even after hours of wear. The boots are designed to provide support and cushioning for the feet.
  • Customer service: Many customers have had positive experiences with Thursday Boots’ customer service team. They are known for being responsive and helpful.

To back up that last point, here’s what one customer had to say about the brand: “I had a small fault with the boots but the customer service was quick to act and rectified. Love the boots. Thank you.”

You’re much more likely to encounter a review that goes a little like this one (even going so far as to say Thursday Boots are better than Red Wings!):

“Excellent pair of boots. Got great. Love the style. Super comfortable. Even during the break-in period. Gotten nothing but compliments. They go with just about any outfit. Will be buying many more. I have about 5-6 pairs of Redwings. These are better quality and carry a lower price tag.

More specifically, the customer ratings for Thursday Boots vary depending on the specific style and color. However, overall, Thursday Boots have received positive reviews from customers on various websites such as Amazon and the Thursday Boots website.

For example, on Amazon, the Thursday Boot Company Captain Men’s Lace-up Boot has an average rating of 4.5/5 stars from over 1,000 customer reviews.

On the Thursday Boots website, the President Men’s Lace-up Boot has an average rating of 4.9/5 stars from over 300 customer reviews.

It’s safe to say that Thursday Boots are absolutely loved by their customers.

Are Thursday Boots Legit?

Take a quick scan of Thursday Boots reviews and you’ll quickly come to know how much this brand is loved. While digging through feedback I didn’t come across any red flags, only customers who have been wearing their boots for years and loving them.

Not every Thursday boot is going to be the right fit for every person, but the majority who shop with this brand rave about the comfort, fit, and durability of their boots.

Thursday Boots Promotions & Discounts

Thursday Boots Review

This Thursday Boots review hunted deals, but you won’t find any due to their low prices compared to the rest of the industry. They focus on pricing that is fair and honest for their customers all year round, so they know exactly what to expect.

Rather than a Thursday Boots promo code or Thursday Boots coupon, the brand offers pairs of shoes that have been slightly worn at a discounted price.

You can send them an email to ask what is available, and they try their best to accommodate your request. You can also sign up to receive early access to products and exclusive events. 

Thursday Boots Alternatives

Good boots are an investment so it’s a great idea to shop around and find the perfect pair. Here are a few more options to consider:

Red Wing Shoes: A heritage brand known for its durable and high-quality boots made from premium leather. Red Wing Shoes offers a variety of styles and designs, from classic work boots to modern fashion boots.

Wolverine: Another heritage brand with a long history of making sturdy and reliable boots. Wolverine’s boots are known for their durability and comfort, and they offer a range of styles for different occasions and needs.

Timberland: A popular brand that offers a wide variety of boots, from classic work boots to fashion-forward styles. Timberland boots are known for their quality construction and comfortable fit.

Dr. Martens: A well-known brand that has been making boots since the 1940s. Dr. Martens offers a range of styles, from classic 8-eyelet boots to more modern designs. Their boots are known for their durability and unique style.

Clarks: A brand that offers a range of boots for both men and women, including classic chukka boots, desert boots, and more modern designs. Clarks boots are known for their comfort and style.

FAQ

Thursday Boots Review

Where To Buy Thursday Boots 

Customers can purchase products at their two retail stores: Thursday Boots NYC, Flatiron and SoHo. You can also order online by visiting the Thursday Boots website, thursdayboots.com. Thursday Boots is also available on Amazon if that’s more your speed.

Shipping Policy

Domestic (US):

  • Free shipping for purchases over $50 and free return shipping for over $100
  • Typically takes 3-5 business days for an order to arrive 
  • Expedited 2-day shipping is also available

International:

  • Orders can take up to ten business days to arrive
  • Shipping rates, duties and taxes vary by country and are calculated in the checkout process
  • Thursday Boots does not currently ship to all countries

All customers receive a shipping confirmation email and tracking number once their order ships. If there are ever issues with an order, you can email Thursday Boots by completing a form on their website.

Return Policy

  • US customers can exchange or return any product for free, as long as it is unworn and returned within 14 days of purchase 
  • Customers are charged a return shipping fee for any international orders or orders outside of the US
  • If an item is final sale, then it cannot be exchanged or returned at any time

How To Contact Thursday Boots

If you have any questions or need further information regarding Thursday Boots services, they can be reached on their main website, phone, or email:

Website

Phone:  +1 866-475-9104

Email: [email protected]


It’s always better to have options. Check out our reviews for other luxury boot brands:

Tecovas

Jack Erwin

Taft

Beckett Simonon

Nisolo

About Inno Supps

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Looking to improve the results of your workout regime? Workout recovery products could be of use to you. Inno Supps is a vegan-friendly, anti-addictive producer of workout recovery and fat-burning supplements.

Newcomers to the supplement scene, Inno Supps founders worked with teams of scientists and doctors for nine years before launching the brand in late 2019.

Their all-natural ingredients stimulate weight loss, muscle growth, and increased strength. Bodybuilders, casually active customers, and everybody in between can try out the product line.

Inno Supps isn’t just helping people get stronger and healthier bodies. They are also about giving back. The brand has partnered with Vitamin Angels to help children worldwide get the nutrients they need, fighting malnutrition in young kids.

Up ahead in this article, I’ll provide an in-depth Inno Supps Night Shred review, closely examine ingredients and benefits, side effects, customer ratings, promotions, and more.

How to Take Inno Supps

In order to take Inno Supps products, you should follow the specific instructions provided on the product label or packaging. Here’s how to take supplements:

  1. Read the label: Always read the label on the product packaging for dosage instructions, serving size, and any potential warnings or precautions.
  2. Follow the instructions: Follow the recommended dosage instructions provided on the product label, unless directed otherwise by a healthcare professional.
  3. Timing: Take the supplement at the recommended time of day, as some supplements are best taken with food, while others are best taken on an empty stomach.
  4. Stay hydrated: Make sure to drink plenty of water when taking supplements, as this can help with absorption and digestion.
  5. Avoid overdosing: Do not exceed the recommended dosage unless instructed to do so by a healthcare professional. Overdosing can lead to adverse effects.
  6. Monitor your reactions: Keep track of how your body reacts to the supplement and discontinue use if you experience any adverse reactions or side effects.
  7. Consult a healthcare professional: If you have any health concerns, are pregnant or breastfeeding, or are taking any prescription medications, consult with a healthcare professional before taking any dietary supplements.

Pros and Cons

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Here are some potential pros and cons of using supplements such as the products from Inno Supps.

Pros

  • May help to enhance athletic performance and recovery
  • May increase muscle mass and strength
  • May provide energy and focus during workouts
  • May aid in weight loss or fat burning

Cons

  • Some supplements may contain potentially harmful ingredients or contaminants
  • Some supplements may not be effective or may have limited research to support their claims
  • May be expensive, particularly if used long-term
  • May have side effects, particularly if taken in high doses or in combination with other supplements or medications

Ingredients

Here are some common ingredients found in Inno Supps products and their associated benefits:

Creatine Monohydrate

Creatine is a natural substance found in muscle cells that helps to produce energy during high-intensity exercise. Creatine supplements can increase muscle strength and power, as well as improve exercise performance.

There have been numerous studies on the benefits of creatine supplementation, such as this one.

Beta-Alanine

Beta-alanine is an amino acid that can help to reduce muscle fatigue and improve exercise performance.

It works by increasing the levels of carnosine in the muscles, which helps to buffer the build-up of lactic acid during exercise. Here is a study on the effects of beta-alanine supplementation.

Caffeine

Caffeine is a stimulant that can improve mental alertness, focus, and exercise performance. It works by blocking the action of adenosine, a neurotransmitter that promotes sleep and suppresses arousal. There have been numerous studies on the effects of caffeine on performance.

L-Theanine

L-Theanine is an amino acid found in tea that can help to promote relaxation and reduce stress. It works by increasing the production of GABA, a neurotransmitter that has calming effects on the brain. There have been studies on the anxiolytic effects of L-Theanine, such as this one.

BCAA (Branched Chain Amino Acids)

BCAAs are a group of essential amino acids (leucine, isoleucine, and valine) that can help to reduce muscle breakdown and improve recovery after exercise.

They can also help to improve exercise performance and reduce fatigue. Here is a study on the effects of BCAA supplementation.

It’s important to note that the effectiveness of these ingredients can vary depending on the dosage, individual response, and other factors. Additionally, it’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before starting any new supplement regimen.

Benefits

Here are some medical studies that support the benefits of certain Inno Supps products:

Accelerates weight loss

A 2019 study found that caffeine and green tea extract, two of the ingredients in Inno Shred, can increase fat oxidation and energy expenditure in healthy adults, potentially leading to weight loss.

Promotes regular bowel movements

A 2019 review of studies found that psyllium husk, an ingredient in Inno Cleanse, can help to promote regular bowel movements and improve overall digestive health.

Improving muscle tone and strength

A 2015 study found that pea protein, one of the plant-based protein sources used in Inno Supps Protein, can be just as effective as whey protein for improving muscle thickness and strength in resistance-trained men.

Side Effects

Here are some potential side effects of certain Inno Supps products, along with associated studies or product information:

Caffeine jitters

The caffeine content in Inno Shred can cause side effects such as jitteriness, nervousness, and increased heart rate. In rare cases, high doses of caffeine can lead to more serious side effects such as heart palpitations, chest pain, and even heart attack.

Here is a study on the effects of caffeine on the cardiovascular system.

Gastrointestinal discomfort

The psyllium husk content in Inno Cleanse can cause side effects such as bloating, gas, and stomach cramps. Here is a study on the gastrointestinal effects of psyllium.

Pea protein, one of the plant-based protein sources used in Inno Supps Protein, can cause side effects such as bloating and gas, especially if consumed in large quantities. Here is a study on the gastrointestinal effects of pea protein.

Conclusion:

It’s important to note that these studies may not directly relate to the specific formulations or dosages of the Inno Supps products, and individual results may vary.

Additionally, it’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before starting any new supplement regimen, especially if you have a pre-existing medical condition or are taking any medications

Inno Supps Bestsellers Review

If you’re curious about the specifications of some of Inno Supps’ most popular products, I’ll dive into four of them below. You’ll get a better idea of the price range, formulations, and more.

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

In one package, Inno Supps Night Shred tackles stress eating, restless nights, and morning cravings, while also enhancing nighttime metabolism and muscle recovery, and with all-natural ingredients.

Inno Supps Night Shred has CLA + L-carnitine tartrate, which is known to help with weight loss. One study showed that CLA effectively reduced BMI[1] in a sample of 30 participants. Another review of 37 clinical trials found that L-carnitine supplementation significantly reduces BMI[2].

As a bonus, GABA, Chamomile, Passionflower, and Valerian Root all work together to help you wake up rested and ready for a morning workout. Chamomile and passionflower have long been used as natural sleep aids. Additionally, a clinical trial showed that valerian root can improve sleep-quality[3].

Meanwhile, ashwagandha[4] and melatonin help you stay asleep, reducing your chances of waking up in the middle of your sleep cycle.

It’s recommended to use it for at least 90-180 days before expecting results. Be patient, it is working even though it doesn’t seem like it for the first little while.  

Readers of this Inno Supps Night Shred review, I’d recommend visiting the product page right now for a 31% discount on a single $65 purchase or a 45% discount with an auto subscription.Either way, it comes with a free guide to optimizing sleep and fat burning.

Inno Supps Advanced ISO Protein Review

Need a protein powder that actually goes the distance? The Advanced ISO Protein contains 25g of Whey Isolate Protein and is easy to mix into your smoothie, shake, or even water. This type of protein has been shown to have good digestibility, meaning it works quickly to serve your body’s protein needs.

The protein is also lactose-free for those of us that are sensitive to dairy, and it comes in 5 flavors including Vanilla, Caramel Coconut, and Cinnamon Swirl flavors.

What makes the protein as ‘advanced’ as the brand claims, is the lack of carbohydrates and fat making it lean and simple to use for pure strength and a protein kick.

Made with zero artificial sweeteners, this protein promotes muscle recovery for overall strength without the feeling of being bloated. As an added plus, BCAAs (Branched-Chain Amino Acids) might help to reduce muscle damage[‌5], thereby reducing your recovery time and helping you get back to the gym for your next workout faster.

The Advanced ISO Protein comes in a 34.1 oz container (25 servings) for $50, down from $58.

Inno Supps Max Strength Review

This creatine-based supplement is unabashedly for gym bros (and ambitious athletes of all genders). Inno Supps touts Max Strength as giving “massive ‘pumps’ and enhanced endurance,” to “rapidly pack on slabs of lean muscle.”

Creatine is one of the most popular natural workout supplements, and it is also among the most well-researched supplements. Studies have shown it to be effective in increasing strength performance[6].

Ironically, Inno Supps Max Strength is only available in flavors reminiscent of children’s cereal: Blueberry Lemonade and Sour Watermelon Candy.

As one reviewer wrote, “Sour watermelon is not the best or worst flavor but it does NOT have any of that fake/artificial sweetener taste which is great.”

It’s priced at $48, but is now on discount for $40

Inno Supps Inno Shred Review

This around-the-clock fat burner comes in a vegan-friendly capsule format and relies on natural ingredients like Capsimax and Grains of Paradise.

One study showed Capsimax to effectively increase resting energy expenditure[7] – or the number of calories you burn during the inactive state. Similarly, Grains of Paradise has been shown to increase energy expenditure[8], so you’ll burn more calories. So, if you buy Inno Shred, expect to sweat a lot.

In keeping with Inno Supps’s health-conscious mission, Inno Shred comes in a stimulant (200mg of PurCaf organic caffeine per serving) and a non-stimulant format.

By activating brown adipose tissue to ignite your metabolism[9], Inno Shred can burn at least 116 additional calories per day without jittery side effects.

Its regular price is $70, but you can buy it right now for a $20 discount.

Inno Supps also offers a bundle of three Inno Shred containers into one discounted package. This is ideal for anyone looking to passively burn fat on a regular basis. The bundle is discounted down to $123 from $180.

Inno Supps Natural BCAA Review

Inno Supps shows that they are a committed “hydro homie” with this hydrating amino acid blend. Rapidly absorbed, Natural BCAA protects your body from muscular breakdown and speeds up the post-workout recovery process that is crucial for building lean muscles.

The included Potassium and Organic Coconut Water Powder combine into a powerful, endurance-boosting electrolyte mixture[10].

Inno Supps Natural BCAA stands out from the competition for being 100% natural, opting to add taste with Stevia and Monk instead of the ubiquitous sucralose. 

This leads to interesting flavor options. Currently, Sour Apple is in supply, with more of the popular Guava Paradise waiting to come back in stock.

Inno Supps Natural BCAA is currently on a $10 discount, sold at $40.

Who Is Inno Supps For?

Inno Supps products are marketed towards individuals who are interested in sports nutrition, weight management, and overall health and wellness.

The brand offers a variety of supplements to support these goals, including protein supplements, fat burners, and detox products. In general, Inno Supps products may be suitable for individuals who are looking to:

  • Build and maintain lean muscle mass
  • Support weight loss and fat burning
  • Boost energy and focus during workouts
  • Support digestive health and regularity
  • Enhance overall health and wellness

Inno Supps Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Inno Supps has definitely made a name for themselves in the world of fitness, weight loss, and supporting brain function. Before I get into the feedback directly from customers, here is a word from Supplement Database, a site dedicated to rating supplement brands.

In their review of the brand, Supplement Database highly recommended Inno Supps’ Night Shred due to it’s:

  • Effectiveness
  • Ingredients
  • Reliability
  • Rank within its category (compared to other brands)

In all of these criteria, the brand received positive feedback and rankings with the Effectiveness ranking highest among all of the criteria.

In the review itself, it was stated that Night Shred earned a thumbs-up in this category because 76% of its claims are rated as either extremely or moderately effective.”

The vast majority of customers on other forums gave Inno Supps products 5/5 stars.

For example, Inno Supps Night Shred reviews have already amassed over 6,000 5-star ratings across the Inno Supps website and official Amazon page, with a little over 8,000 reviews in total.

More workout-focused products, such as Storm Maker and Max Strength, are less popular but have a nearly equal percentage of 5-star reviews on Amazon and their website.

Still, one of the highest-rated products on these sites is the Night Shred, with many customers stating that their sleep has improved and helped with weight loss. One satisfied customer stated:

“I get quality sleep, and I know this because I use a sleep app and I also feel more refreshed in the morning. Mixed with a good diet, exercise, and this product I’ve lost 8 pounds in 1.5 months. Really recommend this product.”

Whereas another review commented on how the effects of the Night Shred do come slowly, but are still effective nonetheless:

“So far so good. Haven’t seen much of a difference yet because I have been inconsistent with my diet and exercise… Definitely sleeping more soundly instead of waking up and checking the clock every few hours!”

The brand has a 3.2/5 star review average on Trustpilot with 41 reviewers in total. One customer, in particular, started an entire Inno Supps regime, which had some very good results:

“I purchased the Inno Cleanse, Night Shred, and ‘Inno Shred’ purely as they suited my goals… within just 5 days of taking these products I feel much less bloated and, … I am MUCH more comfortable and I’m definitely burning more calories during my workouts.”

Overall, Inno Supps customers leave extremely positive reviews, especially about weight loss and sleep aid products like Inno Shred and Night Shred.

But, two negative points are that Inno Supps is not BBB accredited, and many Trustpilot reviewers complained about poor customer service and shipping delays:

“I ordered nearly £90 worth of products on 30th January and I haven’t received any items. Customer service has been awful/non-existent with messages being ignored.”

Is Inno Supps Worth It?

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Whether you’re a supplement aficionado or a total newbie, Inno Supps is definitely worth your time and money.

Bundles like the Inno Supps Thermo Shred Stack get you around-the-clock fat burning, muscle recovery, sleep aid, and a toxin flush in one easy shipment. 

Not to mention, Inno Supps is using big discounts to find new customers and establish themselves as a top supplements brand. They’ve stacked up an impressive amount of verified 5-star reviews for a company that’s barely two years old!

Another downside is that Inno Supps products cost more than the offerings of generic supplement brands. That said, when compared against brands specializing in 100% natural products, Inno Supps’s pricing is very competitive.

But, if the price is what’s got you down about the brand, you can rely on the subscription service offered which provides discounts on every shipment. Or, if you want to try these supplements before spending the money, rely on the brand’s free trial option.

Inno Supps Promotions & Discounts 

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Inno Supps was kind enough to give our readers an exclusive offer to try them out. Use code ‘HBR’ at checkout to get 10% off All of the brand’s most popular products are currently discounted.

Where to Buy Inno Supps

Check out Inno Supps products on their website: InnoSupps.com, at GNC or, the brand’s official Amazon page.

FAQ

Inno Supps Night Shred Review

Is Inno Supps safe? 

Yes, Inno Supps is safe to use. Still, be sure to follow their daily intake guidelines and consult your doctor if you are on medication.

Who should not take Inno Supps products?

While Inno Supps products may be suitable for many individuals looking to support their fitness and wellness goals, there are some groups who may need to avoid or use caution when using these products:

  1. Children and teenagers: Inno Supps products are not recommended for individuals under the age of 18, as their bodies are still developing and may not tolerate certain supplements or ingredients.
  2. Pregnant or breastfeeding women: Certain supplements may not be safe for pregnant or breastfeeding women, as they can potentially harm the developing fetus or infant. It’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before using any supplements during pregnancy or while breastfeeding.
  3. Individuals with certain medical conditions: Some Inno Supps products may not be suitable for individuals with certain medical conditions, such as kidney or liver disease, diabetes, or heart conditions. It’s important to consult with a healthcare professional before starting any new supplement regimen, especially if you have a pre-existing medical condition or are taking any medications.
  4. Individuals with allergies or sensitivities: Some Inno Supps products contain allergens such as soy or dairy, which may cause adverse reactions in individuals with allergies or sensitivities. It’s important to read product labels carefully and consult with a healthcare professional if you have any concerns.

What is Inno Supps’s Shipping Policy?

All Inno Supps products are manufactured in the U.S. and ship worldwide. Orders take 4-5 business days to process, pack, and ship and another 5-7 business days to arrive within the U.S.

This is great for customers in North America. Internationally buyers should be aware that shipping times will vary based on the destination country.

As with most brands, COVID-19 has caused slight shipping delays for Inno Supps products.

What is Inno Supps’s Return Policy?

U.S. customers can return unopened items for a full refund and open items for a 50% refund within 30 days of the purchase date. However, shipping charges are non-refundable, and Inno Supps asks customers to pay for return shipping.

Promotional sale products or heavily discounted items are final sale, including codes over 25% off, Black Friday/Cyber Monday, Buy One Get One (BOGO), and free shipping promotions.

This is especially important to remember because many appealing products, like the Simeon Panda supplements, are currently discounted by 30% or more.

Free or discounted bundle items must be included in the return for a full refund. Otherwise, the full retail value of the promotional item will be deducted from the refund amount.

The 30 Day Money Back Guarantee is only valid for Inno Shred and Night Shred, once per product, per household, and the empty bottle must be returned.

How to Contact Inno Supps

Still have questions that my Inno Supps Night Shred review didn’t answer? Contact the company via one of these channels: 


Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

Flow Vitamins

Hum Nutrition

ASYSTEM Supplements

Persona Nutrition

Apothekary Supplements

About Maelys Cosmetics

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Every body is beautiful, but sadly, not all shapes are celebrated. I love that Maelys Cosmetics aims to uplift all women no matter their dress size.

This skincare company is best known for its collection of body shaping solutions, used to help customers ‘flaunt what they’ve got’. 

It was refreshing to see images of all kinds of bodies on Maelys’ site—stretch marks and all. And I’m obviously not the only one who’s crazy about this brand. With a following of over 465k on Instagram, it seems that Maelys Cosmetics is an internet favorite when it comes to firming creams.

In addition, you may have seen them in a few online publications, including Business Wire, PopSugar, and Glamour. Their products are also endorsed by several celebrities, such as Khloe Kardashian. 

Despite the hype, I wondered, is it really worth supporting this brand, or is it best left avoided? Stay tuned, as in this Maelys Cosmetics review, I’ll provide a comprehensive look at the company, its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more, to help you decide if they’re worth checking out. 

Why You Should Trust Us

Our mission is to help you make better, more informed purchase decisions.

Our team spends hours researching, consulting with medical experts, gathering insight from expert professionals, reviewing customer feedback, and analyzing products to provide you with the information you need.

Overview Of Maelys Cosmetics

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Take a good look at yourself in the mirror. From butts, boobs, to torsos—everyone has at least one part they love to show off. On the other hand, we’re also quite familiar with our imperfections, and we’re usually the first to list out the negatives before any positives. 

Unfortunately, with the onslaught of social media and online magazines, it’s become harder to accept ourselves as we are. That’s something I dislike about the world of influencers, but I know a few that are helping push things in a new direction, and thankfully, so are modern brands.

Maelys Cosmetics acts as a beaming light for those who aren’t blessed with a Kim K bod—which, btw, you should remember looks different in person than it does on a screen.

Founded in 2017, this skincare company works to empower women whether they’re XXS or 4XL. How? By lessening the look of concerns like cellulite, stretch marks, and saggy skin.

Maelys Cosmetics Review 1

Their body shaping creams, which are thoroughly analyzed for safety and effectiveness, are formulated to enhance the body and increase your confidence. 

Today, Maelys Cosmetics is led by founder Daniel De Castro, with its headquarters based in New York City.

The brand states that they will always look ahead to the future regarding body positivity: “We promise to always stay one step ahead, formulating product innovations that are clinically proven to help shape, lift & firm your body. No ifs, ands or butts.” 

That’s a mission I can behind. Before I get any further into this Maelys Cosmetics review, let’s go over some initial highlights: 

Highlights

  • Offers a wide variety of body-firming products 
  • Provides a subscription program that customers can sign up for 
  • Clean and cruelty-free 
  • Positive customer reviews (especially from pregnant women) 
  • Free shipping on orders $75 or more 

Girl, you’re beautiful. Whether you take it from Lizzo, Meghan Trainor, or me as I sprinkle it through this Maelys Cosmetics review, I think every size should be celebrated. But for those still struggling with insecurities, there’s no harm in using a few skincare products to help you feel your best. 

After a quick search through its inventory, I realized this beauty brand holds the goods in body shaping solutions. And don’t worry, they’re formulated to enhance your assets, not change them. 

From the B-Flat Belly Firming Cream to the B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask, up next in this Maelys Cosmetics review, I’ll give you a quick look at some of the brand’s best-selling products and their features.

Maelys Cosmetics Features

Maelys Cosmetics offers a range of skincare and beauty products, each with its own unique features and benefits. Here are some of the general features of Maelys Cosmetics products:

  1. Cruelty-free: Maelys Cosmetics is a cruelty-free brand, meaning they do not test their products on animals.
  2. Natural ingredients: Many of Maelys Cosmetics products contain natural ingredients, such as plant extracts and essential oils.
  3. Innovative formulas: Maelys Cosmetics uses innovative formulas to target specific skincare concerns, such as reducing the appearance of cellulite, improving skin firmness, and brightening skin tone.
  4. High-quality ingredients: Maelys Cosmetics uses high-quality ingredients in their products, such as hyaluronic acid, vitamin C, and retinol.
  5. User-friendly packaging: Maelys Cosmetics products are packaged in user-friendly containers, such as pumps and droppers, to ensure easy application and use.

Again, it’s important to note that every individual’s skin is different, and what works for one person may not work for another. It’s always recommended to do research and consult with a skincare professional before trying any new skincare products.

Maelys Cosmetics Review

Take it from me. Instagram filters create a shallow view of beauty. Personally, I thought the #thatsnotmyface trend that showed both real and filtered images was a revelation. Unlike fake filters, Maelys Cosmetics works to complement what you already have.

In this Maelys Cosmetics review, I will briefly look at some of its top-selling formulas for readers to try. And yes, take this as a sign to blast Born This Way by Lady Gaga as you read on. 

Maelys Cosmetics B-Flat Belly Firming Cream Review 

Wrinkles don’t discriminate. Aside from on your face, the occasional fine line will usually appear on the arms, hands, and décolletage.

For those insecure about their tummy region, the B-Flat Belly Firming Cream works to smoothen rough-looking areas in time for beach days. Now, all you need to do is lather on the sunscreen to help avoid getting burned. 

Formulated with avocado extract[1], shea butter[2], and pink pepperslim, I read that this Maelys Cosmetics B Flat Belly Firming Cream does wonders in removing stretch marks while keeping the skin supple. 

The results seem overwhelmingly positive, as 94% of customers reported a smoother texture after use. Currently, there are three ways to purchase the cream:

  • B-Flat: $51 
  • 2x B-Flat: $44 each ($88 in total) 
  • 3x B-Flat: $39 each ($117 in total) 

Maelys Cosmetics B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask Review

Whether it’s time for ‘hot girl summer’ or not, let me just say this: don’t let the season prevent you from looking your best. Try out the B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask that helps rid your behind of cellulite and fine lines. This is thanks to its nourishing blend of pink pepperslim, hyaluronic acid[3], and guarana seed extract[4]

This Maelys Cosmetics B tight mask is formulated to retain water while keeping those areas taut, smooth, and plump. I’m familiar with how dry skin makes wrinkles stand out, so this makes sense.

By now, you’re probably thinking, “Wow, that sounds too good to be true.” For those on the skeptical side, 95% of customers said that they would recommend this product to a friend, according to a study conducted by the brand.

Maelys Cosmetics Review 1

Of course, there’s no harm in trying the B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask for yourself. Whether you’re a Maelys Cosmetics fanatic or just testing the waters, there are three ways to purchase this butt-lifting cream:

  • B-Tight: $51 
  • 2x B-Tight: $44 each ($88 in total)
  • 3x B-Tight: $39 each ($117 in total) 

Maelys Cosmetics B-Thicc Booty Enhancing Mask Review

From belfies, Nicki Minaj’s Anaconda, to Kim K’s attempt at breaking the internet—it’s widely apparent that we’re obsessed with butt culture. But hey, I say if you can’t beat ’em, join ’em!

The B-Thicc Booty Enhancing Mask acts as a way for you to join the bun-loving trend. Offered in a decadent, sorbet-like texture, this nourishing cream helps users achieve a glistening behind. 

This Maelys Cosmetics thicc booty lotion is designed to volumize, rejuvenate, and smoothen sullen areas. How does this magic cream work, you ask? It does this by utilizing a mix of mangosteen[5], algae[6], quince[7], glucose complex, and grape seed oil[8]

The B-Thicc Booty Enhancing Mask is offered in three different pricing options:

  •  B-Thicc: $51 
  • 2x B-Thicc: $44 each ($88 in total)
  • 3x B-Thicc: $39 each ($117 in total) 

Maelys Cosmetics B-Perky Lift & Firm Breast Mask Review 

It doesn’t matter if you’re 30 AA or a 44D cup. I’m here to declare: All boobies are beautiful, no matter the shape or size. Amplifying your God-given girls, the B-Perky Lift & Firm Breast Mask is a must-have when it comes to self-care routines. 

This velvety cream introduces a blend of palmitoyl isoleucine, kigelia Africana, and jojoba oil[9]. Altogether, I’ve learned these ingredients help to tighten, plump, and smoothen imperfections. 

The B-Perky Lift & Firm Breast Mask is offered in three different quantities to beautify your bonkers:

  • The Maelys Cosmetics b perky mask: $40 
  • 2x B-Perky: $33 each ($67 in total)
  • 3x B-Perky: $29 each ($86 in total) 

Maelys Cosmetics Get Sassy Underboob Deodorant Review

Condensation usually emerges first on the forehead, back, and chest. But for those confined to wearing sports bras, bralettes, and push-ups for long periods of time, moisture is bound to accumulate under your armpits during the course of the day—aka boob sweat.

In that case, the Get Sassy Underboob Deodorant wipes away excess perspiration when you’re on the move.

This antiperspirant can help prevent chafing, sweat spots, and odor from forming. As an added note, I highly recommend pairing it with the B-Perky mask to help keep your girls glowing. 

Ready to nix those sweaty betties? Get Sassy Underboob Deodorant is available to purchase in three different ways:

  • Get-Sassy: $26 
  • 2x Get-Sassy: $23 each ($46 in total)
  • 3x Get-Sassy: $20 each ($60 in total) 

Maelys Cosmetics Glamour 24K Gold Mask & Serum Review

I’m a huge advocate for “me-time.” In my extensive experience, I’ve found that is always more enjoyable with luxurious products.

Take this as your sign to prepare a hot bath, make a warm cup of tea, and relax with your favorite tv-show. Oh, and to top things off, don’t forget to use the Glamour 24K Gold Mask & Serum treatment as part of the at-home spa experience. This luxurious essential isn’t just for looks, as it’s used to rejuvenate, renew, and plump the skin. 

Maelys Cosmetics Review 1

In terms of ingredients, this formula introduces a mix of hyaluronic acid[3], colloidal gold, and pearl powder to help give off that illuminating finish. I think it’s best paired with the Maelys Cosmetics B Flat stretch mark cream to complete your beauty treatment. Get the Glamour 24K Gold Mask & Serum for $40.

Maelys Cosmetics Black Magnet Intensive Purifying Mask Review

I love the somewhat shocking results that charcoal strips have, but even they have their limits. For something more intensive, I suggest giving the Black Magnet Intensive Purifying Mask a try. 

This deep-cleansing treatment helps to get rid of toxins and debris hidden beneath your pores. So you can say hello to a more refined complexion in just under 10 minutes.

Formulated with rosemary extract, collagen amino acids, and resveratrol, you can rest assured that these sheets hold no parabens or SLS. So what are you waiting for? Kick back and relax with the Black Magnet Intensive Purifying Mask (7-pack) for $40

Maelys Cosmetics Miracle Instant Under-Eye Cream Review

Your booty is lifted, your skin in smooth…now it’s time to turn your attention to your face. Say goodbye to dark circles, crow’s feet, and wrinkles. The Miracle Instant Under-Eye Cream works instantaneously to refine tired, dry, and puffy areas brought on by Netflix binges or work-induced all-nighters. 

Knowing how well the brand’s other products work, I’m pretty stoked about its facial skincare line too.

So how does it work? Its effectiveness is all thanks to its proprietary mix of hyaluronic acid[3] and Eyeliss, which works wonders in quelling stressed-out skin. 

I suggest that you keep the Miracle Instant Under-Eye Cream close by, just in case you burst out into tears during a K-drama episode. Made with cruelty-free ingredients, this nifty solution costs $51 at checkout.  

In one Maelys eye cream review, a shopper wrote, “I’ve had dark circles for forever and tried everything! This actual changed the coloring and wrinkles! This will be my forever eye cream!

Maelys Cosmetics Kiss My Booty The Sensual Bundle Review 

I don’t think any ‘glow up’ journey is complete without the Kiss My Booty The Sensual Bundle. This 5-in-1 kit is designed to amplify all parts of your body, including the face, belly, and butt. It contains such essentials like:

  • The B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask 
  • The Maelys Cosmetics stomach tightener cream 
  • The Silk Enriched Face Cream 
  • The SMOOCH-IT Lip Plumping Kit 

Considered a more cost-effective way to buy Maelys Cosmetics altogether, the Kiss My Booty The Sensual Bundle rings up to a total of $121

How Often Do You Use Maelys?

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

For products such as the B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask and the B-Flat Belly Firming Cream, Maelys suggests using their products twice a week. Like most skincare products, I read that results will show if applied regularly over an extended period of time. 

Does Maelys Work?

Before we get any further into this Maelys Cosmetics review, we need to address this question and the answer is a hearty YES. Maelys posts many before and after photos on its website and there are thousands of reviews for each of its products. Both make it clear that their products do indeed work.

Maelys Cosmetics Review 1

How Does Maelys Work?

The ingredients in Maelys differ slightly from product to product, but all focus on reducing wrinkles or stretch marks, hydrating skin, and reducing inflammation.

This combination may help your skin look younger, smoother, and tighter. I’ll highlight a few of their star ingredients here to help you better understand their purposes:

  • Guarana Seed Extract: Rejuvenates tired-looking skin to look more youthful
  • Pink PepperSlim: Smoothes out the appearance of fatty skin
  • Hyaluronic Acid: Increases water retention in your skin for a plumper look
  • Red Algae: Helps smooth lumps and bumps for a tighter appearance
  • Kangaroo Paw Flower Extract: Renews the look of skin for an overall tighter and smoother look

How Long Does It Take For Maelys To Work? 

You know what they say: all good things come to those who wait. Unfortunately, I didn’t spot a time frame in Maelys arm cream reviews or B Foxy cream reviews as to how long they take to work.

From what I’ve seen throughout this Maelys Cosmetics review so far, it generally takes a couple of weeks for results to show. Of course, this will differ depending on usage and your unique skin type. 

Maelys Reviews Before and After

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

This Maelys Cosmetics review wouldn’t be complete without before and afters, and I know you’ve seen a few so far, but let’s dig a little deeper. In B Foxy reviews, customers say they have noticed a decrease in dimples on their legs, while others noticed a change in texture in just 1 week.

For other popular products, such as in Maelys Wow It reviews, users notice tightened and smooth skin instantly. In the majority of these Maelys under-eye cream reviews, buyers see a reduction in puffiness and dark circles.

Want to get rid of stretch marks? Maelys stretch mark oil reviews reveal that while this product may take a little longer to work, it does reduce the appearance of stretch marks. It’s also one of the brand’s highest-rated products.

I could literally walk you through the amazing results of each and every Maelys product, but I think you get the picture: they all work, and well.

Who Is Maelys Cosmetics For? 

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Maelys Cosmetics is a body-inclusive brand, meaning that its products are made for everyone.

They don’t discriminate on weight, size, or body shape—everyone is invited to use the B-Lift, B-Perky, or B-Tight treatments. While they mainly cater to women, others shouldn’t be discouraged from trying out their formulas.  

Comparison: Maelys Cosmetics vs. Anese  

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

While it’s comforting to know that there are other body-positive brands out there, I’ll be honest, the competition is tough. After all, the beauty industry is quite a competitive market. 

To help you reach a more sensible decision, in this part of my Maelys Cosmetics review, I’ll compare my featured brand with Anese—another skincare company. Below, I’ve compiled a shortlist of similarities and differences between these two labels, ranging from product variation to cost. Let’s get started. 

Maelys Cosmetics:

  • Focuses on body-firming solutions such as breast, butt, or facial creams 
  • Pricier than other retailers 
  • Provides international shipping 

Anese:

  • Also offers body-firming solutions with the addition of scrubs and oils 
  • Provides other self-care remedies such as hair elixirs and face masks 
  • More cost-effective compared to Maelys Cosmetics
  • Also offers international delivery

After a few key comparisons, it seems that Anese offers a broader array of products at a reasonable price. While Maelys Cosmetics does provide a good size of butt and boob-enhancing products, I was generally impressed with some of the additional items in Anese’s inventory, such as hair elixirs and oils. 

Want to learn more about Anese? Then check them out in this full Anese Skincare Review.

Maelys Cosmetics Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Of course, no Maelys Cosmetics review would be complete without taking a look at some common customer feedback. So far, it seems that butts and boobs aren’t the only glowing things—I found several positive testimonials online. 

To kick things off, let’s take a quick look at the ratings of some of its best-selling products:

  • B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask: 3,590 reviews with 4.7/5 stars 
  • B-Flat Belly Firming Cream: 4,471 reviews with 4.7/5 stars 
  • The Body Reshaping Collection: 1,550 reviews with 4.7/5 stars 

Honestly, you should take a glance at some of the before and after photos. From the Belly Firming Cream to the Booty Mask, seeing the number of success stories attributed to their products is encouraging. 

Hundreds of customers are reporting noticeable improvements in their skin texture, as its formulas proved to be effective in plumping and smoothening the complexion.

I saw the results straight away. My butt and thighs have noticeably less cellulite after application and it leaves the skin feeling soft. I have a lot more confidence now wearing shorts and skirts,” one customer wrote for the B-Tight Lift & Firm Booty Mask

“I’m a mum of two and both under two years old. I have tried everything to get rid of my stretch marks and nothing seemed to work,” one reviewer wrote for the B-Flat cream. “So I ordered the B-Flat cream and it’s now 12 days since I started using it and I couldn’t be happier. Not only are my stretch marks disappearing but my belly is much more firm.” 

In B Flex Arm Cream reviews on MaelysCosmetics.com, I found the following comment:

I absolutely LOVE this arm cream it smells amazing and it works!!!! I’ve used it a few weeks and u can see the difference! Use in morning and at bedtime and boom!!!! I guarantee you will be as amazed an I am.

Maelys Cosmetics Review 1

I also found some encouraging reviews on other websites such as Amazon and Influenster. I’ll provide their respective ratings down below for you to compare:

  • Amazon for the B-Tight Light & Firm Booty Mask: 834 reviews with 4/5 stars 
  • Influenster: 158 reviews with 4/5 stars 

The rave reviews for Maelys Cosmetics keep pouring in, as hundreds of users are giving their full recommendations towards this brand. More notably, it seems that their products are favorite among pregnant women, who’ve used their formulas to help get rid of stretch marks and fine lines.

“I am obsessed with this product. It has taken The depth of my stretch marks away. It helps my belly feel flatter and smoother. It is a must have after giving birth,” one Influenster customer wrote for the B-Flat Belly Firming Cream

A few media outlets, such as Health Web Magazine, also left a commendable review of Maelys Cosmetics. “The cream is worth a try, whether smoothing out loose skin or improving belly appearance post-baby. A bottle of it could be enough for a bikini-ready feel!” 

All in all, from everything I’ve found in my research for this Maelys Cosmetics review, I’m inclined to give this brand a positive rating. This is mainly due to its product quality, effectiveness, and the amount of successful before-and-after photos. 

Is Maelys Legit?

Maelys is really legit. Not only does it make products that work and are loved by thousands, but it’s also highly rated across the web. I didn’t run into any red flags about shipping or customer service, so it looks to be one of those rare brands you can truly feel confident shopping with.

Is Maelys Cosmetics Worth It?

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Perfection is usually achieved in two different ways: plastic surgery or Instagram filters. I think I speak for us all when I say that most of us want a permanent fix without needing to go under the knife. 

Fortunately, Maelys Cosmetics offers a bit of a compromise, as they make products suited to refine those intimate areas at a more reasonable price. You don’t even need my recommendation to seek out their formulas—the countless transformation photos should be all the proof you need.

For a brand that’s inclusive, diverse, and empowering to all women, I definitely encourage you to check them out

Maelys Cosmetics Promotions & Discounts 

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

It’s my intent in this Maelys Cosmetics review to give you the full scoop on the brand, and of course, that includes deals. After combing through the brand’s site, I found out that they are hosting a hot summer sale, in which all products are 10% off if customers input promo code BIKINI10 at checkout. 

They also have a referral program, where you can receive $15 by sharing the affiliate link. Join the rewards program to accumulate points to gain access to exclusive deals and perks. 

Oh, and don’t forget to sign up for the brand’s newsletter—you’ll get 10% off your first order. 

Where To Buy Maelys Cosmetics

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

On the hunt for some butt-enhancing creams? Head over to maelyscosmetics.com to see what they have in store. You can also find them at select retailers such as:

  • Amazon
  • Sephora 
  • Ulta Beauty

Maelys Cosmetics Alternatives

There are many brand alternatives to Maelys Cosmetics that you may want to consider. Here are some examples:

  1. The Ordinary – a skincare brand known for its affordable and effective products, including serums, moisturizers, and treatments.
  2. Sunday Riley – a luxury skincare brand that focuses on science-backed ingredients to improve skin health and appearance.
  3. Drunk Elephant – a clean skincare brand that uses only non-toxic ingredients and focuses on skin health and sustainability.
  4. Paula’s Choice – a skincare brand that offers a wide range of products for various skin concerns, including acne, aging, and sensitivity.
  5. La Roche-Posay – a French skincare brand that offers a range of products for various skin concerns, including sensitive and acne-prone skin.

It’s important to note that every individual’s skin is different, and what works for one person may not work for another. It’s always recommended to do research and consult with a skincare professional before trying any new skincare products.

FAQ

Maely’s Cosmetics Review

Where are Maelys Cosmetics made? 

According to a few product descriptions, it seems that most Maelys Cosmetics are made in the US. 

Are Maelys Cosmetics vegan and cruelty-free?

All Maelys Cosmetics are made with cruelty-free ingredients. I can’t say the same about vegan ingredients though.  

What is Maelys Cosmetics’ Shipping Policy?

Impressed by Maelys Cosmetics Wow It reviews (or any of its amazing products) and ready to shop? Then you’ll want to pay close attention to this section of my Maelys Cosmetics review. I’m happy to report that the brand offers free shipping on orders that total $75 or more. Anything below this amount is charged a flat fee of $6

Fortunately, they also offer international delivery to select countries such as Canada and Australia. To help keep tabs on your purchase, the brand will issue a tracking number in a confirmation email. 

What is Maelys Cosmetics’ Return Policy?

Maelys Cosmetics offers a 60-day window for American customers to send back their products. Unfortunately, this is shortened to only 30 days for international buyers.

Luckily, the brand does offer prepaid shipping labels for all purchases. To initiate a return or exchange, users must contact the company for further instructions. 

How To Contact Maelys Cosmetics

For inquiries unrelated to this Maelys Cosmetics review, you can contact the brand through:


Looking for more ethical skincare brands? Check out these options below:

Proven

True Botanicals

Timeless

Versed Skincare

NuFACE Skincare

About Evens

Evens Review

Evens help you lead a more comfortable life by taking care of your gastrointestinal health. Directed at those who suffer from acid reflux, customers can use this telehealth service to boost their digestive system.

Acid reflux, aka gastroesophageal reflux disease or GERD, affects between 18% to 28%[1] of Americans. If you’ve ever experienced acid reflux, you know that it’s just plain uncomfortable – the feeling of acid and burning in your throat is nothing to be envied.

And don’t go making the mistake of thinking that acid reflux is a problem only for the middle-aged. On the contrary, about 12.5%[2] of people between the ages of 18-34 deal with it. Regardless of your age, though, if acid reflux is something that’s been lowering your quality of life, Evens may be able to help.

This online brand works to provide a discreet and widely accessible solution for customers of all ages to access from the comfort of their homes. Its convenient service has garnered 11.3k followers on Instagram.

Don’t rely on the odds being in your favor when it comes to your health. Instead, opt for a more reliable option. Stay tuned as this Evens review takes an in-depth look at the company, its service, products, customer ratings, and more to help you decide if this health and wellness brand is worth checking out.

Overview of Evens

Evens Review

Founded in 2019, Evens was created as a division of healthcare brand Thirty Madison. This online service focuses on producing remedies for acid reflux and poor digestive health. Its wide range of treatments includes fiber supplements, antacid tablets, probiotics, and more.

Compared to the standard practice of going to the doctor’s office, Evens cuts the need for waiting in line by offering a direct business-to-consumer approach. Customers can easily get their prescriptions in a discreet and accessible way without ever leaving their homes.

Run by a team of expert gastroenterologists, Evens prescribes a custom plan for each user. Customers can rest assured that all of its formulations are FDA approved. Additionally, users can learn about common digestion-related topics and remedies on the company’s blog. This New York City-based brand is passionate about providing individualized support to help its customers live a more comfortable life:

“From expert diagnosis to affordable treatment, patient support to education, Evens provides a regimen specific to each customer’s condition through a seamless digital experience, allowing everyone to manage acid reflux from start to finish,” via a statement from Evens’s LinkedIn page.

Now that you know a bit more about the brand and what it has to offer, this Evens review will go over some of the brand’s basic features:

Highlights

  • A range of treatments created to help acid reflux and other digestive issues
  • Offers a direct brand to customer approach compared to doctors appointments 
  • Operates solely online
  • Custom plans for your personal needs
  • Adjustable treatment plan if symptoms change
  • Customers have complete freedom in scheduling certain prescription shipments
  • Company blog dedicated to offering advice on digestive health and acid reflux

Does Evens work for acid reflux?

Evens Review

Before we answer this question, let’s talk about what acid reflux actually is. Acid reflux is when your lower esophageal sphincter doesn’t work as it should. This body part serves as a gatekeeper to block stomach acid from entering the esophagus.

When it fails at gatekeeping, users literally regurgitate their food or beverages, which explains the burning sensation within the chest. If this happens on a regular basis, you may suffer from GERD, also known as gastroesophageal reflux disease. 

Evens doesn’t work to cure your acid reflux or GERD condition. Instead, its treatments are used to prevent these ailments from occurring. Formulated for long-term relief, the company offers five different medications, which are Omeprazole, Pantoprazole, Esomeprazole, Rabeprazole, and Antacid.

These medications work by reducing the amount of acid[3] in your stomach, thus preventing it from ever creeping its way into your throat, where it causes that unpleasant burning sensation. Scientifically, they are known as proton-pump inhibitors[4]. All of them are proven to be effective[3] in the treatment of GERD.

The brand also provides other prescriptions designed to boost digestive health, including Magnesium, Probiotic, and Psyllium Fiber Powder. We’ll get into the specifics of each treatment later on in this Evens review.

According to the brand, users must take their medications 30 to 60 minutes before ingesting a meal in the morning. If you’d like to learn more about how acid reflux works, we suggest looking up a few articles online.

How Does Evens Work?

Evens Review

Visiting the doctor’s office can be awkward or time-consuming. From the thick blue hospital paint on the walls to the classic bead maze sitting near the kid’s playpen and the repetitive elevator music—the clinic is not an experience that most people enjoy.

Instead of having to wait an ungodly amount of time for your doctor, Evens provides a quick, straightforward solution that can be done at the convenience of your home. To sign up, customers must fill out a short questionnaire on its website. This entails sharing your medical history, symptoms, and other related information. Based on the results, the gastrointestinal experts back at Evens will curate a treatment plan for you.

For those well in tune with their condition, customers can also shop through the list of prescriptions on the company’s webpage. This option is ideal for people who don’t want to commit to a subscription plan. It’s worth mentioning that some of the brand’s medications can only be bought after consulting with a doctor.

If you’d rather have your prescription shipped on a periodic basis, customers can choose when they’d like their prescriptions to be mailed. This can range from every month, every six weeks, or every three months. Evens also understands that every case can change over time, which is why they’ll offer to change each treatment plan in order to better fit your needs.

To give patients full control of their health, subscribers can change their prescription and shipping settings by logging into their accounts. This includes skipping refill deliveries, changing their restock dates, or adding and removing certain medications.

For those that have more questions on how this service works, this Evens review recommends heading over to its website for detailed specifics. Moving forward, we’ll provide a thorough look into the brand’s collection of treatments.

Evens Digestive Health Treatments Review 

Having tummy troubles? There’s no need to feel embarrassed – you’re not alone! In fact, one study showed that 61%[5] of people experience some kind of digestive discomfort, whether it be bloating, excess gas, constipation, and more.

Instead of heading over to your local clinic, Evens provides an at-home, convenient and awkward-free solution. When choosing this telehealth service, customers can get their medications in two ways: through a subscription plan or as a one-time purchase. This Evens review will provide a list of available treatments down below.

Known to produce a burning sensation in the chest and/or throat, people diagnosed with acid reflux may find it hard to enjoy a meal due to the uncomfortable aftermath. If this happens to be a daily occurrence, don’t suffer in silence. Evens offers a handy solution called Omeprazole. This medication is significantly[6] better than a placebo in treating GERD, epigastric pain (pain in your upper abdomen), and nausea. 

Designed to prevent cases of acid reflux, this medication acts to reduce symptoms before it even happens. Customers are able to choose the strength of this medicine because it is offered in OTC and Rx. In order to purchase the more potent alternative, users must consult with a doctor first.

Created to deliver the same results, customers can also opt for Pantoprazole, Esomeprazole, and Rabeprazole. All of these medications are considered the generic form of their associated brand, such as Nexium and Protonix. If you’re wondering what’s the difference between the three, we encourage you to consult with Evens’ team of doctors.

Formulated to quell heartburn and hyperactive stomach acid, Antacids[7] work to put an end to mild GERD symptoms. Made out of calcium carbonate, antacids can provide temporary relief. This nifty pill can act as your saving grace in preparation for backyard barbeques and Thanksgiving dinners.

Right after that big feast, you may feel a bit sluggish, constipated, and bloated. Designed to keep your digestive system up and running, the Magnesium[8] tablets are formulated to help break down food. One study[9] has shown that low magnesium levels are associated with constipation. So, this antidote works to ensure an easy toilet experience.

For those who’ve already added the Magnesium tablets to their cart, we recommend that you try the Probiotic capsules as well. Made to introduce a healthy dose of good bacteria into your system, this formula works wonders on the digestive tract and gut health. 

Studies[10] have shown that probiotics help reduce digestive pain and improve IBS symptoms, including bloating and excessive gas. If you suffer from these unpleasant symptoms, this pill can help to take away that uneasy feeling after finishing a large meal.

As the cherry on top, the Psyllium Fiber Powder is designed to keep you constipation-free while promoting a healthy gut flora. One study[11] showed that psyllium was 3.4 times more effective than wheat bran in increasing stool (poop) output. For anyone who’s ever been constipated, you know that this kind of relief is invaluable.

Formulated for those who don’t consume an adequate amount of fiber each day, psyllium can be dissolved into a glass of water for easy consumption. You can also mix it into yogurt or oatmeal bowls for some added nutrition.

How Much is Evens?

Evens Review

The price for each treatment varies depending on the type and whether or not you signed up for a recurring subscription. This Evens review will provide a detailed list of each cost down below:

Omeprazole (30 tablets)

  • OTC: every six weeks: $21
  • OTC: one-time purchase: $24
  • Rx: (prescription only) $21 every one month

Pantoprazole (30 tablets)

  • (prescription only) $21 every one month

Esomeprazole (30 tablets)

  • OTC: every six weeks: $21
  • OTC: one-time purchase: $24
  • Rx: (prescription only) $35 every one month

Rabeprazole (30 tablets)

  • (prescription only) $35 every one month

Antacid (60 tablets)

  • Every one month: $5
  • One-time purchase: $5

Magnesium (90 tablets)

  • Every 3 months: $30
  • One-time purchase: $35

Probiotic (180 tablets)

  • Every 3 months: $75
  • One-time purchase: $90

Psyllium Fiber Powder (90 servings)

  • Every 3 months: $45
  • One-time purchase: $55

Evens Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Evens Review

So, is Evens legit? It’s hard to tell due to the lack of adequate customer reviews online. At just two years old, the brand is still relatively new. From what information is available, it seems that most users are satisfied with this telehealth service.

While the company doesn’t showcase buyer testimonials on its website, Evens does feature Instagram highlights that share a few inspiring tales. One user loves that the company’s treatments allow her to indulge in the foods that would otherwise upset her body:

I’m a small business owner in California with a major passion for food on the side. As much as I love to cook, not all food loves me back. With Evens, I can cook and eat without limits.

According to Innerbody Research, Evens scores full points in terms of customization, doctor-approved medications, affordability, and customer service. The site readily recommends the brand to its readers:

“Evens is the easiest way to treat acid reflux from home, skipping the trips to the doctor or pharmacy. Their research-backed medications effectively keep symptoms at bay, and the subscription option is great for frequent sufferers.

Online blog FinvsFin gave a favorable testimony regarding this online brand, too. The author states that Evens serves as a convenient alternative to over-the-counter antacids for getting long-term relief for acid reflux:

Overall, Evens seems like a fantastic solution for people with chronic acid reflux. If you’re tired  of downing chalky antacids after each glorious pig out, Evens offers a better, more preventative suit of treatments.”

Online reviewer site The Relief Seeker praised the brand’s streamlined shopping process. Rather than waiting in long lines in the pharmacy, customers can quickly get their medications by ordering online. Because of this, Evens receives a full 5/5-star rating. Additionally, from this review, we learn that the company’s website provides a lot of helpful information for customers:

When it comes to acid reflux and heartburn, Evens knows what its customers need and want. Gastrointestinal issues can be confusing, so the company offers plenty of information on its website about acid reflux and heartburn; it’s also known for its high-end customer service.”

This Evens review hasn’t found much in terms of red flags and complaints. On Innerbody Research, a writer notes that its downfalls include state limitations, the absence of H2 blockers in its product line, and its refusal to accept FSA/HSA at this time. But, the brand is looking to change this feature in the future. As Evens grows, we hope more users provide their honest reviews on the company.

Is Evens Worth It?

Evens Review

Based on what we’ve seen so far, Evens gets a good grade in our book. We’re all too familiar with the frustrations of booking a doctor’s appointment. Aside from the wait, it can feel awkward and invasive at times. By choosing this telehealth service, customers are saved from driving to their local clinic. Users can get one-on-one consultations from the comfort of their home, and then receive their prescriptions privately through the mail.

Evens’s products are also affordable, so patients can get their fill of medicine without having to break the bank. The great thing about the brand is that buyers can choose to opt for a subscription plan or purchase what they need as a one-time payment. It also helps that the company offers 24/7 service, which is miles away from waiting for a response from your local doctor. This is especially useful if a customer is short on time.

With that being said, there aren’t enough reviews online that can speak to the company’s credibility. There’s little to no indication of the quality of their customer service team and shipping times. While we wait for more online testimonies to pile in, book your online appointment at Evens and test them out for yourself.

Evens Promotions & Discounts 

Evens Review

This Evens review found out that customers can take the brand’s quiz to get 50% off their first kit. This also includes free shipping. As of lately, we haven’t come across any other promotions or deals on their website. We suggest following them on their social media platforms in order to be notified of any updates.

Sign up for Evens

Evens Review

This Evens review found two ways that customers can sign up for its subscription program:

  1. Take the brand’s online quiz for help in determining which treatment is right for you. This option requires an email address in order to create an account.
  2. If you already know which product you’d like to try, you can select it right on its webpage. From there, you can input your account info.

FAQ

Evens Review

How do I cancel my Evens subscription?

Customers must reach out to the brand if they wish to cancel their subscription. We’ll list Evens’s contact info down below.

What is Evens’ Shipping Policy?

The company’s main couriers are FedEx, USPS, and UPS, and each order is billed a delivery fee of $3. Unfortunately, the brand does not service those living outside of the United States. Customers can choose when they’d like their prescription to be shipped. This Evens review discovered that the brand issued a tracking number that buyers can use to monitor their package.

What is Evens’ Return Policy?

All of the brand’s medications are considered final sale. So, no returns or exchanges are allowed. But, if there is an issue with the product you receive, the company does offer exchanges on a case-by-case basis. For more details, this Evens review suggests contacting its customer service team.

How to Contact Evens

If you have any questions after reading this Evens review, you can contact the company by:

  • Phone number: (855) 44 EVENS
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Direct message: on Evens’s Instagram, Facebook, or Twitter

The brand’s customer service representatives are available Monday through Friday, from 10:00 am to 6:00 pm EST.


Looking for more ways to improve your gut health? Check out these popular brands:

1MD Probiotics

Seed Probiotics

Manuka Doctor

Sakara Life

About Foreo

Foreo LUNA Review

Foreo is an online brand that specializes in selling luxury bathroom goods. From skincare to massagers, their products are designed to transform your everyday grooming routine into a 5-star salon experience. 

With an impressive following of over 584K on Instagram, Foreo has gained a solid reputation for its revolutionary business approach. They’ve landed features in numerous media outlets such as Forbes, Mashable, Hello Magazine, and NBC News. They are also affiliated with several celebrities, including Paris Hilton, Aaliyah Jay, and Rita Ora. 

Foreo LUNA Review

Curious about learning more about this company? Look no further than this Foreo LUNA review. We’ll provide readers with an in-depth take on the brand, its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more, to help decide if they are worth checking out. 

Overview of Foreo

Foreo LUNA Review

Currently led by acting CEO Filip Sedic, this beauty-tech brand works to make skincare and grooming a more indulgent experience. Founded in 2013, this Swedish company is adept at innovating the latest technology within the cosmetic industry. So far, they have developed their award-winning facial cleansing scrub and the Foreo ISSA 2 toothbrush. 

Today, this health and beauty brand has sold over 36 million worth of merchandise across the world. Powered by more than 3,000 employees, Foreo continues to grow. Since its official debut, they have won several internet trophies over the years. This includes the 2019 Elle Beauty Awards and the 2018 Cosmopolitan Best Face Device title. 

A statement made by the company:

“Foreo is a wildly creative Swedish beauty-tech brand created to provide every beauty lover in the world with products that actually work. Imagine that. So, if you’re the type to celebrate integrity in humans, businesses and technology…Foreo just might be the place for you.”

Foreo LUNA Review

Before we get into this Foreo LUNA review, let’s go over some initial pros and cons. 

Pros

  • Foreo offers a variety of skin treatment products to choose from
  • Suitable for all skin types and a range of concerns 
  • LUNA fofo model provide an in-depth analysis of your skin  
  • Warranties are available on select items 
  • Hand-held devices are easily activated through the mobile app 
  • Positive customer reviews 
  • Website promotion offers 50% off on some products  
  • Free shipping on select merchandise 

Cons

  • Only offers a short return window of 14 days 

Do dermatologists recommend Foreo?

Foreo LUNA Review

If you’re one to stick to dermatologist-recommended products, you might want to give Foreo’s line of facial brushes a try. We found several articles that hyped up this brand within their top 10 lists. Media outlets like Bustle and independent blog posts like FutureDerm endorsed Foreo’s most legendary device: the LUNA exfoliating scrub. 

What does Foreo LUNA do?

Foreo LUNA Review

Foreo’s LUNA facial cleansing scrub is used to exfoliate dead skin cells, debris, pollutants, and more from your pores[1]. How do they do this? We’re glad you asked. 

This brand utilizes a special kind of T-Sonic technology, which delivers thousands of pulsations to help dig out dirt and other undesirable gunk from your face[2]

It can also be used as an anti-aging device due to its calming set of vibrations. For those looking for more specifics, this Foreo LUNA review will provide an in-depth analysis of the product down below. 

Is Foreo good for skin?

Foreo LUNA Review

According to several dermatologists online, Foreo seems to be a top contender when it comes to beauty technology. With the brand’s inventive use of T-sonic vibrations, users are quite literally shaking off buildup and makeup residue off of their faces. 

Of course, it may take a while for customers to see results. But from what we’ve seen so far in terms of online reviews, Foreo gets a passing mark in credibility and effectiveness

While we won’t get into the science behind their products, this Foreo LUNA review encourages you to look up some articles related to this topic online. 

Foreo LUNA Review

The more that you think about it—acne, wrinkles, and blemishes seem to reside rent-free on our faces. As most of us suffer from sensitive skin, we often leave our complexions unattended in hopes that things get better. But here’s the cold hard truth: nothing will get better without a bit of progress. 

Foreo is here to make the skincare rehabilitation process easy, streamlined, and straightforward. Their inventory includes a broad range of beauty-tech products, such as LUNA, BEAR, ISSA, and ESPADA. This Foreo LUNA review will take a brief look at some of their bestsellers to help readers get started. 

Foreo Bestsellers Review

It’s time to retire that old exfoliating glove. To offer some new go-to’s, this brand has a wide selection of skincare and grooming products that promise a modernized experience. From ISSA to UFO, this Foreo LUNA review will go over a few of their most popular items for first-timers to try out. 

Foreo UFO Review

Designed to look like a flying saucer, the UFO smart mask device provides an out-of-world experience when it comes to skincare. This nifty apparatus works to achieve a glowing complexion through the power of T-sonic pulsations. 

Operating solely on a smartphone, users must input their desired facial treatment into its central unit. Once the gadget is locked in, gently rub the product all over your complexion in order to attain those magical results.

This device adapts to the hot and cold areas on your face. By analyzing the temperature readings, it automatically warms up using its thermo-therapy setting, or cools down by switching on the cryo-therapy mode. Both features are key in product absorption, reducing puffiness and minimizing the appearance of pores. 

As an added touch, this Foreo gadget has an integrated LED light therapy setting[3] on the top lid. This helps to further refine and rejuvenate your appearance. It comes complete with Korean face masks and a rechargeable USB port

Revolutionize your skincare care routine with the UFO for $214. It’s also offered in three different colors such as blush, hot pink, and blue. 

Foreo LUNA 2 Review

Goodbye pumice stones and sugar scrubs; we salute you for your service, it’s time we look towards the future. The LUNA 2 facial massager serves as an upgrade from its original model. 

Featuring an all-enhanced T-sonic pulsation system, this beauty-tech device emits tiny vibrations in the name of good skin. It’s a great product to use if you want to blur the appearance of blemishes, refine uneven tones, or combat those looming signs of aging.

This handy apparatus comes in an oval shape with soft-curved bristles at the tip. It’s all made out of silicone, which acts as a more gentle exfoliant compared to those hard-textured scrubs. If you’re looking to ‘turn back the clock,’ switch on the anti-wrinkle mode located at the bottom.

To operate this device, you must apply your favorite cleanser first before turning on its vibrational component. Available in 4 different colors, the LUNA 2 facial massager costs $219 at checkout. 

Foreo LUNA Mini 2 Review

Designed for jet setters and go-getters alike, the LUNA Mini 2 allows you to stay on top of your skincare routine while on the run. Made to be portable and compact, this travel-friendly device features the same components and technology as its predecessors. 

It works to slough away dead skin cells while promoting rejuvenation and circulation. This is all thanks to its revolutionary T-sonic pulsation and soft-silicone bristles. According to Foreo, this product acts as a more hygienic exfoliant compared to face sponges and other reusable scrubs.

If you’re looking for a deeper cleanse, customers can ramp up the vibrational speed by choosing one of its offered 8 settings. Available 6 different hues, the $132 LUNA Mini 2 is currently at a bargain for $105

Foreo LUNA 3 Review

Foreo is all about perfection. The LUNA 3 facial massager is offered as a direct improvement from its latter version. Featuring the same T-sonic technology, shape, silicone design, and operational unit, this revamped apparatus comes with 16 alternating speeds and extended battery life

If that wasn’t already enough, it also includes longer bristles and a softer texture to ensure a gentle cleanse. Intended to scrub away dirt, pollutants, and other nasty bits, this device is definitely a game-changer when it comes to the first step in skincare.

Compatible with your mobile phone, users can modify its intensity with a simple press of a button. Best paired with a natural cleanser for sensitive skin, the LUNA 3 facial massager can be bought for $214 in 3 different colors. 

Foreo LUNA Mini 3 Review

Considered a favorite of acclaimed soccer pro Megan Rapinoe, the LUNA Mini 3 is known as a skincare MVP. Made as the petite version of its ‘older sister’, this facial massager does all the hard work in removing gunk, pus, and dirt from your pores. 

It is powered with the same T-sonic technology, which sends tiny vibrations through the hundreds of silicone bristles located at the tip. For those hectic mornings, this Foreo gadget comes with a nifty glow boost mode, which is set to encourage a refreshed and radiant complexion in only half a minute.

It comes with a handy GPS unit, so you never have to worry about losing your valuable gadget. Offered in 5 available colors, the LUNA Mini 3 costs $165 in total. 

Foreo LUNA play Review

Skincare can be a costly endeavor. For those following the solid 10-step routine, its total cost may result in an empty wallet and a notable dent in your savings account. The LUNA play massager is considered the most affordable model in Foreo’s collection. 

Don’t underestimate its small and compact size, as it still contains the brand’s classic T-sonic technology and soft-textured bristles. Powered for exfoliation, this device comes with a 2-zone brush, refined touchpoints, and a durable battery that can last up to 400 uses

Offered in colors pink, black, blue, purple, and more, make the LUNA play facial massager part of your daily ritual for only $40

Foreo LUNA play plus Review 

For those who like their skincare routines to be simple and straightforward, the LUNA play plus device comes with no bells or whistles. This silicone exfoliant is designed for all skin types and only offers one intensity setting. 

Powered by T-sonic technology, users are not only parting ways with dead skin cells and debris, but they are treated to a relaxing, at-home massage. The best thing about this device is that it provides a thorough cleanse in less than a minute, allowing you to unwind peacefully.

Best used twice a day, the LUNA play plus gadget rounds up to a total of $40. It also comes in 7 different colors, including blue, black, and pink. 

Foreo ISSA 2 Review

Take this as a sign to throw away those flimsy plastic handles or those flaking head bristles. The ISSA 2 toothbrush is made as a significant upgrade to help you achieve those pearly whites. 

Designed with sonic pulse technology, this vibrational device comes with a PBT polymer tip, a soft silicone exterior, and fine-toothed bristles that are key in removing plaque buildup[4]. Made to last a whole year, this can definitely be considered an eco-friendly version of those harmful alternatives. 

It also comes with two different tip attachments: the replacement brush head and the tongue cleaner. Get in good graces with your dentist again, with the $156 ISSA 2 toothbrush.  

Foreo LUNA Fofo Review

Meet the Alexa version of skincare. The LUNA fofo device allows you to get an in-depth analysis of your complexion before committing to any expensive lotions, serums, or creams. 

Accessible through a mobile device, this smart gadget will provide a detailed report of how your skin reacts to certain stressors. According to the brand, this includes climate, diet, and water intake.

When it’s time to clean your face, customers can use the tip’s fine-toothed bristles to slough away any impurities. Run by T-sonic technology, it emits a gentle pulsation to help open up those stubborn pores. 

Cancel your next dermatologist appointment, as the $99 LUNA fofo model comes at a cool $64

Foreo Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Foreo LUNA Review

Is Foreo worth buying? Based on what we’ve seen so far, this brand is definitely making waves within the cosmetic industry. Their company website showcases hundreds of positive reviews. 

For instance, the LUNA 2 facial massager has a total of 275 comments with an average score of 4.8 stars out of 5. Customers have noted that this product proved effective in rejuvenation while refining their skin tone. 

On the Amazon product page for the LUNA play plus model, over 864 global ratings were posted with an impressive score of 4.5/5 stars. Several buyers found it successful in reducing acne or blemishes

Others loved how gentle it was in exfoliation, as it left the skin soft and supple. A majority of customers stated that the device was well worth the investment.

Foreo LUNA Review

This Foreo LUNA review uncovered a few independent blogs that left high praise for this cosmetic brand. According to an article published by The Beauty Junkee, the Foreo LUNA 2 device served as a great way to minimize the appearance of pores. Aside from its thorough cleansing job, it also made for a relaxing facial massage.

This Foreo LUNA review found a few red flags that customers should be aware of. On Trustpilot, the brand has a rating of 4.7/ 5 stars, with some buyers noting issues in delayed deliveries and lack of adequate customer service. Others reported defects in their LUNA facial massagers. 

Is Foreo Worth It?

Foreo LUNA Review

This brand looks towards the future of skincare—which is why this Foreo LUNA review readily recommends them. We were generally impressed with their expansive line of beauty-tech products, as they all came with highly advanced features

This is especially true with the LUNA fofo model, as it gives users a comprehensive report of the internal makeup of their own skin. Not only is this unheard of within the cosmetic industry, but can help those who are lost in buying certain creams or lotions. It’s kind of like a personalized dermatologist—which can all be accessed through Foreo’s mobile app

In terms of negatives, their products are quite expensive. Some of their devices are usually within the range of $50 to $100. That being said, several online customers found Foreo well worth the money. For those who’ve searched long and hard for a skincare product that works, perhaps it’s time to give T-sonic technology a try. 

Foreo Promotions & Discounts 

Foreo LUNA Review

This Foreo LUNA review found out that they are currently hosting a website promotion, in which select items are 50% off.

They also have a student discount—those in school can get 17% off of full-priced products. As of lately, we haven’t come across a Foreo coupon code that shoppers can use. 

Where to Buy Foreo

Foreo LUNA Review

Interested in the Foreo Aaliyah Jay LUNA device? Customers can find the brand’s entire inventory at foreo.com. You can also find them at select retailers including:

  • Sephora
  • Amazon 
  • Walmart
  • Hudson’s Bay
  • Shoppers Drug Mart
  • Holt Renfrew 
  • Ulta Beauty
  • Nordstrom
  • Macy’s 
  • Skinstore 

FAQ

Foreo LUNA Review

Where does Foreo ship from?

This Foreo LUNA review found no information about manufacturing facilities on their website. What we do know is that the brand’s headquarters are based in Stockholm, Sweden. 

Does Foreo stimulate collagen?

Some of their products, such as the Youth Junkie face mask, are formulated to stimulate collagen. Still, customers must use the UFO facial massager in order for this treatment to work. 

Does Foreo help with blackheads?

Yes! Devices such as the LUNA mini 2 and the LUNA play plus are great for minimizing the look of blackheads. This is thanks to its T-sonic technology and long silicone bristles. 

Does Foreo help with wrinkles?

This Foreo LUNA review found out that their devices can refine wrinkles and uneven lines. Customers can use Gadgets like the LUNA 2 for this, which comes with an anti-aging massage mode. 

Can Foreo be used on neck?

Yep! Foreo devices like the LUNA 3 can be used on the neck and decolletage. We suggest heading over to their side blog for detailed specifics. 

Should you use Foreo everyday?

According to a few sources online, customers should try to use their products at least once a day. This all depends on your skin type. 

How long does Foreo last?

This ultimately depends on the product in question. For instance, the LUNA play model is designed to last 400 uses

How do I activate a Foreo warranty?

This Foreo LUNA review found out that customers must activate their warranty by logging into their account. From there, they should input the number written on their authenticity card under the Register Product section on their profile. 

How long does Foreo take to ship?

This Foreo LUNA review found out that some of their products are eligible for free shipping, as stated by their current promotion. Using DHL and UPS as their main couriers, it usually takes 3 to 5 business days for orders to arrive. 

Customers can use the tracking number found in their confirmation email to help monitor the status of their package. From what we’ve read so far, they do provide international delivery in some select countries. 

How do I return a Foreo? 

Foreo offers a 14-day window for customers to send back their products. This only applies to unopened items. 

They also offer warranties on select items. For more information on this, or to initiate the return process, buyers can contact the brand directly. 

How to Contact Foreo Customer Service

For inquiries unrelated to this Foreo LUNA review, you can contact the company through:

  • Phone number: +1 (844) 503-6062 (Monday to Friday, 8 AM–4 PM)
  • Email: [email protected] 
  • Filling out their message form online

Using the chat function on their website


If you liked this review, you should definitely check out our reviews for Blueland Soap and Dr Squatch, two great soap brands you are sure to enjoy.

About Gaia Herbs

Gaia Herbs Review

Feeling run down, tired, or just plain crummy? Herbal remedies and supplements might be able to help. Improve your wellness and soothe stress with Gaia Herbs’ wide selection of natural and pure herbal remedies.

With ingredients sourced from all over the world, including from Gaia’s very own farm in North Carolina, each herbal extract is put through rigorous testing for quality, purity, and efficacy. 

The brand has received praise from MindBodyGreen, and Discover Magazine, and with over 200k followers on Facebook, it’s clear that the demand for alternative medicine is greater than ever. 

Looking to get into herbal supplements? You may have found the right brand. There’s lots of information out there about herbal remedies and their effectiveness, but it can be hard to decide which remedy could be right for you. One study[1] demonstrated that while many popular articles are factually correct, it’s really more of a personal decision.

To help you, I invite you to read through my Gaia Herbs review which has3 all the necessary information to help you decide if their products are right for you. I’ll cover critical information about the brand, introduce a few best-sellers, and reveal customer feedback, to help in your decision.

Overview of Gaia Herbs

Gaia Herbs Review

Traditional cures have been around for centuries. Gaia Herbs uses the power of plants to help Americans support their health and well-being.

Created in 1987, the brand grows some of their own herbs on their certified organic farm in the Blue Ridge Mountains, a place with nutrient-packed soil, clean mountain air, and rich biodiversity in the surrounding areas. 

In addition to the Gaia Farm grown herbs, the company sources over 150 ingredients from places around the globe, reaching out into countries where special herbs grow to their fullest potential while supporting small communities at the same time. 

Located in North Carolina, the brand is committed to purity, with a team of knowledgeable plant experts and farmers who plant, nurture, and formulate their supplements with the utmost care. 

Before I introduce a few of the brand’s most popular herbal supplements in my Gaia Herbs review, I will fill you in on their highlights: 

Highlights

  • Over 200 herbal supplements available
  • Organic & non-GMO products
  • Mostly vegan, always vegetarian
  • Tested for purity
  • Customers report the product efficacy
  • Stocked in a wide variety of stores
  • Fantastic promotions
  • Free shipping over $50
Gaia Herbs Review

It’s important to take the advice of your naturopath or physician before trying a new supplement, but once given the ok, take a look at the many herbal extracts Gaia Herbs has to offer. 

In their inventory, you’ll discover supplements that can support your overall health that are made from herbs and other natural ingredients, like oats, and wrapped up in plant-based capsules. 

In the next section of this Gaia Herbs review, we’ll take you through a selection of supplements that use natural ingredients for your best health.

Gaia Herbs Review

Body and brain health is a delicate balance. Introduce one factor, like stress, and everything can be thrown off. Sometimes, to help get you back on track,, all you need is one, effective supplement

Let’s take a look at the brand’s best-selling supplements, including those that can help strengthen your stress response, support your immune system, and overall wellness boosters. 

Gaia Herbs Adrenal Health Daily Support Review 

Stress is a leading cause of disease and illness, so it’s important to take care of the internal systems that help you to combat daily stress. 

The Adrenal Health Daily Support capsules use ashwagandha root, rhodiola, holy basil, and schisandra. Let’s take a look at each of the ingredients.

One study[2] that examined the stress-relieving effects of ashwagandha showed, in comparison to placebo, participants who took ashwagandha once daily for 60 days had reduced morning cortisol levels, the body’s main stress hormone.

Another study[3] supported the effectiveness of rhodiola and holy basil as adaptogens[4] – ingredients that are able to enhance the body’s resistance to stress.

Taken all together, the ingredients in the Adrenal Health Daily Support could help you. Anyone who deals with high levels of stress may find this herbal remedy particularly beneficial, but it can be used as an occasional supplement during tough times like stressful projects and holidays with family.

Gaia Herbs Adrenal Health Daily Support come in either a 30-day supply of 60 capsules for $31, or a 60-day supply of 120 capsules for $51

Gaia Herbs Turmeric Supreme Extra Strength Review 

Used in Ayurvedic medicine, turmeric is a well-known, natural way to promote overall wellness. It’s no surprise that it’s the main ingredient in the Turmeric Supreme Extra Strength.

The bright yellow root contains a healthy dose of curcumins and black pepper. Turmeric has been used for a wide range of ailments. 

You can get the brand’s best-selling herb in a 60-capsule bottle for $30, or in a 120-capsule bottle for $50

Gaia Herbs Black Elderberry Syrup Review 

Gaia’s black elderberry syrup packs the equivalent of 14.5g of organic elderberries into every teaspoon. One study[5] found that supplementing treatment with black elderberry significantly improved respiratory symptoms, such as coughing and a stuffy nose.

With a delicious taste, this wellness regenerator can be enjoyed by the entire family. Simple, sweet, and tart, add a 3 oz bottle of the Gaia Herbs Black Elderberry Syrup to your natural medicine cabinet for $21, or a 5.4 oz bottle for $33

Gaia Herbs Ashwagandha Root Review 

A root that’s not on the tip of everyone’s tongue. What is this ingredient and what exactly does it do? Though it’s new in the realm of modern wellness culture, the root has been used for centuries in Ayurvedic medicine. 

Known as an adaptogen, ashwagandha root works to reduce stress to help you handle high-pressure situations in a calm manner, and lift your mood. There have been multiple human trial studies[6] that show how ashwagandha can significantly reduce anxiety and stress. It’s definitely something you want to take into your daily routine. 

Take 1 capsule 2x daily for the best effect. Find your inner calm with a 60 ct bottle of Gaia Herbs Ashwagandha Root for $25, or a 120 ct bottle for $41

Gaia Herbs Male Libido Review 

There are many reasons why the male libido decreases. Age, stress, and hormones can all play a role in your lowered sex drive. The Gaia Herbs Male Libido supplement brings together horny goat weed, saw palmetto, and maca to help improve male sex drive and sexual health. 

The ingredients have a good rep. Horny goat weed has been known to be effective for centuries[7] in traditional Chinese medicine for the treatment of erectile dysfunction, although western scientific studies are not conducted to back this up.

Keep things exciting with the 60 ct bottle of Male Libido for $30, or a 120 ct bottle for $50

Gaia Herbs Lactation Support Review 

As a nursing mother, the food you eat isn’t only nourishing your body, but your baby as well. It’s important to get extra vitamins and minerals so both you and your little one receive what’s needed to grow. 

Lactation Support blends fenugreek seed, fennel leaf, and raspberry leaf[8], along with marshmallow root, to nourish your body and help with breast milk production. 

Packaged in capsule form, a 60 ct bottle (20-day supply) is $28, and a 120 ct bottle (40-day supply) is $42

Gaia Herbs SleepThru Review 

Without sleep, we just don’t feel our best. We’ve all had those sleepless nights where thoughts race from here to there and circle over things you wish you hadn’t done. That’s normal enough, but it doesn’t have to be part of your usual routine. 

SleepThru gently assists with getting a good night’s sleep. It’s packed with passionflower, ashwagandha, and jujube dates to soothe your stressed mind and cradle you into a peaceful slumber. 

Not sure how these ingredients can help? One study[9] showed that participants who consumed passionflower before sleep experienced significantly better sleep quality. Another, which looked at jujube dates, showed similar results[10] in post-menopausal women.

SleepThru is available in the following quantities:

  • 30 ct: $19
  • 60 ct: $31
  • 120 ct: $54

The serving size of Gaia Herbs Sleep Thru is two capsules, to be taken once daily. 

Gaia Herbs Thyroid Support Review 

An underactive or overactive thyroid can disrupt many of the body’s processes, including mood and sleep. 

This completely natural supplement contains ashwagandha, seaweed, kelp, and schisandra in a convenient liquid Phyto-cap form. Ashwagandha, as discussed above, is known to help with stress[11]

Studies on seaweed and kelp have been mixed, but there are many that warn about dangers[12] related to thyroid health. It has also been shown to suppress[13] thyroid activity. Kelp seaweed is the most popular type of seaweed and has its fair share of mixed studies[14].

Pick up a 60 ct bottle of Gaia Herbs Thyroid Support for $30 (20-day supply), or a 120 ct bottle for $48 (40-day supply).

Gaia Herbs Golden Milk Review 

Coffee is fine, but it doesn’t do much to support your health. Replacing your comforting beverage in the morning can be tricky, especially giving up that caffeine, but Gaia’s Golden Milk will make that switch a lot easier. 

Golden Milk consists of turmeric and ashwagandha, mixed with dates for natural sweetness, cardamom for a little exotic spice, and vanilla. With turmeric as a traditional health booster and ashwagandha as a superhero in the world of natural supplements, this product could be helpful for you.

Mix this powder with 6-8 oz of your favorite plant-based milk for a tasty and beneficial morning, afternoon, or nighttime treat. Get a 4.3 oz jar of Gaia Herbs Golden Milk for $23

Are Gaia Herbs Organic? 

Gaia Herbs Review

All Herbs propagated and grown on Gaia’s farm are certified organic and also GMO-free. The brand is very picky about the purity of its herbal extracts. But not all of Gaia’s herbs imported from other farms are organic, though the brand assures its customers that the herbs are still of the highest quality. 

The plants are inspected visually and by hand, then the final products are sent for further tests to make sure no toxic heavy metals have made their way into them. Gaia Herbs also tests for pesticides and other chemicals, harmful bacteria, mold, and yeast. If, and only if, the batch passes the tests, then they’ll be sent out for sale. 

Are Gaia Herbs Vegan? 

Gaia Herbs Review

The majority of Gaia Herbs’ products are vegan, but all are at least vegetarian, meaning the capsules are made from vegetable sources, not gelatin, as some usually are.

Some Gaia Herbs supplements are not considered vegan because they either have honey or other ingredients derived from bees. 

 

What Are Gaia Herbs Used For? 

Gaia Herbs Review

Gaia Herbs can be used to support you on your journey to live a healthier life. The products are natural and high-quality, so if you’re looking to support your daily health, these supplements could help. It is important to note that these products are not a substitute for medical treatment – you should always seek help from a medical professional if you are unwell.

Who Is Gaia Herbs For? 

Gaia Herbs Review

Gaia Herbs can be used by anyone that is looking to level up their health with a little something extra. On top of eating healthy and exercising, these supplements can help to support your body and keep it in tip-top shape.

Gaia Herbs Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Gaia Herbs Review

Gaia Herbs Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Gaia Herbs has made quite the name for themselves and we can only assume that’s because of the high standards the brand has for its supplements. For my Gaia Herbs review, I took to the internet to find out more. 

Below, you’ll read a sampling of customer feedback sourced from the brand’s website, Amazon, and iHerb that speak to the quality and efficacy of Gaia Herbs. 

Turning to the brand’s website first, I’ve compiled a short list of best sellers and their ratings to give you an idea of how they’re enjoyed:

  • Golden Milk: 4.4/5 stars, 17 ratings
  • Gaia Herbs Liver Cleanse: 5/5 stars, 4 ratings
  • Ashwagandha Root: 5/5 stars, 26 ratings
  • Black Elderberry Syrup: 5/5 stars, 52 ratings
  • Gaia Herbs Oil of Oregano: 5/5 stars, 13 ratings

Curious about the Black Elderberry Syrup, we zoomed in on its comments. Buyers take the syrup for differing reasons, but most simply for overall health. One Gaia Herbs review read: “I take it in the evening about 30 mins before bed. I sleep through the night fully rested.” 

It appears that almost everyone agrees the syrup is good tasting and most of the comments are about the general enjoyment of it. Though some may find this syrup too sweet for their palate, and in general, anyone on a low sugar diet may not be able to enjoy it. 

Interested in finding out more about some of the other supplements the brand has to offer, we switched over to Amazon to check out the Gaia Herbs Vitex Berry. With an overall score of 4.6/5 stars, the rating snapshot looked like this:

  • 5 stars: 77%
  • 4 stars: 11%
  • 3 stars: 6%
  • 2 stars: 3%
  • 1 star: 4%

A powerful supplement, Vitex Berry seems to help balance female hormones. One comment read: “I’ve taken Gaia’s Vitex product for exactly 18mos…Chin acne ceased, lost excess weight, no new fibroids or cysts + LH, FSH, progesterone, and prolactin levels improved.” Many other buyers report fewer cramps and PMS symptoms too.

It’s important to consult with a doctor or naturopath before taking any supplement because herbs are still a type of medication. One health concern for many, depression and anxiety, is the reason our review considered public comments on effectiveness. It is reported as effective, but it would be safe to talk to your health provider beforehand.

The supplement got a 4.6/5 star score on iHerb.com out of 412 reviews. Here’s the rating breakdown:

  • 5 stars: 306 ratings
  • 4 stars: 61 ratings
  • 3 stars: 21 ratings
  • 2 stars: 10 ratings
  • 1 star: 10 ratings

One happy camper wrote: “I have suffered from depression and anxiety for most of my adult life. I started taking Gaia Rhodiola Rosea along with Theanine. I am now virtually depression and anxiety free!” 

Others write about similar stories, with some saying they feel calmer and have more energy throughout the day. 

From what we can tell, Gaia Herbs’ supplements are beneficial for the majority of those who use them. Customers almost always speak of their high quality. With those things in mind, it makes our verdict on the brand in the following section very easy. 

Is Gaia Herbs Worth It?

Gaia Herbs Review

Natural ingredients, knowledgeable employees, and effective products all make Gaia Herbs worth buying.

The prices of its products are a little high, but considering the number of customers that attest to the benefits they yield, the cost is a little easier to swallow. 

In addition to a great lineup of varied supplements, the brand also offers savings for subscribers, along with free shipping, and other annual promotions. 

Gaia Herbs Promotions & Discounts 

Gaia Herbs Review

Throughout my Gaia Herbs review, I kept an eye out for any and all deals the brand has to offer. Take a look at what we found:

  1. Subscribe and save 10%
  2. Free shipping on orders over $50

Gaia Herbs also offers promotions throughout the year. Check their website regularly to catch these deals.

Where To Buy Gaia Herbs

Gaia Herbs Review

You can always buy the brand’s herbal supplements from Gaiaherbs.com, but they’re also available from select retailers:

  • Amazon
  • iHerb
  • Lucky Vitamin
  • Instacart

FAQ

Gaia Herbs Review

Where are Gaia Herbs made? 

Gaia Herbs are sourced from all over the world, and some are also made in a 350-acre plot in the Blue Ridge Mountains of Western North Carolina, known to be an area of nutrient-rich soil and biodiversity in its surroundings. The brand’s headquarters are located next door in Transylvania County, North Carolina.

Are Gaia Herbs gluten-free? 

There is no gluten in any of Gaia’s formulas. Where oats are present, the company ensures they are not cross-contaminated with gluten, and they perform a final check to make sure they are gluten-free. 

Are Gaia Herbs non-GMO? 

Gaia strives to only work with non-GMO herbs, including their own that they grow in North Carolina as well as the ones they buy from other farms. 

What is Gaia Herbs’ Shipping Policy?

Gaia Herbs only ships within the USA. Orders normally get sent out in about 24 hours and you should see yours in about 5-7 business days from when you placed your order online. 

Orders over $50 ship with ground transport for free. For orders of other amounts, see the list below:

  • Orders totaling $30 or under –  $8
  • Orders $30-$50 ship for $9

You’ll get a confirmation email once your order ships with a tracking link that you can use to check up on your package’s progress. 

What is Gaia Herbs’ Return Policy?

If you don’t completely love any of Gaia Herbs’ products, you can return them within 45 days from when they were shipped for a full refund. 

To start a return, head to the Returns Portal and enter your order number and zip code. You’ll receive a prepaid shipping label, the cost of which will be deducted from your refund amount. 

How to Contact Gaia Herbs

If you need any other information that wasn’t included in this Gaia Herbs review, feel free to reach out to the brand by using any of the following two methods of contact:

  1. Email: [email protected]
  2. Phone: 1-800-831-7780

Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

Vitamins and nutrients are a key part of clear, glowing skin. Read all about cruelty-free, all-natural skincare by REN.

About Hydrant Drink

Hydrant Drink Review

Hydrant is an e-commerce health and wellness brand that specializes in making supplemental powders for drinks.

Coming in a variety of fruity flavors, Hydrant’s formulas are infused with electrolytes to boost immunity and energy, increase hydration levels, and aid in relaxation

With a following of 37.2K and growing on Instagram, Hydrant continues to gain in popularity. They have also been featured in numerous media outlets, including Forbes and Vice

For those not yet acquainted with the company, this Hydrant drink review will be your guide to all things Hydrant-related. We’ll take an in-depth look at their products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if this brand is worth the buy. 

Overview of Hydrant Drink

Hydrant Drink Review

While at Oxford, John Sherwin found that his evening rugby matches were making him dehydrated, which left him too tired to attend his 9 am lectures.

He tried to remedy this by chugging three pints of water before bed, which had the exact opposite effect he wanted as he woke up with intense leg cramps. 

Realizing that his attempted solution was causing an electrolyte imbalance, Sherwin used his expertise in biology to conduct research on the phenomenon.

Testing many of the sports drinks on the market, he found that their claims to restore electrolytes were bunk, as they were mostly made of sugar.

What did work were rehydration salts, but they tasted terrible. After much trial and error, Sherwin devised a supplemental drink formula in a powdered form that helped kickstart energy levels and had a pleasingly simple lime taste

With the support of his partner Jai Jung Kim, Sherwin officially launched Hydrant in New York City in 2017. The brand quickly gained a following, and it is now used by children, athletes, and those just looking for a spark of energy to start their day. 

Inspired by Sherwin’s scientific background, Hydrant has remained committed to providing clinically proven hydration solutions for their customers.

As they say on their website, “As we grew, we vowed to not only protect our customers from dehydration but create the most effective, science-backed lineup of wellness products. 

Before we get into this Hydrant drink review, let’s go over some initial pros and cons of the brand.

Pros

  • Range of products designed to remedy hydration, energy, immunity, and sleep 
  • Hydrant drink powders give a balanced electrolyte boost, are backed by science, and contain no artificial sweeteners or stevia
  • Subscription plan that delivers hydration packs to your door on a monthly basis
  • Rewards Program and Refer-a-Friend program
  • Free standard shipping on all orders 

Cons

  • Shipping within US only
Hydrant Drink Review

We all need a jumpstart now and then, and that’s what Hydrant is all about. Supercharged with electrolytes, their supplemental drink powders come in several flavors to help the “medicine” go down.

They also offer merchandise on their website, such as water bottles and tote bags. This Hydrant drink review will go over some of the brand’s flagship products to help you find what’s right for your needs. 

Hydrant Electrolytes Drinks Review

Electrolytes like sodium, potassium, calcium, bicarbonate, magnesium, chloride, and phosphate are essential minerals that the body can’t live without.

From hydration packs to sleep formulas, all Hydrant products are designed to deliver these necessities to you when you need them most. This Hydrant drink review will now take you through the brand’s best-selling drink mixes.

Hydrant Hydrate Review 

Whether due to forgetfulness or a preference for unhealthy alternatives, staying properly hydrated is no easy task.

Formulated with a healthy dose of electrolytes and a range of flavors, the Hydrate mix pack targets your taste buds to help get you in the hydration habit. 

Hydrant ingredients like sodium, magnesium, potassium, zinc, and more enhance exercise performance and helps regulate nerve signals. The Hydrate mix pack is available in nine flavors, ranging from tartness to sweetness:

  1. Blood orange 
  2. Grapefruit
  3. Lime
  4. Pink grapefruit
  5. Lemonade
  6. Watermelonade
  7. Iced tea lemonade
  8. Orange mango

No matter which flavor you choose, you’ll only be getting 25 calories max, so there’s no need to worry about any sugar crashes later on in the day. 

The Hydrate mix pack comes in a pack of 30 sticks, and customers can purchase it in two different ways:

  • One-time purchase: $38
  • Monthly subscription: $30 

Hydrant Energy Review 

For those looking to quit their morning coffees or teas, the Hydrant Energy mix pack will deliver that needed boost of vigor to help you power through the day. Using a winning duo of 100mg caffeine and 200mg L-theanine, this formula aids focus while reducing stress. 

Also, the combo of real fruit juice powder and cane sugar makes this an even healthier alternative to your traditional method of caffeine delivery. Each packet contains a maximum of 25 calories

Available in orange, lemon, raspberry lemonade, or a variety pack with all three, combination of all three, the Energy package comes in 30 single-serve sticks at two price points:

  • One-time purchase: $44 
  • Monthly subscription: $35 

Hydrant Immunity Review 

Health starts at a microscopic level, as our leukocyte cells battle to prevent toxins and viruses from entering our bodies.

To help those white knights out, the Hydrant Immunity mix pack throws Vitamins A, B6, B12, and C into the fray to give you immune support and help control infections. 

Forget about swallowing those big softgels or bitter cough syrups to ward off a cold before that bix exam. This proprietary Hydrant mix is only 15 calories per serving, can be taken either hot or cold, and comes in your choice of lemon ginger, hot apple cider, or elderberry. 

The Immunity pack contains 30 sticks, and you can pick it up as either:

  • One-time purchase: $44 
  • Monthly subscription: $35 

Hydrant Sleep Review 

Before you start counting sheep as a last resort, try the Sleep mix packet and you’ll get some shuteye with ease.

Its special blend of melatonin, magnesium, L-theanine, GABA, and chamomile work together to reduce stress, relax muscles, and improve the quality of your sleep. 

Flavored with soothing elderberry, one Sleep mix serving comes to only 20 calories and can be served either cold or hot, depending on your preference. Catch those needed Zs without pharmaceutical help with a 30-stick bag of this Hydrant special, which is offered as both: 

  • One-time purchase: $44 
  • Monthly subscription: $35 

Hydrant Gear Review

Not only does Hydrant offer what many consider the best electrolyte drink on the market, but they also sell merchandise that includes tote bags, t-shirts, hats, reusable straws, and water bottles.

This Hydrant drink review will go over a few fan favorites from this section of their site. 

Hydrant Thirsty T-Shirts Review 

Featuring orange or lime-green lettering, Thirsty T-Shirts are a fun way to rep your favorite health supplement brand. Made out of 100% cotton and available in either long- or short- sleeve options, this top comes in a variety of sizes. 

This Hydrant drink review recommends tucking it into a pair of black drawstring sweatpants and sliding on some tennis shoes for a quintessential skater-boy look.

The brand suggests that you order one size up due to shrinkage from washing. Get this great wardrobe basic for $15 apiece. 

Hydrant 16 Ounce Bottle Review 

For those looking to take their electrolyte drinks to the gym or work, the 16 Ounce Bottle does the job with high-grade, 100% stainless steel and super-durable construction. A double wall ensures your drink will stay hot or cold for up to 12 hours.

Colored in simple white with a pattern of bright green dots for some eye-catching visual interest, the 16 Ounce Bottle was originally priced at $19, but you can now get it at a steal for $15

Hydrant Bottle Review 

For those who are really serious about hydration, the 24oz Bottle gives you more space for those valuable keto electrolytes.

It’s made of 100% recyclable aluminum that’s as durable as stainless steel but half the weight, so you can tuck it in your bag without feeling like you’re carting around a brick.

The Bottle comes in the same white-with-green-dots pattern as its 16oz brother. Pick it up with a Hydrant sample pack to start trying it out right away, or get it on its own for just $19

Hydrant Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Hydrant Drink Review

Does Hydrant drink work? Based on thousands of positive online reviews online, it sure seems like it. On their website, their bestselling items have garnered hundreds to thousands of customer testimonials. 

For example, the Hydrate mix pack showcases over 5,735 reviews and 4.8/5 star rating. Customers have said that the supplement tastes great and helps them stay hydrated over the course of the day. 

“Love this to start off my morning with a boost of hydration! The combination flavor is perfect for just starting out with a drink mix to test out all the flavors. I love the lime! It’s not too sugary but adds a good oomph to water, one reviewer wrote. 

The Hydrate mix pack gets plenty of rave reviews on Amazon as well. The product page lists over 5,303 comments and an average rating of 4.1/5 stars. Buyers noted that it helped boost energy levels and also reduced headaches caused by dehydration. 

I struggle to get into the habit of drinking enough water during the day, and generally being left with headaches, fatigue, and overall crankiness. I was really intrigued by Hydrant’s promise to offer rapid hydration so I gave it a try and am very impressed with the results,” one Amazon reviewer wrote. 

There are also positive comments on Hydrant’s Facebook forum, as well as a few Hydrant reviews Reddit threads. Most users recommend the brand and state that they particularly appreciate the range of flavors for these supplements.

This Hydrant drink review did find a few customer complaints on Amazon and Facebook. Some users stated that the flavors were too sour or salty, or even completely tasteless.

Others said that they didn’t notice any positive results after taking the supplemental drink packets. 

In terms of the taste complaints, let’s chalk that up to the fact that people’s palates can vary. A far greater complement of reviews said that they enjoyed the supplements’ flavors. 

As for the lack of results, this could be a matter of users not knowing what to look for. Proper hydration isn’t a quick fix, but overall wellness can simply manifest itself as an absence of noticeable discomfort.

This could make it easy to overlook the work those electrolytes are doing for you. 

Is Hydrant Worth It?

Hydrant Drink Review

For a more nutritious alternative to sugary beverages and (surprisingly) water, this Hydrant drink review readily recommends this brand.

With formulas that are specially designed to target specific needs, you’re pretty sure to find some item that addresses your particular concern. 

All of Hydrant’s blends come in a variety of delicious fruity flavors, which makes the task of daily hydration a lot more pleasurable. It’s also great to know that it doesn’t contain lots of sugars or calories, so you can chug down this supplemental drink without feeling guilty. 

In terms of price, Hydrant costs only about $1.50 per serving, which makes this a much more affordable option compared to purchasing smoothies or coffees at your local cafe.

Not to mention that thousands of customer reviews attest that the supplements helped them increase their hydration and energy levels

If you’re struggling to down your daily fill of H20, Hydrant may be the solution that you’re looking for. 

Hydrant Promotions & Discounts 

Hydrant Drink Review

This Hydrant drink review found out that the company has a Rewards Program. Customers can accumulate points every time they shop in order to gain access to exclusive deals. 

There is also a Refer-a-Friend Program, which allows buyers to give their friends 50% off their first order and receive their own 50% off coupon in return. 

In terms of promotions, the company’s bundle sets save customers up to 25% compared to the cost of purchasing the assorted products individually. 

Where to Buy Hydrant

Hydrant Drink Review

Customers can purchase Hydrant products by visiting DrinkHydrant.com. You can also find them at select retailers such as:

  • Amazon 
  • Walmart
  • Target 

Sign Up for Hydrant 

Hydrant Drink Review

Customers can save 20% off of regular-priced products by signing up for a monthly Hydrant subscription, which gives you the freedom to skip or pause your deliveries. This also makes you eligible for free shipping

To sign up, just choose the subscription option when picking out products, then fill out the necessary information to create a Hydrant account. 

FAQ

Hydrant Drink Review

How much sugar is in a Hydrant? 

By looking at the Hydrant nutrition facts label on most of their products, the total sugar amount usually ranges from 1 to 4 grams. For the Hydrate mix packs, the brand notes which flavors have no added sugar. 

How many calories are in a Hydrant? 

This Hydrant drink review found out that most of their drink packets contain a maximum of 25 calories. Certain flavors have less than this, as noted on the Hydrant website.

How do I cancel my Hydrant subscription?

This Hydrant drink review found out that customers can easily cancel their subscriptions through their online accounts. Once you’ve signed in, simply click the “Edit Shipment” box and select “Cancel Subscription.” 

What is Hydrant’s Shipping Policy?

This Hydrant drink review found out that they offer free standard shipping on all of their orders. Orders typically take 3-5 business days to arrive. Expedited shipping is also available at the checkout, with a delivery time of 2-3 business days

So far, this Hydrant drink review hasn’t found any information pertaining to international orders, or whether the company provides tracking numbers to customers. 

What is Hydrant’s Return Policy?

Hydrant offers a 30-day money-back guarantee on their hydration mixes. Customers can get their prepaid return label by clicking a link on the website. Take note that bottles, t-shirts, and other branded merchandise are non-refundable. 

How to Contact Hydrant Customer Service

For inquiries beyond what’s covered in this Hydrant drink review, you can contact the company through the following methods:

Message Form on the company website

Need some other drink mixes to choose from? Here are some more options to consider:

Persona Nutrition

Hum Nutrition

Physician’s Choice

Kin Euphorics

Drink Haus

About Modern Fertility

Modern Fertility Review

Modern Fertility aims to take the stress out of family planning. By offering women aged 21-45 at-home fertility tests, the brand empowers customers to make informed decisions about their bodies.

Infertility affects an estimated 80 million[1] people worldwide, including both men and women. There are a variety of factors and conditions that can lead to infertility[2] in women, including endometriosis, uterine abnormalities, and pelvic inflammatory disease, among many others.

According to the Centre for Disease Control and Prevention, about 12% of women in the US who are of childbearing age have trouble getting pregnant or carrying the pregnancy to term. If you’re a part of this group, you’re not alone. Modern Fertility knows that this issue is common, and they aim to help.

Giving women the opportunity to learn about their reproductive capabilities in the comfort of their own homes has earned the company 66.7k followers on Instagram. Plus, the brand has been featured by Wired, TechCrunch, Forbes, VentureBeat, and other major news outlets.

Can this company help you gain control of your reproductive health? Stay tuned as this Modern Fertility review closely examines the tests it provides, how they work, how much they cost, and what customers think, so that you can make an informed decision.

Overview of Modern Fertility

Modern Fertility Review

Afton Vechery and Carly Leahy founded Modern Fertility in 2017 to solve a problem that so many women face today: not knowing their fertility status. Women tend to experience a decrease[3] in their ability to become pregnant and maintain their pregnancy as they age, so understanding where your fertility is at can be a huge help when it comes to family planning.

When they started the brand, the only options for women were expensive and difficult to attain blood tests that cost more than $1,000. So, Afton and Carly did the research and built a world-class board of reproductive health medical advisors. From there, the duo developed the at-home fertility test that takes the guesswork out of getting pregnant and the health factors involved. According to TechCrunch, the company was recently bought by online women’s healthcare service Ro for around $225 million. 

You can think of this brand as the 23andMe of fertility—you get personalized reports, like the Modern Fertility Hormone Test, through a slickly designed app. It will track your most fertile dates in detail and connect you with people going through a similar experience and asking the same questions.

The brand takes the design of their products to the next level by engaging with the academic community and regularly conducting studies on its products. The Modern Fertility science team’s goal is to fill research gaps in the field of reproductive health.

Modern Fertility Review

To bring you into their circle of care, the company also holds regular virtual interviews and Q&As with fertility experts and posts scientifically reviewed and highly informative Modern Fertility articles on their blog.

The brand focuses on making hard science available to everyday customers like you so that you can plan ahead, stay informed, and be in control. To get a sense of what it offers, take the free Modern Fertility quiz on its website.

Now that you know a bit more about the brand, this Modern Fertility review will cover the highlights:

Highlights

  • Tests eight hormones that give insight into your reproductive health
  • Completed in the comfort of your home
  • Results are easy to understand or print for your doctor
  • Pregnancy Test is 99% accurate up to five days before your period
  • Free 1 on 1 session with a fertility nurse included with a completed Hormone Test
  • Free phone app that tracks your period cycle and syncs with the Ovulation Test and Pregnancy Test
  • Free and discreet shipping
  • Less expensive than alternative methods and products for fertility
  • Every purchase connects you to the Modern Fertility community, which includes regular Q&As with fertility experts

What Does Modern Fertility Measure?

Modern Fertility Review

The Modern Fertility Hormone Test measures eight hormones that are critical for your reproductive health. By analyzing these hormones, the company can produce a report on your eggs and ovaries that provide a guideline for reproductive expectations.

A Modern Fertility FSH levels chart is only one type of analytic from the test, which is a great indicator of how many eggs are available. The other seven hormones are the anti-mullerian hormone (AMH), luteinizing hormone (LH), testosterone (T), free thyroxine (FT4), prolactin (PRL), estradiol (E2), and the thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH). Let’s take a closer look at each one’s role in your fertility:

  • Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH): this hormone helps regulate your period and is at its highest level just before an egg is released from the ovary. 
  • Anti-Mullerian Hormone (AMH): levels of this hormone are often used as indicators of your ability to produce eggs that can be fertilized. This hormone can predict[4] your reproductive lifespan[5] – the number of years between your first period and menopause.
  • Luteinizing Hormone (LH)[6]: LH helps regulate the length of your period and plays a role in the egg’s implantation in the uterus. One study[7] showed that infertile women had higher than normal LH levels.
  • Testosterone: while commonly associated with men, testosterone has a vital role in female reproductive health too. High levels of testosterone can lead to Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome[8] (PCOS), which can cause infertility.
  • Free Thyroxine (FT4): FT4 plays a role in how your body uses energy. Higher than average FT4 levels can be an indication of hypothyroidism[9], which can negatively affect fertility. One study[10] showed that after treatment for hypothyroidism in 394 infertile women, nearly 77% were able to conceive. 
  • Prolactin (PRL)[11]: This hormone inhibits two other important hormones associated with fertility – Follicle Stimulating Hormone and Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone – which can prevent ovulation and egg maturation, therefore interfering with fertility.
  • Estradiol (E2): one of three forms of estrogen, estradiol is involved in ovulation and egg maturation. Additionally, E2 is involved in the growth of the uterine lining[12], which is essential for egg implantation.
  • Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone (TSH)[13]: Like E2, TSH plays an important role in egg implantation.

If you are currently on birth control, the Modern Fertility at-home fertility test can only measure two hormones: FSH and AMH. Overall, the test will tell you how many eggs you have, when you are likely to reach menopause, the status of fertility-affecting hormones, and generally help you develop a plan going forward in life.

Is Modern Fertility FDA Approved?

Modern Fertility Review

Absolutely! The great thing about Modern Fertility is that it is in full compliance with the FDA. In fact, all of its tests are approved by the FDA and undergo a thorough examination by the board of medical advisors.

This is a breath of fresh air and gives us real confidence in Modern Fertility. So many new tech startups, particularly in the health space, try to cut corners and offer products before the FDA has given them a full green light. True to its word, this brand is very transparent and dedicated to informing you about your reproductive health—but not at the expense of safety and security.

How Does Modern Fertility Work?

Modern Fertility Review

The brand offers an at-home test kit that analyzes eight hormones critical to reproductive health (or two hormones if you’re on birth control). It requires a blood sample, so you have to use the Modern Fertility kit to prick your finger. Then you send it back and wait for the company to send you an acknowledgment email.

You can read the super-informative Modern Fertility blog or watch its free virtual sessions with fertility experts while waiting for your results. Customers report waiting 1-2 weeks for results.

The company also branched out from its best-selling product and now offers an Ovulation Test, Pregnancy Test, a free app to track your period cycle and fertility window (which seamlessly synchronizes with those two tests), as well as a subscription-only Prenatal Vitamin delivery service.

Whether you’re trying to find out if you have a little one on the way or are just trying to learn more about your body, Modern Fertility has a product to help you with your goals. The brand offers a selection of fertility-related products for women at different stages of their journey. Up next, we’ll introduce you to the company’s products and services.

Modern Fertility Ovulation Test Review

The Modern Fertility Ovulation Test is used to get on track with your period cycle and determine your most fertile days on a recurring basis – also known as your “fertile window.[14]

To complete your test, make sure you have five free minutes, and the app downloaded on your phone (alternatively, you can also go old-school and use a pen and paper). Then, follow these steps:

  1. Collect a sample of your urine (first thing in the morning is best)
  2. Put the strip into the sample, arrow facing down (do not cross the max line), and hold for at least 15 seconds
  3. Wait for five minutes
  4. Match your strip to the color bar on the package
  5. Write down your results or scan the strip in the app

The color will let you know how close you are to an “LH surge” or “luteinizing hormone surge.” From your results, you’ll learn which two days you’re most likely to conceive since LH surges[15] are associated with ovulation. With the free Modern Fertility app, the brand will transfer your data to a crystal-clear calendar for easy reading.

The Ovulation Test is available for $16 and includes 20 tests.

Modern Fertility Pregnancy Test Review

Science has come a long way since Juno had to wait for the “little pink plus sign.” The Modern Fertility Pregnancy Test takes just five minutes to complete and will tell you—yes, you guessed it—whether or not you are pregnant.

With this test, you’ll be able to test up to five days before your missed period. Like other top options, the brand boasts that it is 99% accurate and can detect the hCG hormone[16] at as low as 10 mIU/mL.

Women who require some extra support during their trying-to-conceive journey will be pleased to hear that when you purchase these tests, you’ll also gain access to the Modern Fertility community.

In the community, you can discuss your journey with other women going through a similar situation. Women with infertility who wish to conceive tend to experience anxiety and depression[17], so having others to talk about it with can help.

The Pregnancy Tests come in a pack of four and cost $14, which works out to be less than $4 each.

Modern Fertility Fertility Hormone Test Review

The Modern Fertility Hormone Test is the best-selling product that rocketed the brand into fame and success. You get one testing kit that will analyze eight hormones (two if you are on birth control).

Using the kit is surprisingly easy. You’ll have to follow the instructions for collecting your blood sample (a finger prick) and then send it to the brand’s lab. When you’re done, you can clean up the used testing materials with the included Modern Fertility biohazard bag.

After that, you will have a fertility profile that tells you whether your critical hormone levels are low, normal, or high, how many eggs you have in your ovaries (and what that means for pregnancy), as well as many other highly detailed health reports on menopause and thyroid health.

If you’ve already taken a test with the company, it’ll show how your results have changed over time. You can request one on the brand’s website to see an example report. Modern Fertility will send you real results from one of its founders, Afton Vechery.

Once your results are in, Modern Fertility will send you an email inviting you to the community, where you can converse with other women about fertility, pregnancy, and other related topics. Additionally, you get a free one-on-one call with a fertility expert.

The Hormone Test is available to order anywhere in the US except for NY, NJ, and RI. All of your results will be provided to you via the Modern Fertility website, where you will automatically have an account and dashboard to view your results set against statistical averages.

You can also download the raw data to give to other healthcare professionals. It costs $160, which is less than the traditional alternatives.

Modern Fertility Prenatal Vitamins Review

A new offering from the brand, the Modern Fertility Prenatal Vitamins were developed by the brand’s world-class team of reproductive experts to fully prepare your body for pregnancy.

The capsules are preservative-free and vegetarian, and they are designed to be taken leading up to, during, and after pregnancy so that you maintain a safe and healthy level of choline, B vitamins, omega-3s, and nine other nutrients that are essential for your body.

Choline during early pregnancy can have long-lasting effects on your baby’s health. For example, one study[18] found that choline supplementation during pregnancy improved long-term memory in offspring. Additionally, B vitamins[19] are essential for fetal brain development, while omega-3 fatty acids[20] have reduced preterm births.

The Prenatal Vitamins are a subscription-only product and cost $30 for a month’s supply (taking 2 capsules per day). You can cancel this subscription at any time.

How Much Is Modern Fertility?

Modern Fertility Review

The standard Modern Fertility test costs $160—unlike the old-fashioned alternatives that go for thousands and require several in-person doctor visits. Additionally, your health savings account and flexible savings account qualify to cover the cost, so don’t hesitate to opt in and get this all-important test at the most affordable rate possible.

This Modern Fertility review is happy to report that the app is free, high-quality, and can be used with the company’s Pregnancy Test and Ovulation Test to create the most detailed cycle predictions possible. But you can also use it without paying for the test to track your period and expect your most fertile days.

  • All of the company’s tests are one-time use, but it also sells prenatal multivitamins as a subscription-only product for $30 per month.
  • The Modern Fertility Pregnancy Test costs $14 for 4 tests, while the Ovulation Test costs $16 for 20 tests. 
  • Additionally, their prenatal vitamins are offered in the form of a subscription service for $30/month.

Modern Fertility Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Modern Fertility Review

The brand’s products look promising, but this Modern Fertility review wanted to see what customers really thought about the brand. Below, we’ve sourced testimonials from the company’s website, Walmart, Amazon, and Reddit. Spoiler alert: the feedback is very positive!

There is significant variation in how many times a product has been rated on the brand’s website. Some options have thousands of comments, while others show just a dozen. Nonetheless, every item has a pretty impressive score:

  • Hormone Test: an average of 4.6/5 stars from 1.8k ratings
  • Prenatal Multivitamin: an average of 4.3/5 stars from 258 ratings
  • Pregnancy Test: an average of 4.7/5 stars from 86 ratings
  • Ovulation Test: an average of 4.2/5 stars from 230 ratings

We chose to take a deeper look at the brand’s newest product, the Prenatal Vitamins.  Happy customers report that the vitamins “taste and smell delicious.” They also appreciate that the pills can be taken in the morning before eating breakfast because they are easy to digest. Take this example:

So far so good. I’m not pregnant yet, but they smell and taste delicious and I haven’t had them bug my stomach at all!

Customers also discuss how convenient the test is to take from home, as well as how easy it is to understand the results once they come in.

One woman notes that the blood test was very easy to complete: “Very easy filling out info on the we to sign up and create your order. I chose the lab option. Quick and easy check in and very fast blood draw. Results were within the week. Peace of mind finding out my body is where it should be. Thank you!” Most of us aren’t nurses, so knowing that this process is foolproof is pretty encouraging.

Modern Fertility Review

These women also reported that the test gave them peace of mind, knowing the details of their reproductive health allowed them to make plans for the future with clear goals.

The last place we look at is Walmart, where the Moden Fertility Pregnancy Test has a 4.6/5 star rating from 97 reviews. Customers say that “instructions are easy to follow” and that the packaging is discreet.

Another big selling point is how it pairs with the free Modern Fertility app. But, the most important things are the high accuracy and low price compared to the competition. One Walmart customer highly recommends this kit: “It was so convenient, a good price, and I plan to buy it again. Would definitely recommend this product with the ovulation kit if you are trying to conceive.

The Modern Fertility Reddit community is also highly active, sharing their experiences with the brand’s various products. The Hormone Test is most discussed, with many essays dedicated to the customer experience, all of which are very positive.

All in all, customers stand by Modern Fertility’s products. They report that the collection is affordable, accurate, and convenient. But, what women appreciate most is that its products give them peace of mind and a sense of control over their fertility journey.

Is Modern Fertility Worth It?

Modern Fertility Review

So, is Modern Fertility legit? Yes, and without a doubt. The brand was recently purchased for over $225 million—a deal highly unlikely to go through if there were major concerns. Additionally, we know that the company’s tests are backed by hard science and the results are reviewed by top fertility experts.

Modern Fertility is absolutely worth it for any woman between the ages of 21 and 45. All of its tests cost way less than the traditional methods, and they are very convenient to order online and receive discreetly at your home.

With the Hormone Test, you will know the current status of your reproductive health, measured statistically against what is expected of your age. It takes away the guesswork and gives you pinpoint details on where your reproductive health is strong and where it might be lacking.

The company empowers and informs. Plus, hundreds of customers stand by its products. So, if you’re looking to get some insight into your body, this Modern Fertility review thinks you should check out its tests.

Modern Fertility Promotions & Discounts

Modern Fertility Review

Unfortunately, there are no promotions or discounts at the time that this Modern Fertility review was written.

Sign Up For Modern Fertility

Modern Fertility Review

If you want to sign up for Modern Fertility, or if you are simply curious about the process, follow these steps:

1. Select your product of choice from the official brand website

2. Fill out your email address and shipping information

3. Complete your purchase

4. Receive the test in the mail, take the blood sample, and send it back to Modern Fertility

5. Use the test results email to complete your Modern Fertility login

6. View your test results on the website through your account dashboard

FAQ

Modern Fertility Review

Who owns Modern Fertility?

The company was owned by co-founders Afton and Carly until 2021 when female health company Ro acquired it for a reported $225 million. Because this happened about a week prior to this Modern Fertility review, we have yet to see how the new ownership will affect the brand.

When should you test for Modern Fertility?

You should test your hormones if you are a woman between ages 21-45 and want to learn more about your reproductive health. You don’t have to be planning for a family, but simply be interested in your fertility status and its trajectory going forward.

How long does it take to get Modern Fertility results?

This Modern Fertility review found that results take about 1-2 weeks for the Modern Fertility Hormone Test. The Ovulation Test takes five minutes (and can be integrated with the free app), as does the Pregnancy Test.

How do I cancel my Modern Fertility subscription?

The Prenatal Multivitamins are the only Modern Fertility product that requires a subscription. If you are unhappy with it and wish to cancel, follow these easy steps:

1. Go to the Manage Subscription page on the brand’s site

2. Fill in your email address and receive an email with instructions

3. Adjust or outright cancel your subscription

4. If you want to cancel, do so 48 hours before your next bill is due to avoid making an unwanted payment

5. You can also email support@modernfertility with any questions or requests

What is Modern Fertility’s Shipping Policy?

The company’s products take around 1-2 weeks to arrive at your door. But, the package won’t say “Modern Fertility,” but instead “Modern Health”. You will be able to track your order as soon as it ships.

Modern Fertility operates only in the US, but its main Hormone Test is not available in NY, NJ, and RI. The original shipping cost is covered by the brand, as well as the cost to ship your blood sample back for testing.

What is Modern Fertility’s Return Policy?

This Modern Fertility review is happy to say that the company offers a reasonable return policy. Due to the medical nature of the Hormone Test, it cannot be returned—but, you can get a complete refund within 24 hours of placing your order.

What if you are too late? No problem. You will still get a huge refund, just minus the $27 cost of shipping and handling, as long as you contact Modern Fertility for a refund within 30 days. But if you complete the test and get your results or 30 days have passed since your order, no refund is available.

Due to the medical and at-home use of the Ovulation Test, Pregnancy Test, and Prenatal Vitamins, they cannot be returned under any circumstance.

How to Contact Modern Fertility Customer Service

If you have any questions after reading this Modern Fertility review, you can contact the brand through these email addresses:

For media: [email protected]


Not sold on Modern Fertility? Check out Premama Wellness, a supplement brand that, despite its name, produces formulas for all stages of parenthood.

About Marley Spoon

Marley Spoon Review

Marley Spoon specializes in delivering pre-packaged ingredients, helping subscribers to recreate some of Martha Stewart’s most loved recipes. 

Eating takeout[1] has been associated with a higher body weight and poor diet choices. If this sounds like you, and you’re hoping to make a change, a meal kit[2] like Marley Spoon could help transform your cooking game and your health.

Featured in PC, RUE Daily, Fortune, and Rolling Stone magazine, Marley Spoon has been developing recipes to make the gourmet experience easier on those who need a helping hand in the kitchen. One study[3] showed that improving cooking skills in adults leads to greater self-efficacy. 

Prepared food delivery services are now the new norm for a fast-paced lifestyle. People just don’t have the time or energy anymore to create whole meals from scratch, and of course, not everyone is satisfied with the canned stuff.

Determinants of home cooking are complex – studies[4] have shown that time availability, cultural background, and employment status are just a few reasons why people choose not to cook homemade meals.

This is where meal kits like Marley Spoon come in handy. Fresh ingredients and an easy step-by-step guide are a blessing, saving your life one dinner at a time. This Marley Spoon review will take a look at some of the subscription plans offered by the brand, customer ratings, promotions, shipping policies, and more to help you decide whether to sign up for their meals.

Overview of Marley Spoon

Marley Spoon Review

Founded in 2014, Marley Spoon is centered around the philosophy that meals should not have to be complicated. Cooking should be an enjoyable experience no matter what your level of expertise in the kitchen.

In order to stand out against rival delivery services, the brand focuses on seasonal ingredients, believing that your palette should reflect the times you’re in. This ensures a more sustainable approach to food in the long term.

There are often key features to any delivery service. So, this Marley Spoon review will break down a few for you below:

Highlights

  • Fresh ingredients delivered to you weekly 
  • 29 recipes across five different meal categories 
  • Ethnic meals and ‘Ready to Heat’ options available 
  • Vegetarian and low carb meals included 
  • Boxes and packaging sourced from sustainable materials 
  • Affiliate program for foodies 
  • Gift cards and vouchers available 
  • The brand lists any equipment and supplies you may need 

How Does Marley Spoon Work?

Marley Spoon Review

Not sure where to start? Get your apron on and keep reading, as this Marley Spoon review thoroughly breaks down the brand’s subscription plan. First things first, you’d need to make a couple of easy decisions:  

  1. Select a plan according to the number of people in your household (2 to 4)
  2. Choose between the number of meals you’d like to receive each week (2 to 6

The price of your subscription depends on how many meals and servings you choose to receive per week. This Marley Spoon review finds that it’s more cost efficient to opt for the maximum amount of meals (for example, 6 instead of 2). But, if you’re not home often, it makes sense to get fewer deliveries. 

Once you’ve gone through the entire Marley Spoon menu, you can always swap out a pre-packaged meal for a microwave option. This is ideal for people who may not have access to a full kitchen at all times and want a better value for their subscription. 

On Marley Spoon’s website, you can tick off a box to make your subscription vegetarian. This saves you from needlessly scrambling for veggies or doing extra work to swap out meals reliant on meat. 

After selecting your meal plan, the site will ask for your zip code and email. Then, you need to fill out some delivery details. This Marley Spoon review came upon the following process: 

  1. You can choose Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday 
  2. Select the time slot of 9 am to 8 pm (this is the only option offered) 
  3. Specify a date for your first delivery 
  4. Enter your billing information

And with that, we’ve arrived at the fun part: browsing some Marley Spoon recipes!

It’s important to note that subscribers cannot purchase any of these dishes individually without signing up for the program. Additionally, the brand requires you to commit to at least one full week

Marley Spoon Meal Plan Review

Marley Spoon Review

Glistening steaks, crispy greens, sauces from around the world…If you’re ready for a taste of Martha Stewart’s culinary magic, this Marley Spoon review will summarize the process of selecting meals in three simple steps. 

First, you can choose from 29 recipes that are rotated weekly. We’ll cover some of the most popular dishes in the next segment. At this time, there are two ‘Ready to Heat’ options offered every week and plenty of variety for both meat lovers and vegetarians.  

Secondly, you need to confirm the dates for delivery. If you’re no longer home to collect your subscription box, and it’s too late to change a date, the boxes are insulated and will refrigerate your goods for some time. Be sure to skip a week when you’re away on vacation. 

Lastly, all you need to do is cook your meals when they arrive by following a 6-step instructional guide. It’s important to have basic kitchen tools, pots, and pans available.

Our Favorites from the Menu

To give you a better idea of what the company has to offer in its subscription plan, this Marley Spoon review will look at meals from different categories: meat, fish, veggie, and dessert.

Meal 1: Crispy Beef Gyro

Listed as “easy” in terms of skill level, Crispy Beef Gyro is a Mediterranean dish that packs loads of flavor. Mediterranean diets have a host of health benefits. One study[5] looked at how small amounts of beef added to the Mediterranean diet have no impact on the overall effect of the health outcomes.

You only need to set aside 20–30 minutes of preparation time for this recipe, so it’s perfect for whipping up after a long day at work.

Some health benefits of this meal include the balance between meat and veggies, in addition to the beef sourced from a grass-fed cow as a more sustainable option. The Crispy Beef Gyro is 830kcal and comes with fresh ingredients such as: 

  • 2 pita bread slices
  • Garam masala
  • 10 oz of ground beef
  • 4 oz of Greek yogurt for the sauce 
  • Cilantro
  • Romaine lettuce
  • 4 tomatoes
  • 1 cucumber 
  • Garlic 

Meal 2: Roasted Tilapia with Herbed Panko

Taking under half an hour to cook, the Hot Honey Glazed Salmon is ideal for seafood lovers on a diet. The meal is on the leaner side of things with only 580kcal per serving.

If you haven’t been including fish in your diet, consider starting with this recipe! The American Heart Association recommends eating at least 2 servings of fish each week. This is due to its many health benefits, for which omega 3 fatty acids are partly responsible. Studies[6] have shown that omega 3 intake is associated with a lower risk of stroke, depression, and heart disease.

This Marley Spoon review thinks this gourmet meal is high in vitamins as well as healthy fats! Lifted by the sweet and sour of the sauce, crunch of seeds, and green veggie side, this has the most health-conscious covered.

The Hot Honey Glazed Salmon includes all the following ingredients:

  • baby spinach
  • fresh lemon
  • sunflower seeds
  • sriracha
  • honey
  • whole grain mustard
  • 10 oz salmon
  • fresh garlic and onion
  • Brussel sprouts

Meal 3: Cheesy Baked Quesadillas 

A little comfort food now and then never hurts. Having an all veggie meal takes a load off your conscience, so this is a great option for those cheat days when you have a big appetite. 

Despite its bad wrap with people trying to lose weight, cheese does have health benefits[7]. Its high fat and protein content means that even a small serving can keep you full and satisfied, and it’s a great source of vitamins and minerals like calcium. 

Quesadillas are one of the most iconic and scrumptious foods out there, and this recipe seems to deliver on that front with all the cheese and taco seasoning. 

Another easy meal that only takes 20–30 mins, it’s ideal for a family, group of friends, or yourself when your taste buds want something satisfyingly savoury.

Marley Spoon’s Cheesy Baked Quesadillas are 1,010kcal. These ingredients are provided: 

  • Refried pinto beans
  • Taco seasoning 
  • 1 yellow onion 
  • 6 tortillas 
  • Cheddar-jack cheese 
  • Sour cream 
  • Garlic
  • Tomatillos 

Meal 4: Tiramisu Cupcakes 

What do you do when you’re craving something delicious and indulgent but don’t have the patience to make a grocery trip?

With a medium difficulty level, the Tiramisu Cupcakes can come to your rescue. It could take you 50–60 minutes to make these, and then an additional 30 after factoring in icing and cooling times. It’s a perfect activity to save for those lazy, rainy Sunday evenings. 

If you were planning on subscribing to Marley Spoon to help you lose weight and get healthier, don’t let this delectable option deter you. Even dessert has a place at the table, so long as you have it in moderation.

This Marley Spoon review would like to point out that if you get a subscription plan for 2 people, then the recipe will make up to 6 cupcakes. A plan for 4 people will yield up to 12 cupcakes.

The Tiramisu Cupcakes are 420kcal, with an ingredients list that includes;

  • Confectioner’s sugar (icing sugar)
  • Unsweetened cocoa powder 
  • Espresso powder
  • Baking powder
  • All purpose flour
  • Granulated sugar 
  • Mascarpone (similar to cream cheese)

Does Marley Spoon Have Keto? 

Marley Spoon Review

Currently, none of the Marley Spoon recipes are listed as keto. Your only real option would be the brand’s smoothies. We recommend looking thoroughly over the ingredients list and nutritional facts before selecting or subscribing to specific meals.

Can You Freeze Marley Spoon?

Marley Spoon Review

Marley Spoon provides fresh produce, so it’s advised not to freeze any of the meal kits you receive. If you’re willing to do a little extra work, you can divide up your ingredients and store them individually. Staples like onions can always be blended, cubed, and set in a freezer.

You might prefer keeping foods frozen and accessible at any time, instead of having to cook as a daily routine. In that case, you can also opt for the microwavable meal options which can be stored in the freezer and reheated.

Who Is Marley Spoon For? 

Marley Spoon Review

If you’re a parent, a busy professional, or a tired college student, Marley Spoon was designed for you. A lack of time[8] is one of the biggest factors in people’s decision not to make home-cooked meals. The service is suited to anyone with a flexible diet who needs a meal subscription to keep them on track. It saves hours in the kitchen and reduces stress over grocery shopping. 

This Marley Spoon review wouldn’t recommend the subscription to vegans, those who adhere to a keto diet, or have strict dietary restrictions and allergies.

How Much is Marley Spoon?

Marley Spoon Review

Marley Spoon’s prices depend on the number of mouths you’re feeding and the amount of servings you’d like to order. Customers have also noted that several condiments (sauces, seasonings, powders) are offered separate from the subscription boxes—so bear in mind that this might be an additional cost. 

To avoid muddling our readers with exhaustive price ranges, this Marley Spoon review will group the estimates based on average household sizes. 

For a two-person household, the price of each meal comes out to:

  • $11 each for 2 meals
  • $10 each for 3 meals
  • $9 each for 4 or 5 meals
  • $9 each for 6 meals

For a four-person household:

  • $3 each for 2 meals
  • $8 each for 3 or 4 meals
  • $8 each for 5 meals
  • $7 each for 6 meals

Marley Spoon Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Marley Spoon Review

This Marley Spoon review wouldn’t be complete without looking at some feedback from subscribers. We’ll share some varied opinions to give you a full picture of the brand. 

Marley Spoon has a 4.3/5 star rating on Trustpilot, with 64% of customers giving the company an excellent rating. One reviewer had only positive things to say about the freshness of the meals and the delivery service in general. They wrote:

 “I have tried ALL of the meal kit companies out there and have clearly saved the best till last. The veggies are so fresh, the meat is fresh, the delivery service is very good. I hope you will keep to the high standards you have presented. It is good when a company presents in such a professional way! Keep up the great work and service.” 

Another user on Sitejabber raved about Marley Spoon, “I freaking LOVE Martha & Marley Spoon. This is my first meal kit and I am on my 4th week. We started out with just two meals but quickly added a third after our first week. Every meal we have had has been wonderful restaurant quality tasting food.”

Lastly, we explored some independent blogs such as The Spruce Eats to hear their verdict on the company. While the critic complimented the creativity within Marley Spoon’s recipes, they did warn readers that some cooking experience might be essential:

Martha Stewart & Marley Spoon offers unique and delicious recipes. We loved how healthy and light the recipes are and they all had an interesting twist to them. There are very few pre-prepared items though, so this service requires a fair amount of cooking experience and prep/cook time.” 

Overall, it seems that a majority of Marley Spoon’s subscribers have been enjoying the recipes and the convenience of having restaurant flavors delivered straight to their doorstep. (As long as they didn’t mind setting aside some time to cook the meal.)

Is Marley Spoon Subscription Worth It?

Marley Spoon Review

Many meal subscriptions fall short when it comes to providing truly delectable options for the average person to try out. Luckily enough, Marley Spoon’s meals are slightly more elevated. And besides, who wouldn’t be intrigued by Martha Stewart playing a role in all of this?

As far as pricing goes, this Marley Spoon review found the subscription to be fairly affordable for the average household. Still, it’s important to consider that you might need to do some supplementary grocery shopping every week depending on your needs and how satisfied you are with the brand’s portions. 

This Marley Spoon review generally recommends giving the service a try for those looking to spice things up in the kitchen. Just get your apron and kitchen utensils ready.

Marley Spoon Promotions & Discounts 

Marley Spoon Review

There are no Marley Spoon coupons or promotions running at this time, but the brand may occasionally offer customers a 1-week free trial. We recommend following the brand on social media for any upcoming deals.

Sign Up For Marley Spoon Subscription

Marley Spoon Review

Signing up for Marley Spoon is a quick and easy process. Click on the ‘Choose Your Meal Kit’ button that’s highlighted in the top right-corner of the brand’s homepage. From there, follow these 5 steps:

  1. Select a plan
  2. Pick your location or region for delivery + a specific date
  3. Review all the delivery details with shipping times and taxes
  4. Fill out some payment information 
  5. Choose your meals 

Dishes can be chosen once you’re signed up and any changes can be made by logging in. Make sure that you’re adhering to Marley Spoon’s policy, since meals can only be altered within a specific time frame. 

FAQ

Marley Spoon Review

How do I cancel my Marley Spoon subscription?

This Marley Spoon review found out a few guidelines around cancelling subscriptions: 

  1. You must cancel your next order 5–7 days prior to the expected delivery date. Simply navigate to the settings under your account page and click on ‘Stop Subscription’  
  2. If you are not able to do so, you must contact someone from Marley Spoon’s customer service team at [email protected] 
  3. All payments are processed automatically. In order to reverse this, contact a representative as soon as possible to receive a refund if applicable 

What is Marley Spoon’s Shipping Policy?

Marley Spoon ships from 3 different locations within the United States; New Jersey, Texas, and California. This means that most US residents living in contiguous states can receive subscription boxes without any hassle. 

Delivery days and times are dependent on your location, as well as the dates you’ve selected to receive your subscription box. International customers living in Australia, Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, or Austria must use the appropriate version of Marley Spoon’s website to order from. 

Regardless of the size of your subscription (servings and the number of meals you’re choosing) there is a flat shipping rate of $9

What is Marley Spoon’s Return Policy?

Since Marley Spoon operates under the food sector, they cannot offer refunds. The brand will only reimburse you if the produce is spoiled or arrives in an unsatisfactory condition.  

If this is the case, you must contact their customer service team within 5 days of delivery so they can resolve any issues.  

How to Contact Marley Spoon

Still have questions beyond this Marley Spoon review? You can contact the brand by submitting a claim online, or calling them at 866-228-4513.


If you are looking for more ways to get meals delivered to your home, here are a few other options to consider:

Factor 75

Blue Apron Weight Watchers

Everytable

Veestro

WeCook

About Music Box Attic

Music Box Attic Review

Looking to buy the perfect gift? If you’re going for the sentimental approach, the Music Box Attic may be the way forward. From Beethoven’s 9th Symphony to Aladdin’s A Whole New World, this brand has made custom models engineered to play a variety of musical melodies.

Stay tuned (pun intended), as this Music Box Attic review will take an in-depth look at the brand, its products, customer ratings, promotions, and more to help you decide if they are worth checking out. 

Overview of Music Box Attic

Music Box Attic Review

Based in Canoga Park in sunny California, the Music Box Attic cranked its first jingles out in 1999. Founded by Boris Muchnik, this brand works to offer customers a more personalized approach to expressing their feelings.

Operating solely as an e-commerce business, they manufacture hundreds of custom music boxes that come in a medley of songs. Throughout their 25 years oeuvre, the company still mandates the importance of a happy customer by offering a selection of premium collectibles. 

A statement made by Music Box Attic:

“We have thousands of 5-star reviews all across the internet from raving fan customers about products that have put smiles on hundreds of thousands of people’s faces. Our musical gifts are seen all over the world and many enjoy them daily.”

Before we get into this Music Box Attic review, let’s go over some initial pros and cons: 

Highlights

  • A variety of music boxes to choose from. This includes categories in movements, modules, and specialty designs 
  • Customers can choose from the Music Box Attic tune list when making their own model
  • Buyers can also customize their music box by inputting their own music, engravings, and even video through their Digital USB model 
  • Positive customer reviews 
  • Offers Paypal credit as an alternative payment option 
  • Free ground/ priority shipping for all US orders

The gift of music can be a wonderful idea. Like a painting or a custom piece of jewelry, it can let that special someone know that you’re thinking about them. But for those who can’t compose a beautiful sonata on their own, the Music Box Attic will take care of the leg work. All you have to do is write a card and buy some wrapping paper. 

Their models are organized into four different categories: traditional; novelty and specialty; music movements and modules; and ballerina music boxes. They also sell cuckoo clocks in a variety of designs. You can at least hope for a smile from your loved ones when they open the lid. 

This Music Box Attic review will provide a selection of their best-selling models to help get things started. 

Music Box Attic Music Boxes Review

Who knew that music boxes can come in all sorts of shapes and sizes? Offered by the hundreds, their collection showcases a wide selection of novelty designs. Ranging from floral inlays, the classic ballerina figurine, and the whimsical carousel model, this Music Box Attic review will take a look at some of their most popular items down below. 

Music Box Attic Gorgeous Minimal Design Swiss 72 Note Cherry Musical Jewelry Box Review

Varnished in a stunning cherry stain, the Gorgeous Minimal Design Swiss 72 Note Cherry Musical Jewelry Box is quite understated in its beauty. Made to be simple, yet sophisticated, this model comes in a rectangular wooden box fixed with a gold metal emblem on the front. It’s protected with a glass panel on the inside, which ensures that the mechanics run smoothly while amplifying its internal volume.

There’s no need to wind up this model, as it comes with an on and off switch for easy access. Customers can choose from up to ten songs, which include The Sound of Music’s Edelweiss, the Reuge Swiss Movement, and the Sankyo 50 Note Movement.

Perfect for that family member or a friend who loves old-time classics, the Gorgeous Minimal Design Swiss 72 Note Cherry Musical Jewelry Box costs $2,523. This is compared to its original price of $3,286

Unfortunately, this model is currently sold out, but keep checking back on their website for any updates on availability. 

Music Box Attic Modern Wood Tone 18 Note Ballerina 3 Tiered Musical Jewelry Box Review

Nutcracker fanatics, we’re pretty sure that the Modern Wood Tone 18 Note Ballerina 3 Tiered Musical Jewelry Box will fit quite nicely on top of your dresser or nightstand. Finished in a satin-like wood tone finish, this model is built with three storage components designed to hold all of those sentimental valuables.

Cushioned with a plush beige interior, it comes complete with a mirror on the lid and a spinning ballerina that’s offered in two different styles. Designed to be kid-friendly, this music box is offered in a variety of nostalgic tunes made in the 18-note movement. This includes Cinderella’s A Dream Is A Wish Your Heart Makes, Disney’s Beauty And The Beast, and Elton John’s Candle In The Wind.

If you have an aspiring dancer in the family, the Modern Wood Tone 18 Note Ballerina 3 Tiered Musical Jewelry Box can be the ultimate gift for $150. This is actually at a bargain, as it used to cost $292

Music Box Attic Phantom of the Opera Phantom Monkey Figurine Review

The Phantom of the Opera Phantom Monkey Figurine has a “flash of mauve and splash of puce” throughout its design. Made as a replica of the critically acclaimed film, this model makes a brief but integral cameo during the movie. Known to symbolize desire and freedom, fans of the musical can take a piece of this movie home with them by purchasing this iconic model. 

When wound up, this model plays Masquerade as the sitting monkey on top gently claps its cymbals. It features a stunning gold decal around the edges to complete its opulent design. It’s truly emblematic of the classic. 

Manufactured by the San Francisco Music Box company, the Phantom of the Opera Phantom Monkey Figurine only costs $86 instead of its $106 markup. 

Music Box Attic Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box Review

The Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box has quite a bit of history attached to it. Featuring a petite photograph of a cute doll couple getting married, this painting famously depicts the Hummel figurines. They were designed by Sister Maria Innocentia Hummel, who was a famous German nun and artist in the early 1900s

Finished in a glossy dark wood stain with a slight border around the edges, this model comes with a beige plush interior to help cushion your belongings. Acting as decorations, it is trimmed in burl-walnut and gold hardware for the final touch. Handcrafted in Sorrento, Italy, the 18-note movement module can play a variety of songs. Such classics include Swan Lake, Yankee Doodle, and the Winnie The Pooh theme. 

Acting as the ideal gift for collectors, the Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box is currently being sold for $252. Customers save $82, as it used to cost $333 in total. 

Music Box Attic Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box Review

Showcasing the famous painting Proud Moments by Sister Maria Innocentia Hummel, this adorable model features a little girl and her dog reading by the fireplace. Glossed in a coffee- dark varnish for the exterior, the Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box is cushioned with a plush velvet interior to keep things scratch-free. Made out of rosewood, this design is finished with gold hardware as a slight elegant touch. 

Manufactured in Sorrento, Italy, this beauty plays in the 18-note movement—which is offered in a variety of tunes. Aside from classical music, it can wind up Amazing Grace, The Mamas & The Papas, California Dreaming, and Elvis Presley’s Can’t Help Falling In Love

Originally priced at $334, customers can get the Handcrafted Italian Ercolano Musical Jewelry Box at a steal for $252

Music Box Attic Amazing Ballet Couple Musical Snow (Water) Globe from Twinkle Review

Christmas: a time for gifts and gratitude. For those looking for the perfect present to give their significant other, the Amazing Ballet Couple Musical Snow (Water) Globe from Twinkle embodies the perfect mix of romance and the charm of winter wonderland. Showcasing two impressionist-style dancers, this duo rotates to the song Our Love (Romeo and Juliet)

As a finishing touch, a whirlwind of glitter floats around the globe as the tune plays. Held together by a decorated porcelain base, this model needs no batteries to operate. If you’re not a fan of the song, customers have an option to switch it out with something different. How about the Waltz of The Flowers or the Wedding March if you’re down to propose? 

The $111 Amazing Ballet Couple Musical Snow (Water) Globe from Twinkle is currently on sale for $63.

Music Box Attic Sculpted Wooden Style Musical Angel Holding a Dove Review

The Sculpted Wooden Style Musical Angel Holding a Dove serves as the ideal gift to give your devoted Catholic friend or family member. Showcasing a delicate figurine set with elegant wings, this beauty sits atop a sturdy poly-resin wood base. Decorated in a stunning ombre of yellow and green, the doll is made to spin as the music plays

Tuned with an 18-note mechanical movement on the inside, this model plays a pre-installed melody of Hark the Herald Angels Sing. Manufactured by Lerca, Inc., the Sculpted Wooden Style Musical Angel Holding a Dove costs $46 only instead of its original price of $85

Music Box Attic 18 Note Mechanical Movement Review

The 18 Note Mechanical Movement is like owning a piece of history. First invented in 1796, this invention marked the first time people could listen to prerecorded music at home. Offered as the brand’s “base” module, this music box component comes with a winding key, wire stopper, and ¼” screw. Customers can also buy complementary accessories such as brass pins and plastic case enclosures. 

It can play a large melody of songs, including Ave Maria, Castle in the Skies, and Chariots of Fire. Priced at only $29, you can design your very own custom music box by purchasing the 18-Note Mechanical Movement component. 

Music Box Attic Create A Custom Music Box Review

Music Box Attic Create A Custom Music Box Review

Made to combine the “sentimental nature of tradition with today’s cutting-edge technology”, the Create a Custom Music Box allows customers to plug in any song of their choice. While it’s offered in two different options, we will only be looking into its most popular model: the custom module

With a self-loading musical mechanic, this box comes with a digital USB outlet, a light sensor, and an off and on switch as an added modern update. Made to play for 12 hours, this machine is equipped with lithium-ion batteries, which are known to recharge quickly and easily. Users can also adjust the loudness of the music by turning up its built-in sound controls.

If you’re looking for a more “traditional” way of winding up music, customers can opt to purchase the custom movement module. Offered in a variety of styles, the Create a Custom Music Box option varies in price depending on the design. This Music Box Attic review will provide readers with 3 of their available options down below:

  • Simple Classic Wooden Custom USB Module Music Box: $99 (originally priced at $265)
  • Octagonal Zen Inspired Custom USB Sound Module Any Song Music Box: $162 (originally priced at $365)
  • Custom Sound Module Digital Single Red Rose Inlay Music Box: $328 (originally priced at $758

Music Box Attic Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Music Box Attic Review

Everybody loves a personalized gift, which could be the reason why hundreds of customers love the Music Box Attic. On their company page, the brand showcases a sizable number of positive reviews. Most buyers were impressed by the quality of their products, their helpful customer service line, and their relatively quick shipping methods. 

The use of the Tune List Listening Room is excellent. All the musician friends who have received these exquisite boxes all remark how excellent the tonal qualities are!! These gifts are breathtaking,” one reviewer wrote on their website. 

Trustpilot also showcases rave reviews, as there are 1,886 comments in counting with an average score of 4.7/5 stars. Customers have also flocked to TrustLink to voice their positive experiences. On both websites, buyers have noted that their music boxes looked beautiful upon unwrapping. A majority of users stated that their models made the perfect gift to give their family and friends.

One reviewer wrote on Trustlink, “I was really amazed. It was my 25th anniversary and I wanted something special. I had picked out a meaningful tune and ordered, knowing it would be delivered after my anniversary…Very thoughtfully packaged and we’re just very pleased all around. It was one of the most enjoyable purchases I’ve ever made.”

We also found a few independent bloggers that spoke highly of the Music Box Attic. On Simply Stacie, the author praised the brand’s large inventory of offered designs. She also states the usefulness of the model itself. 

“I love the Spacious Cherry Musical Box-Shannon by Mele & Co. which has an elegant classic design and a lot of room to store your jewelry. There are two necklace doors with three hooks each and a catch panel which has come in very handy when my necklaces have slipped off,” writes Stacie. 

Is Music Box Attic Worth It?

If you’re looking to upgrade your gift-giving skills, this Music Box Attic review encourages you to check this brand out. Finding the perfect present can often be quite difficult, as we usually gravitate to the default and boring ideas of a sweater, coffee mug, or book. 

Sentimental gifts should be on the top of our list, but we often place them on the back burner. We see them as time-consuming and labour-inducing. So it’s a relief that the Music Box Attic takes care of all of the hard work. As customers wait for their custom gifts to be shipped, they can work on putting together that surprise party or baking a celebratory cake.

The Music Box Attic has hundreds of designs to choose from, which makes the aspect of customization much wider and diverse. Their Create Your Own Music Box is something to be admired, as customers can easily plug in a tune of their choice without the hassle of knowing “module mechanics”. For those in search of finding the perfect personalized gift, perhaps it’s time to pay this brand a little visit. 

Music Box Attic Promotions & Discounts 

This Music Box Attic review noticed that select models on their website are currently on sale. The brand is also hosting a Mother’s Day Sale, Customers can get select items for 10% off if they use the Music Box Attic promo code: MUSIC10 at checkout. 

Where to Buy Music Box Attic

Decided to add the Music Box Attic piano to your cart? Customers can purchase all products by visiting their website musicboxattic.com. You can also find them at select retailers including:

  • Amazon
  • Walmart

The Music Box Attic coupon code is only valid on their website.  

FAQ

What is Music Box Attic’s Shipping Policy?

This Music Box Attic review found out that they offer free ground and priority shipping on all US orders. It usually takes 1–3 business days to arrive if customers select this option. They also provide other delivery options such as 2-Day UPS Special and Next Day shipping at set rates. 

To help locate their order, customers will be given a link in a confirmation email. Music Box Attic offers international shipping. 

What is Music Box Attic’s Return Policy?

In terms of defective products, customers can request a replacement order within 24 hours of notice. The Music Box Attic will immediately process and ship out a new model in return. 

The brand will take care of any attributed shipping costs. For refunds, buyers are required to pay a 15% restocking fee

Customized orders are non-refundable. However, the brand states that they will do all they can to help remedy any grievances. According to the Music Box Attic website, they also offer a low-cost lifetime guarantee for all of their products. To initiate the return process, buyers are encouraged to contact their customer service team.

How to Contact Music Box Attic

For inquiries unrelated to this Music Box Attic review, you can contact the company through:

  • Phone number: (818) 255-0871 
  • Email: [email protected] 
  • Filling out their message form online 

Check out a few other reviews you may enjoy:

Bite Beauty

Goodfair

Nip and Fab

Marcy Home Gym

About Natural Vitality

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

Natural Vitality is a magnesium-based stress-relief supplement. The brand’s range of Calm, Sleep, and Calcium drink mixes, gummies, and capsules all utilize the natural power of magnesium combined with other natural components to relax your brain and body.

Emotional stress and anxiety are issues we all frequently face. A recently published meta-analysis[1] found that the prevalence of stress in the general population during the current pandemic was 29.6%, while anxiety and depression were 31.9% and 33.7% each. Considering that prescription medications are expensive and not exempt from adverse effects, people tend to look for natural options to feel more relaxed.

Natural Vitality has piqued the interest of many looking for a non-prescription way to decrease anxiety. It’s landed features in notable publications like Shape, WWD, Refinery29, Well+Good, Popsugar, and others. For a supplement brand, it has an impressive number of followers—383k on Facebook and 58k on Instagram.

In this Natural Vitality calm gummies review, we’ll take a look at the brand’s bestsellers, provide a range of customer reviews, answer important questions, and scope out deals. By the end, you’ll have all the information you need to decide if the soothing supplement is worth the buy.

Overview of Natural Vitality

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

Natural Vitality is about restoring balance and a sense of calm to everyday life. The brand, founded by Peter Gilham in 1982, recognizes the immense amount of stress that plagues humans worldwide.

Instead of providing a quick fix for monetary gain (like big pharma does), Natural Vitality seeks to create a sense of “clarity, focus, and personal energy management. Its line of completely natural products is made with organic ingredients when possible and backed by research and real results.

Acquired by WellNext Health in 2016, the brand continues its mission to “fill a need that has not been met or to meet a need that has not yet been recognizedthat need is holistic stress relief. The company operates from its headquarters in Austin, Texas.

Before we get into the details of the brand’s balance-boosting products, this Natural Vitality calm gummies review will provide an overview of its highlights.

Highlights

  • Calming gummies that naturally help with anxiety and sleep
  • Offered in a variety of forms, including gummies, powders, and capsules
  • Natural ingredients
  • Uses organic fruits and vegetables
  • Non-GMO
  • Uses stevia as a natural, diabetic-friendly sweetener
  • Low in sugar & calories
  • Customers say that the products are effective
  • Multiple promotions available
  • Free shipping
  • Available from many retail partners (accessible outside of the USA)

Natural Vitality Calm Magnesium Review

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

This Natural Vitality calm review will feature the brand’s best-selling supplements that help bring harmony to your body. Ahead, you’ll read about its signature CALM magnesium supplement in a variety of popular flavors, as well as its Calcium, Sleep, and Kids versions.

Customers can subscribe to regular deliveries every 1-3 months. Not only will this service keep you stocked up on your Nature Vitality Calm Gummies, but it will also save you 25% on each order.

Natural Vitality CALM® Raspberry Lemon Flavor Review

With the growing stressors of today’s world, it can be difficult to truly relax. Natural Vitality’s signature formula claims to help you slow down while it melts away stress. It works by leveling out the delicate balance of minerals in the body.  A systematic review[2] concluded that although evidence is still limited, magnesium supplementation has the potential to improve mild anxiety and premenstrual symptoms. 

Another recent systematic review[3] evaluated the effect of magnesium supplementation on mental disorders. While 12 studies showed beneficial effects of magnesium supplementation in depression, no significant changes were observed in patients with panic or generalized anxiety disorders. Although results are promising, further research is required.

With a tangy Raspberry Lemon Flavor, this delicious Natural Vitality CALM  powder makes a tasty, refreshing cold or hot beverage and claims to ease muscle tension and melt stress away. 

Natural Vitality magnesium CALM also comes in:

  • Sweet Lemon
  • Orange
  • Cherry
  • Watermelon
  • Unflavored
  • Strawberry Mango

Get an 8oz or 16oz tub of the CALM Raspberry Lemon Flavor for $24-$41.

Natural Vitality CALM® Plus Calcium Raspberry Lemon Flavor Review

When we sweat excessively, we drain our bodies of electrolytes. If you’ve ever experienced muscle cramping, your body could be dehydrated and depleted of essential minerals.

There’s a reason sports drinks exist. But sports drinks often come with artificial flavors, colors, additives, and a ton of sugar.

However, there is no evidence to state that magnesium supplementation reduces cramps. A Cochrane systematic review[4] investigated the available evidence regarding the efficacy of magnesium for muscle cramps. The authors found 5 studies involving older adults showing that magnesium is unlikely to improve muscle cramps, 5 studies in pregnant women with inconclusive results, and a small study in patients with liver cirrhosis which did not show significant benefits. Further research is required on this topic.

The CALM Plus Calcium Raspberry Lemon Flavor adds a healthy dose of calcium and magnesium back into your muscles to continue the harmonious dance of contracting and relaxing. 

Available in an Unflavored version as well, this powder contains a full range of electrolytes and vitamins like potassium and vitamins D and C to give your body what it needs after a hard workout.

Although athletes usually take supplements to enhance their physical performance and recover faster, evidence on this matter is still limited. As highlighted in a systematic review[5], there is insufficient evidence to recommend mineral supplementation to improve sports performance unless a specific deficiency needs to be corrected. 

According to Mayo Clinic, supplements do not replace the benefits of eating whole foods. Moreover, a review article[6] published in Clinical Nutrition and Metabolic Care warns against the use of multivitamins in normal nourished populations. So, we recommend that you check your mineral and vitamin levels before using supplements.

Replenish your body with the 8oz or 16oz CALM Plus Calcium Raspberry Lemon Flavor for $26-$47.

Natural Vitality CALM® Watermelon Flavor Review

Natural Vitality harnesses the power of magnesium carbonate to lull muscles into a comfortable state so that you experience a full-body calm. With a tart CALM Watermelon Flavor, follow these steps to make a juicy cold or hot beverage:

  1. Mix 2 teaspoons into 2-3 oz of water
  2. Let fizz
  3. Add more water (as much as you like)
  4. Enjoy!

Sweetened with stevia, you can relax even more knowing you’re not adding extra sugar to your diet. Enjoy an 8oz tub of the CALM Watermelon Flavor for $24.

Natural Vitality CALM® Sleep Review

Turning off your brain at bedtime can be a challenge. A mile-long to-do list, personal stress, and toxic blue light from technology whirl together, making it tough to fall asleep at night.

CALM Sleep soothes your body and mind into a peaceful slumber. With a combination of magnesium carbonate and glycinate, L-Theanine, GABA, and melatonin, this Mixed Berry drink mix works as a switch to turn off stress in your muscles and your brain. According to a review article[7] published in The Journal of American Nutrition, L-theanine has the potential to improve sleep quality through anxiolytic mechanisms producing no sedative effects.

Another study[8] evaluated the positive impact of L-theanine on the sleep quality of children with ADHD. Regarding the effects of GABA on sleep disorders, a systematic review[9] recently published in Frontiers in Neuroscience found that, although evidence is limited, GABA intake appears to help in sleep induction. 

Melatonin, an endogenous hormone released at night to induce sleep, was found to be effective for sleep disorders. A literary review[10] published in Neurological Research concluded that melatonin supplementation improves the onset, duration, and quality of sleep.

The 6oz tub of Natural Vitality CALM magnesium powder is enough for 6 weeks of soothing relief. Get some rest with CALM Sleep for $30.

Natural Vitality CALM® Calmful Gut Review

Natural Vitality can be mixed with your beverage of choice, so it’s nice to have a CALM Calmful Gut powder that is meant to soothe indigestion and protect the integrity of your gut. According to a literature review[11] by K.R. Pandey and colleagues, probiotics provide several health benefits such as regulating bowel movements, preventing diarrhea, antibacterial activity, and anti-inflammatory and antioxidant effects. 

With a 6oz size, the magnesium and probiotics included helps the stomach to remain even and steady no matter the stomach issue.

Unwind your gut with the CALM Calmful Gut supplement when it is back in stock.

Natural Vitality CALM® Muscles Review

We all exercise, walk around, and strain our muscles in our everyday activities. Wouldn’t it be nice to have a little something to help muscles relax and recover before you begin the next day ahead?

The CALM Muscles supplement helps to release the tension, knots, and pain carried in the muscles all with a watermelon taste. Made with L-theanine and enzyme bromelain, this natural muscle relaxant is currently out of stock in its sole size of 6oz. 

Natural Vitality CALM® Gummies Raspberry Lemon Flavor Review

Gummies are super convenient and something even adults look forward to eating. Who doesn’t love candy? The CALM Gummies Raspberry Lemon Flavor is a tasty sweet-sour flavor, but they come in an orange version as well.

Stash the bottle of these Natural Vitality magnesium gummies in your gym bag or purse or on your desk at work for an afternoon zen session. 

With 83 mg of Magnesium per gummy, adults can take 4, but children should take only 1. Each gummy has under 1 gram of sugar and just 7 calories. Each bottle has a month’s supply for adults or 4 months for kids.

Feel peace wherever you go with the CALM Gummies Raspberry Flavor for $30.

Natural Vitality CALM® Sleep Gummies Review

We all need sleep, but many of us don’t get enough of it. Calm Sleep Gummies help us to get the vital rest our bodies so desperately need without having to turn to prescription drugs or medicinal sleep-aids like NyQuil.

Pop two Natural Vitality calm magnesium gummies in after dinner or when you’re getting ready to wind down for the evening. The CALM Sleep Gummies combine magnesium, L-Theanine, and melatonin to bring about a deep, replenishing sleep. The Blueberry-Pomegranate flavor is sweet but tart, and two gummies have just 2 grams of sugar and 15 calories.

Get a 60ct bottle for $20 or a 120ct bottle for $30.

Natural Vitality CALM® Sleep Drink Mix Review

The Natural Vitality CALM Sleep Drink Mix contains the same mix of natural ingredients as Natural Vitality’s other Sleep formulas in a berry-flavored powder supplement. 

Ingredients like GABA, Suntheanine®, L-theanine, and melatonin relax your body and mind and help you drift off to sleep with ease.

A bottle contains 6oz of powder, and it is recommended to take it before bed. Snooze soundly with the CALM Sleep Drink Mix for $30.

What Does Natural Vitality Calm Do?

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

Natural Vitality CALM is a magnesium supplement. As described in a review article[12] published in Nutrients, only 1/2 of Americans consume the required amounts of magnesium.

Magnesium deficiency is associated with several health problems such as heart arrhythmias, metabolic diseases, skeletal conditions, respiratory diseases, stress, depression, and anxiety. Natural Vitality helps us get our fill.

What Is In Natural Vitality Calm?

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

Natural Vitality Calm is a magnesium supplement. It contains magnesium carbonate and citric acid. When you pour it into water, magnesium citrate forms, which claims to help your muscles to relax. The brand offers several varieties of its calming supplement, some of which contain magnesium glycinate, melatonin, and L-Theanine, which further aid in relaxation.

In the next section of this Natural Vitality calm gummies review, we’ll walk you through the brand’s soothing supplements and gummies. You’ll find a selection of flavors for each type, including tangy Raspberry Lemon, juicy Cherry, and neutral Unflavored.

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

Reading about what a product can do is fine, but for this to be a thorough Natural Vitality calm gummies review, we need to know if it lives up to its claims. In search of the truth, we combed the web to find out more. Ahead, you’ll discover reviews sourced from the brand’s website, Amazon and Gummy Galaxy, that shed some light on the calming supplements.

On the company’s website, most of its top sellers have been reviewed more than 100 times. Customers seem impressed by the brand’s effective and tasty supplements, but let’s take a closer look:

  • Cherry Flavor (powder): an average of 4.7/5 stars from 21 ratings
  • Calcium Unflavored (powder): an average of 4.5/5 stars from 154 ratings
  • Gummies Orange Flavor: an average of 4.4/5 stars from 418 ratings
  • Sleep Gummies: an average of 4.6/5 stars from 209 ratings
  • Sleep Capsules: an average of 4.2/5 stars from 64 ratings

Because gummies are fun and delicious (and because they have the highest review count), we’re going to take a closer look at the Gummies Orange Flavor to see what customers had to say about them.

Shoppers reveal that the gummies are effective. One Natural Vitality calm gummies review reports that they are worth the price: “help [me] feel a sense of ‘calm’. Reasonably priced, great ingredients, and they work!” Many other reviews back up this statement, and it appears they do create a natural calming effect.

To see what could be the cons of these gummies, we peeked at the 1-star reviews. Among them lies comments about an “off” taste, feeling no effect (after taking 4), and a lack of allergy information on the bottle. With each negative review, a customer service rep replied and offered to make it right.

Natural Vitality CALM Raspberry Lemon Flavor (powder) has 4.4/5 stars on Amazon, rated by 271 customers

Overall, 74% of customers gave this product a perfect score of 5/5 stars, and only 9% gave it a 1-star rating.

One user reports improved sleep and decreased anxiety: “I bought this to try to help my anxiety and I am telling you it works better than medication…my sleep improved so much! Things that normally trigger anxiety for me don’t bother me anymore.” Natural remedies are great, but sometimes they don’t work. It’s good to know that this one does.

What works for some may not work for others, a statement that’s proved in the 1-star rating section on Amazon. One review read, “It did nothing for my mood even after weeks of taking it. If I took it in the morning (even 1/4 of the amount), I had terrible stomach cramps by noon.” A possible side effect is an intestinal upset, so readers, be aware that this is a possibility.

A Natural Vitality calm gummies review on Gummy Galaxy gave the Raspberry Lemon Gummies 4.3/5 stars. The writer broke the ratings down into the following categories:

  • Effectiveness: 5/5 stars
  • Tastiness: 3/5 stars
  • Bang for Buck: 5/5 stars

In terms of effectiveness, the review read, “These are astonishingly powerful. Mega calm throughout the body. We find these gummies to be so effective that we only take half the recommended dosage.” This is great to read, but we wonder why some people don’t feel their effects if they are indeed this powerful.

It seems that the main drawback listed in this review was the gummy’s taste and texture. But overall, this wasn’t enough to stop Gummy Galaxy from recommending these products, which it readily does. 

Is Natural Vitality Worth It?

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

From what we’ve read from customers, Natural Vitality is worth it. So many people struggle to wind down after a long, hectic day or deal with incessant anxiety that interferes with their personal lives.

We’ve seen the effects of stress in our own and our loved ones’ lives, and something natural like this sounds like a safe and effective way to bring a little more peace into daily routines. What’s so great about Natural Vitality? Natural ingredients, effective formulas, affordable prices, and great deals.

Also, be sure to follow instructions and not take more than the recommended dose because it is possible to experience Natural Vitality side effects such as intestinal upset, irregular heartbeat, and lethargy.

Natural Vitality Promotions & Discounts 

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

We discovered the following promotions available on the brand’s website:

  • Get $10 off a $40+ order with code “21STOCKUP1”
  • Receive a free Apple Cinnamon Flavor powder with every order
  • Social Sweepstakes – win prizes for posting and tagging the brand
  • Subscribe to save 25%
  • Free shipping

Where to Buy Natural Vitality

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

We always recommend buying directly from the brand’s website when possible, so head to NaturalVitality.com. You’re sure to get an authentic product and will benefit from deals and the direct return policy (if needed).

With that said, you can also find Nature Vitality Calm Gummies from trusted retail partners like Walmart, Costco, CVC, Well, Pure Formulas, and Vita Save.

FAQ

Natural Vitality Calm Gummies Review

What is Natural Vitality’s Shipping Policy?

Natural Vitality only ships within the USA. Shipping is always free. In our Natural Vitality calm gummies review, we did not find exact shipping times.

What is Natural Vitality’s Return Policy?

Natural Vitality does not specify a period in which you must return products by. To do so, simply call or email its customer service team. If calling, select option ‘1.’

How to Contact Natural Vitality

If you need any other information that we didn’t provide in this Natural Vitality calm gummies review, you can reach out to the brand by:

  • Email: [email protected]
  • Phone: (866)416-9216
  • Contact Form: available on the company’s website

The company’s customer service hours are Monday through Friday, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm ET.


Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands:

Vitamins and nutrients are a key part of clear, glowing skin. Read all about cruelty-free, all-natural skincare by REN.

About North Spore

North Spore Review

North Spore has the knowledge, tips, and supplies to help you grow fantastic spores and mushrooms. They have a knowledgeable team of mycological pros to help you throughout the fungi journey, from preparation all the way to harvest. 

Spores are single-cell organisms responsible for the reproductive processes in mushrooms. There are so many types of mushrooms out there that it is always helpful to have a source on hand when foraging. This scientific study shows how[1] air density and temperature are essential for tens of thousands of species of mushrooms to be able to shed their spores and passively disperse them to new hosts.

The brand has received spotlight features in The New York Times, The Guardian, The Seattle Times, One Green Planet, Heavy, Money Control, and other notable publications. They have sprouted a following of 21.2k on Facebook and a colony of 68.3k mushroom lovers on Instagram.

North Spore Review

This North Spore review will do some digging on the brand and find out what customers have to say about them and their best-selling products. We’ll also fill you in on discounts to help you decide if their mushroom growing kits are worth checking out. 

Overview of North Spore

North Spore Review

Friends and founders John Carver, Eliah Thanhauser, and Matt McInnis created North Spore out of a shared passion for mushrooms. The trio’s love for the friendly fungi grew over the years, transforming into a desire to share what they had learned with the world. 

North Spore’s mission “is to make the world of mushrooms accessible to all, fostering innovation and collaboration to improve tomorrow.” 

Their team of skilled mycologists[2] knows the importance of fungi[2] for the world’s biosystems. They grow all of the fungi spawn the company uses. The brand proudly stands by their product, guaranteeing quality and fruitful results. They are also very active in promoting anti-racism in their company and the community.

North Spore Review

The brand’s headquarters are located in Westbrooke, Maine, where they grow their spawn and ship it to mushroom enthusiasts across the country. Now that you know the brand’s roots, this North Spore review will take a quick look at their basic features:

Highlights

  • Provides an affordable variety of mushroom growing kits, as well as dried mushroom and wellness products
  • Detailed information and tips available on how to get the best results possible with your kits
  • Customers say their kits work and produce great results and also report excellent customer service
  • Save up to 25% when you buy in bulk 
  • Spin to Win 10% off, 5% off, or free shipping
  • The brand offers a Spore Rewards program 
  • Ships products (other than North Spore grow kits and spawn) internationally
  • 30-Day refunds

How long does mushroom spawn take to grow?

North Spore Review

After you’ve inoculated your spawning jars, place them somewhere dark in a temperate (70-80°F) room. In about 14 days you should stay to see white spongy mycelium sprouting from where you treated the soil. 

The inoculation process involves introducing a mushroom spawn to a planting area such as a log or, in this case, a spawning jar. A study[3] from in vitro practices of fruiting showed that inoculating on solid supports– like a wire mesh inside dishes kept in a plastic chamber– where airflow and humidity could be controlled produced the best results.

In about 3-4 weeks, your mycelium should have successfully colonized. Leave them to do their thing for another 7 days so they have time to get a full grasp on the substrate. 

After that, you will see little white bumps poking their heads out of the surface. Voila, these are your mushrooms! Another 5-12 days, and you can pick and enjoy them.

Do spores germinate? 

North Spore Review

Germination is how a plant develops from a seed or a spore. According to this botanist article[4], it is the initial stage in the development of a mycelium from the fungi’s spore. Spores germinate by way of certain nutrients fixing themselves to receptor proteins found within the spore’s inner membrane.

As the nutrients go into the protective layer of the spore coat, the germinant mingles with the protein receptor resulting in the germination of the spore. 

North Spore is all about helping you get the best mushrooms, no matter which variety you like best. They have a wide selection of mushrooms to choose from and helpful tips to guide you along the way. 

The North Spore review will feature an array of mushroom grow kits, different types of spawn, and fertilizer to help the growing process.

North Spore Growing Kits Review

We’ll now feature the brand’s best-selling growing kits to help you grow your own mushrooms. Ahead, you’ll find details on five different kits that the brand offers, from the crowd-favorite Oyster to the lesser-known Pioppino. 

North Spore Grow Your Own Golden Oyster Mushrooms Review

Golden Oyster Mushrooms are a celebrated classic, offering an array of health benefits like potentially lowering cholesterol, minimizing tumor size, and reducing arterial plaque. They have a smooth, simple flavor that is a great addition to poultry but can also stand on their own when properly seasoned. 

Golden Oyster Mushrooms are an edible gilled fungus that grow in bouquets and are native to eastern Russia, northern China, and Japan. In one study[5], an investigation was done to determine the cultivation of new mushroom types, golden oyster mushrooms in this case, under new domestic conditions and using cheap wastes that are easily accessible. The process was an affordable success producing edible mushrooms grown at low costs.  

 The North Spore Golden Oyster Mushrooms are ideal for beginners and are said to be one of the easiest to grow. Boasting large and bountiful fruitings, these mushrooms can be continuously cultivated after your first harvest. 

In this kit, you’ll find a sawdust block that has been completely colonized with North Spore Oyster Mushroom spawn. Get sprouting and gardening for $28.

North Spore Grow Your Own Pink Oyster Mushrooms Review

Notably high in protein, Pink Oysters are the star of a light and heart-healthy meal. 

Known and loved for their tumor and cholesterol-reducing properties, some say these mushrooms taste like ham. If you’re into the whole ham thing, you cook these mushrooms until the water is drained and they become firm for a similar texture. 

Pink Oysters, as the name suggests, are vibrantly pink when young. Their shape is reminiscent of the typical shelf-like structure found in most of its species. Like many mushrooms, it also grows in clusters or bouquets, and their flavor is smoky like bacon. 

In terms of accessibility, these mushrooms are thought to be a solution for protein in countries where shortages may occur. A study[6] showed that even after damage, this organism responds with branching.  

Before you eat your mushrooms, you’ll need to grow them first. The Grow Your Own Pink Oyster Mushrooms kit comes with a sawdust block covered in mycelium. Follow the instructions, and before you know it, you will have large, vibrant, pink mushrooms to eat to your heart’s content. 

Great for beginners, you can grow your own North Spore Pink Oyster Mushrooms for $28.

North Spore Grow Your Own Chestnut Mushrooms Review 

If you’re a fan of the sweet, nutty flavor of chestnuts, then this kit is going to be a home run for you. These mushrooms are said to be easy to grow, but they’re not the easiest to get subsequent fruitings out of. 

These North Spore chestnut mushrooms like cooler temperatures, so don’t keep them in the kitchen. Antimicrobial and cancer-fighting, chestnut mushrooms have a meaty texture and look similar to a button mushroom. 

Get cultivating with the Grow Your Own Chestnut Mushrooms kit for $28. 

North Spore Grow Your Own Pioppino Review

The Pioppino mushroom is wonderful for anyone who is an experienced grower. Not just with mushrooms, but plants in general. Taking the time to pay attention to plants and knowing what they need to fruit is an asset when growing Pioppino. 

Pioppino mushrooms are edible, boasting a faint floral aroma with a meaty and crunchy texture. They are a good source of sodium, saturated fat, iron, added sugars, cholesterol, and sugars. In a study[7], this mushroom was tested for nutritional value and was seen as an excellent functional food after gathering macronutrient components, protein amino acids, and fatty acid content.

The mushrooms in this North Spore mushroom grow kit like a cool, humid climate, and the brand recommends a humidity tent for proper moisture. With a crunchy meatiness, Pioppino has a delectable taste and a host of health benefits that make them a pleasure to eat.

With anti-inflammatoryproperties and antioxidants, these mushrooms are a great diet staple. Boost your health with the Grow Your Own Pioppino kit for $28.

North Spore Grow Your Own King Trumpets Review 

If you’re a seafood lover you’ll probably enjoy the abalone-like texture and taste of King Trumpets mushrooms. Packed with B vitamins, these large, delectable fungi are said to be extremely fleshy and would make a great meat replacement for those who struggle with eating veggies. 

King Trumpet mushrooms are edible mushrooms native to Mediterranean regions of Europe, North Africa, and the Middle East. It’s been said that even though king oysters give a small number of fruiting bodies, the texture and shelf life is much higher.

An intermediate to advanced kit, the Grow Your Own King Trumpets can be temperamental, possibly drying out or restricting growth if they don’t have the right humid environment. Put your green thumb to the test for $28. 

North Spore Grain Spawn Review

North Spore grain spawn comes in 5.5lb bags with a variety of growing times depending on the type. For the serious fungi-lover, these spawn produce a ton of mushrooms, so be sure to have the right kind of space available. 

Next, this North Spore review will feature the brand’s best-selling spawn, including the crowd-pleasing Blue Oyster sawdust spawn and the advanced Pioppino grain spawn. 

North Spore Blue Oyster Mushroom Sawdust Spawn Review

These Blue Oyster Mushrooms really rock. Easy to grow and quick to colonize, this North Spore Mushroom log kit creates a hazy gray-blue mushroom field over 10+ logs.  

These kits are for anyone who wants a ton of mushrooms and wants them fast. The spawn come in 5.5lb bags along with a guide on how to properly care for them. 

As for colonization, you’re looking at 4-12 months, but keep an eye on these blue guys as they like spring and fall and may not fruit if the weather isn’t right for them. 

The mushrooms provide several health benefits like reduced cholesterol, all while having a meaty texture and a seafood-like taste. The Blue Oyster Mushroom Sawdust Spawn is $25. 

Interested in other log kits? Check out North Spore Mushroom Plugs for Shitake mushrooms.

North Spore Wine Cap Mushroom Sawdust Spawn Review

Wine Cap mushrooms are like your generic nature-lovers: they like sitting around the edge of a shady tree or mingling with perennials in your backyard garden.

Wine Cap are edible mushrooms native to Europe and North America, typically fruiting in larger numbers during spring to autumn. Two outdoor cultivation experiments were established in which the results showed that as a forest farming crop, this mushroom might be worth pursuing in the Central USA.

When you cook these mushrooms, they take on an earthy wine flavor with potato-like notes, almost like a delicious vegetarian boeuf bourguignon.

The best time to grow the Wine Cap Mushroom Sawdust Spawn is in the spring where it can take just two months to come to fruition. From there they keep fruiting for years to come. A wonderful choice for beginner growers, a bag of this spawn is $25. 

North Spore Pioppino Mushroom Grain Spawn Review

A tricky but rewarding mushroom to grow, Pioppino is described as “snappy-stalked mushrooms with velvety brown caps.” 

For the advanced grower, the Pioppino Mushroom Grain Spawn grows well indoors in cool temperatures but needs humidity to be at its best.  

When cooked, the Pioppino’s stalk gets crunchy, while the cap takes on a firm texture and nutty flavor. Packed with antioxidants, this mushroom spawn is $30. 

If you’re looking for an even more advanced grow, try the experimental and temperamental North Spore Morel Spores.

North Spore ‘Boomr Bag’ Manure Based Sterile Substrate 5lb Review

Yielding a good crop starts with the right soil. Your spawn will need something to feed off of during germination, and the Boomr Bag has the stuff it craves. 

The brand urges customers to let their North Spore mushroom substrate sit for 1-2 weeks to ensure it wasn’t compromised when transported. 

Store your Boomr Bag Manure Based Sterile Substrate 5lb at room temperature where it can last for a few months. Help your mushrooms be their best for $25. 

North Spore Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

North Spore Review

This North Spore review combed the web to find helpful customer reviews that shed light on the brand and their products. 

Ahead, you’ll find customer reviews sourced from the brand’s website, Reddit, and Amazon, all mentioning some of the pros and cons of their grow kits and accessories. 

Northspore.com proved helpful in highlighting important details about some of the brand’s best sellers. All of the North Spore products we looked at were rated at 4.9/5 stars and above:

  • Grow Your Own Blue Oyster Mushrooms are rated 4.1/5 stars from over 166 buyers
  • Grow your Own Pink Oyster Mushrooms received 4.3/5 stars from over 188 customers

The reviews for The Boomr Bag did not disappoint, with many reporting on its effectiveness and high quality: “Colonizes very quickly so you know the mushrooms like it,” and “reliable timesavers made with care and…quality ingredients.” 

These bags of fertilizer appear to work wonders, and other customers continue to tell of the quality of products and service they receive from North Spore.

A negative North Spore review is hard to find, but there are a few issues with the Boomr Bags and the occasional mold that comes with them. 

We came across a North Spore review Reddit thread that revealed an instance of a buyer receiving moldy spores from the company. Other users chimed in with their personal positive experiences when they had such issues. 

One Redditor said, “Ran into the same thing, they refunded both my bags.” Others spoke to the quality of the brand, writing, “I’ve been buying from them for a while now never had that happen b4! They will definitely refund you or replace your bag! Great people!” 

Understandably, items like spores can get moldy during shipping, but the response from North Spore shows us how helpful their customer service is.

North Spore Review

Before we move on to the next section of this North Spore review, we want to give you one more example from Amazon. The Grow Your Own Lion’s Mane Mushrooms kit is awarded 4.3/5 stars from 590 buyers

73% of Amazon customers rated this kit as 5/5 stars, reporting quick and numerous harvests and its simple set-up. Other buyers write of the quality of the mushrooms and their great taste, overall signaling that this kit is a winner.

As with anything, we know it can’t always be all good, so we checked out the 7% of 1-star reviews to see what kind of issues this kit has. 

As expected, mold is the number one issue. Considering mushrooms are what they are (a fungus that requires humidity and bacteria to thrive), this isn’t too surprising. 

From what we’ve learned from customers, the positives far outweighthe negatives. The largest complaint is mold, but North Spore has simple solutions for that: greatcustomer service and a solid refund policy.

Is North Spore Worth It?

North Spore Review

Sometimes you just get a good feeling about a company. That’s what reviews are for, to give you a heads up about anything that seems iffy about the company you want to buy from. To us, North Spore appears to be an overall solid company. 

We like the responsiveness of their customer service team and the reputation they have among customers. Solid customer service is the foundation of a steady, reliable brand, and that’s the picture we’re getting from our North Spore review. 

The brand’s products are affordable, but they also have ways for customers to save money and a good return policy for any items that didn’t meet their needs. In general, North Spore seems like a good company that wants to make their customers happy.

If you have a concern with your order, just reach out to them, and they’ll do their best to meet your request if possible. Whether you’re new to growing mushrooms or a seasoned grower, we believe North Spore’s products are worth the buy.

North Spore Promotions & Discounts 

North Spore Review

This North Spore review is happy to report on the following promotions,

  • Spin to Win 10% off, 5% off, or free shipping
  • The Spore Rewards program lets you accumulate points or ‘spores’ to redeem for rewards
  • Save up to 25% when you buy in bulk 

Where to Buy North Spore

North Spore Review

You can buy the full selection of North Spore products directly from northspore.com. Some products can also be found on Amazon. 

FAQ

North Spore Review

What is North Spore’s Shipping Policy?

The brand exclusively ships their spore and mushroom grow kits to the US and Canada. Everything other than North Spore mushroom growing supplies, such as dried mushrooms, t-shirts, and wellness products ship internationally

Usually, shipping times to US customers are about 3-5 business days. Keep in mind that some spawn kits can take 2-3 weeks to produce, as North Spore is actually growing the spawn to ship to you. Shipping prices are calculated based on location at checkout.

To ensure your order doesn’t get stuck in the post office over the weekend (where it may mold), choose a shipping option that guarantees delivery before the weekend. 

If you’d rather pick up your order, just choose ‘Contactless Pick-up’ at checkout.

What is North Spore’s Return Policy?

You can return your North Spore products within 30 days of purchase as long as they are unused. Be advised that you will need to pay for the return shipping. To make a return, fill out the Return Form on the brand’s official website. You’ll need to include the following information,

  1. Name, Email, Order Number
  2. Batch/Lot Number
  3. Items that you want to return or place
  4. Specify if you would like a replacement, return, or replacement
  5. Let them know why you want to return your item(s)

How to Contact North Spore

We hope that you found what you came looking for in this North Spore review, but if you have a specific question for the company not answered here, you can shoot them an email at [email protected] or live chat with them on the official website. 

Their customer service hours are 9 am – 5 pm EST Monday- Friday.


Looking for more live plants and home decorations? Check out these great brands as well.

Aerogarden

Bloomscape

The Sill

Enjoy Flowers

About NordicTrack

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

NordicTrack has been synonymous with the home fitness market for over 40 years, providing top-notch, trustworthy workout equipment for home and commercial use.

Offering machines for cardio, strength, and stretching, users can get a great workout on their own, or with the help of the brand’s expansive iFit app. 

The brand has been making waves in the fitness world for quite some time now, landing numerous features across various media platforms. A NordicTrack review is a quick find in People, NBC News, USA Today, Healthline, Greatist, Forbes, and Gear Junkie. 

The company also boasts a healthy following of 275k on Facebook, 305k on Instagram, and 15K subscribers on YouTube. 

This NordicTrack review will give you a rundown of the brand and its bestsellers, and we’ll also take a look at customer experiences, information on deals, and more to see if the brand’s smart, in-home workout gear is the right choice for you. 

Overview of NordicTrack

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

Some would say NordicTrack started the at-home fitness trend. The brand itself was founded in 1975 in Minnesota by Edward and Florence Pauls. 

Throughout the past 46 years, NordicTrack has kept up with the times, their products evolving to meet the increasingly demanding needs of modern exercise enthusiasts. 

Since its inception, the brand has witnessed the fitness market grow exponentially, starting as a non-existent category to now one of the biggest markets in the world. 

We thank NordicTrack for their innovation and vision throughout the years, helping people around the world get stronger and crush their fitness goals. 

Now that you know about the history of this brand, this NordicTrack review will fill you in on their pros and cons: 

Pros

  • Offers an extensive line of high-tech workout machines, including Treadmills, Stationary Cycles, Ellipticals, the NordicTrack Rower, and more
  • They are an established brand with over 40 years of experience in the field
  • The brand has a range of prices & models, with financing options available
  • 10-year, 2-year, and 1-year warranties available on their products
  • Offered in a wide selection of stores such as Best Buy and Walmart 
  • The iFit app gives you access to over 17k on-demand fitness classes and starts with a 1-year free membership 
  • Free shipping for smaller items
  • 30-day hassle-free returns

Cons

  • After the first free year, NordicTrack iFit Memberships are costly: $369 per year
  • Shipping for machines is quite high at $200 
  • Return shipping costs $250

NordicTrack Ellipticals Review

Bring your favorite piece of gym equipment into your home. This NordicTrack review will now feature the brand’s best-selling ellipticals, from their condo-friendly, space-saving model to machines with advanced features and built-in HD screens. 

NordicTrack SpaceSaver SE7i Review

Ellipticals are a wonderful way to get a low-impact, high-intensity workout in. Their adjustable range of motion and resistance means that you can completely customize the workout to crush your goals. 

Space is the only limiting factor when it comes to these machines. Traditionally wide and boxy, most homes just don’t have the room.

The SpaceSaver SE7i solves that problem: it’s sleek and thin, so it can fit between your wall and living room couch if that’s the only free spot you have. 

The machine itself is just the tip of the iceberg with this elliptical. The real fun starts when you look at the expansive features that come with it through the iFit membership.

This elliptical features a 5-inch display unit that’s backlit so you can see your stats with minimal lighting. Scroll through the iFit interactive training programs to really push yourself, or lead your workout using the 10% incline options and 22 digital resistance levels. 

Use your space wisely with the SpaceSaver SE7i for $1,300.  

NordicTrack Commercial 14.9 Review

Bring smart features into your home and amp up your workout with the Commercial 14.9. 

The 14-inch HD touchscreen monitor lets you follow along with one of the many workouts available on the app.

Boasting 26 levels of resistance and an adjustable 20% incline, the machine also lets you customize the length of your stride to target different sets of muscles. 

This elliptical keeps comfort in mind with its cushioned foot pedals, comfortable hand grips, and cooling fan, combating the onslaught of sweat from an intense workout. 

This product can accommodate up to 350 lbs. Take your workout to the next level with this powerful $2,000 elliptical machine.

NordicTrack Commercial 9.9 Review

You have the power to do anything, but sometimes it’s nice to get a little push. The Commercial 9.9 elliptical makes working out fun, allowing you to listen to music, watch on-demand workouts, and challenge yourself with built-in programs

The 7-inch Smart HD Touchscreen lets you push through a wide range of fitness regimes available on the iFit app without having to use your device.

If you’d like the option of using your tablet, take a look at the NordicTrack Elite 10.9 Elliptical that has an iPad clip on top. 

Stay motivated with the iFit automatic trainer that adjusts the resistance and incline of your machine for you.

Connect your phone through Bluetooth and blast your favorite music through the two digitally amplified speakers to pump yourself up and have a fun, energetic workout. 

Customization abounds with the adjustable stride, 22 levels of resistance, and 0-20% incline so you can find your sweet spot. 

Suitable for users up to 350 lbs, the $1,300 Commercial 9.9 will help you exceed your fitness goals. 

NordicTrack Treadmills Review

Running with the wind in your hair is such a freeing feeling, but running indoors with a high-powered fan is its own luxury. 

In the next section of this NordicTrack treadmills review, we’ll feature the brand’s best-selling treadmills, ranging from economical models with simple features to more complex versions with HD screens to keep you motivated. 

NordicTrack Commercial 1750 Review

Treadmills are notoriously loud and clunky, and running has a bad reputation for being hard on your joints. The NordicTrack 1750 solves both of those conundrums with its smart features. 

Accommodating up to 300 lbs, you can keep your stride steady and your knees free from pain with this treadmill’s cushioned, wide 22”x60” belt and comforting workout fan. 

Follow along with your favorite trainers using the 10-inch smart HD touchscreen monitor and stay motivated with the Bluetooth headset, allowing you to not bug your kids while they watch Saturday morning cartoons on the couch next to you. 

Challenge yourself with the -3-15% incline and the 0-12mph speed options. Crush your workout with the Commercial 1750 for $1,800. 

A step up from this model would be the NordicTrack X22i, including sled push bars for more intense physical activity. 

NordicTrack Commercial X32i Review

You love running. You love what it does for your body and mind, but wish it wasn’t so hard on your joints. 

The Commercial X32i has a cushioned wide belt that simulates road running and provides lower impact for your knees. Scroll through 1-12mph speeds and -6-40% incline to get an ultra-intense workout.  

Stay focused on the road ahead with the 32-inch smart HD touchscreen monitor that lets you follow along to on-demand workouts within the iFit app. 

Play your workout out loud through the two 3-inch speakers, or keep it to yourself using the Bluetooth headphone option. This quiet, performance-driven machine is $3,800. 

If you don’t need as much incline but want a similar model, try the NordicTrack Commercial 2950. This machine has all of the same features, but a smaller monitor.

NordicTrack EXP 10i Review

We appreciate flexibility in a machine. The EXP 10i gives you full control of your workout or lets you work with a trainer that will automatically adjust your run for you. 

Amp up or cool down with the -3-12% incline and 0-12mph speeds. No matter the distance, the FlexSelect cushioning will keep your body happy by lessening the impact on your joints as you push to meet your goals. 

Let a trainer take over by choosing the automatic trainer control option to keep you on the right track. With a 10-inch smart HD touchscreen monitor, you’ll be able to watch inspiring workout videos available 24/7 on the iFit app. 

You can experience a more enjoyable run with a quieter machine that reduces vibration and cools itself down. With a space-saving design, this machine can be folded and stored easily. 

Take control of your workout with the EXP 10i for $1,600. Another similar, but slightly more advanced model worth checking out is the NordicTrack 2450. 

NordicTrack T 6.5 S Treadmill Review

Not everyone needs a giant screen or the extra motivation to get a great workout. The T 6.5 S Treadmill is a great option for those who want to save a little money and get the basics. 

Featuring a 5-inch backlit display monitor, you’ll be able to see all of your stats, even at 5 am before the sun has risen. The machine is iFit compatible, so you’ll be able to scroll through 20 preset workouts that auto-adjust the machine for you. 

If music is your thing, this treadmill can be paired with an iPhone and even has a heart rate monitor so you know exactly what zone you’re in. 

Accommodating up to 300 lbs, the FlexSelect belt keeps your joints comfortable while delivering 0-10mph speeds and 0-10% incline. Enjoy your run with the economical T 6.5 S Treadmill for $600. 

NordicTrack Bikes Review

Cycling is fun, low-impact, and gives users a range of workouts. From recovery days to the exercises that you push beyond your limit, there’s no question that at-home spinning bikes provide intense, varied workouts. 

NordicTrack bikes are designed to be top quality and the brand is known to carry high performance bikes that help you meet your fitness goals.

NordicTrack Commercial S22i Studio Cycle Review

The Commercial S22i Studio Cycle gives users the flexibility to take their workout to the floor after they finish their cycle. With this stationary bike, you’ll also get a set of two 3lb dumbbells to use while working out to strengthen your arms. 

Clip in your spinning shoes when using road bike pedals, or simply slip your foot into the adjustable strap

This cycle is easy to move when not in use, but there’s no need to wheel it in front of a TV because this machine already has a built-in rotating 22-inch smart HD touchscreen monitor

With automatic trainer control, your NordicTrack S22i bike will adjust itself based on the workout preset you choose. You can connect your wireless headphones by Bluetooth or play your workout out of the two 2-inch speakers. 

Using quiet magnetic resistance, this NordicTrack bike gives users a -10-20% incline and 24 levels of resistance. Accommodating up to 350lbs, you can get the work out of your dreams for $2,000. 

NordicTrack Dumbbell Set Review 

Along with any elliptical, treadmill, or spinning bike, a reliable set of dumbbells is a good thing to have around. The three machines focus primarily on cardio and leg strengthening, but it’s important to balance your workout with upper-body strength training as well. 

The Select-A-Weight 55Lb. Dumbbell Set is mind-blowing. Its compact, convenient design takes up less space in your home and gives you two weights with a range of 10lbs – 55lbs. 

This NordicTrack adjustable dumbbells set comes with a 1-year membership for the iFit app, where you can access a wide range of strength workouts.

Build your body with this $600 weight set, or combine cardio and strength in one machine with the NordicTrack Fusion CST. 

NordicTrack Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

So far we know that the brand has quite a range of products, and we like what we see. But no NordicTrack review would be complete without hearing from their customers. 

We searched the web for helpful customer reviews that shed some light on what NordicTrack fitness equipment is really like. Below, you’ll find reviews sourced from the brand’s website, Amazon, Walmart, and Reddit. 

There are no star ratings for the machines on NordicTrack’s website, rather they only have reviews for the actual workout programs, many of which are very positive. We chose to take a closer look at their Select-A-Weight 55 Lb. Dumbbell Set to find out more. 

Customers love the range of weights these dumbbells give, providing an at-home option for those who can’t make it to the gym. One helpful review reads:

Great product to replace your typical dumbbell sets that won’t fit in your house! Very reliable and the adjustable weight options can provide you that extra 2.5 to 5 pounds on top of the existing weight.” 

There aren’t many negative reviews about these dumbbells when sifting through the comments section, but we found one that read, “Being a guy who likes to lift heavy I only wish these were heavier.” 

Thankfully, Amazon provides a wide variety of product reviews for NordicTrack’s exercise equipment:

  • NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle: 4.2/5 stars out of over 4,300 reviews
  • T Series 6.5S Treadmill: 4.4/5 stars out of a whopping 30,353 reviews
  • NordicTrack Commercial Series 1 Year iFit Membership: 3.9/5 stars out of over 3,600 reviews

The NordicTrack C 700 Treadmill has an average rating of 4.0/5 stars from 274 customers on Walmart.com.

5-star reviews rave about the quiet nature of this treadmill, and how easy it is to assemble. It is worth noting that the brand offers assembly service as well. 

A NordicTrack review from Walmart gives insight on the user’s experience, writing, “I’m 5’9 with an average run gait and feel very comfortable on this treadmill to jog, run, and sprint. The iFit classes and trainers are amazing.”

It sounds like this is a great model to choose and has all the features needed to have a great workout. 

Negative reviews mainly speak of functional issues, such as the belt starting and stopping or the machine shutting off altogether. 

One complaint reads, “After spending 4 hours getting it in place and assembling it, then trying to use it, the belt speeds up, slows down, speeds up, slows down. Getting it back in the box is impossible.” 

This does sound like a pain, especially when you’re excited about using it. In this case, NordicTrack would cover the costs of return shipping and send you a new machine

There is an entire NordicTrack community on Reddit where users ask questions and post concerns about the brand’s equipment. One customer user asked if NordicTrack are really as bad as they are rated online. 

A helpful and apt user replied with a NordicTrack review that read, “People (like me) who have never had a problem and love their machine don’t post the good stuff. There might be some treads with issues, but that’s not the majority. We’ve had the X22i for 6 months now and love it.” 

NordicTrack equipment, like any other exercise equipment, can break and malfunction. It’s part of the deal when you buy something with so many moving parts.

The brand has a warranty that covers a variety of issues, and if your machine arrives damaged they’ll repair it or send you a new one. 

Are NordicTrack any good? According to tons of customers, the brand’s products are fantastic

Is NordicTrack Worth It?

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

NordicTrack has been a trusted household name for over 40 years. Their machines and equipment are reliable, and the brand offers a range of models with varying prices

They also offer financing options and have a stellar warranty for all of their products, including the more expensive treadmills such as the NordicTrack 2950.

Customers can feel safe buying from this brand for all of these reasons, plus all the rave reviews online are very comforting. 

Unfortunately, this NordicTrack review came across a rather souring fact about the company. Products are labeled with a Proposition 65 marker, warning buyers that some ingredients used are known to cause cancer, birth defects, and reproductive harm

At the time of this review, we don’t know if many customers have been seriously affected by using the brand’s equipment, but it is something worth noting.

With all this in mind, the majority of customer reviews love the brand’s products, and there are only a few red flags regarding defective equipment and potentially harmful ingredients.

This NordicTrack review recommends the company for any and all indoor fitness enthusiasts.

Is NordicTrack reliable?

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

Yes, NordicTrack makes amazing fitness products. A thorough NordicTrack review puts our minds at ease when it comes to the brand: they have a reputation for producing reliable and well-performing machines and are a trusted name across the US. 

NordicTrack products have a 10-year warranty on their frames and a 2-year warranty on parts. 

Can you finance NordicTrack? 

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

NordicTrack has a range of exercise equipment at different prices, so customers may be able to pay them off in full upfront or by using a credit card. If you’d rather split up your payment, NordicTrack has two financing options to help:

  1. No Interest if Paid in Full in 18 months – Pay off your treadmill in hassle-free installments. There is a minimum payment that you can make monthly, but any amount left over after 18 months will be charged interest. 
  2. 0% APR for 12, 36, or 39 months – pay a fixed amount spread out over the period of your choice. 

With the purchase of any NordicTrack machine or equipment, you’ll get a free year membership to the iFit app.

Not only can you choose from over 17,000 workouts led by world-class trainers on the app, but those trainers actually adjust the machine for your needs, driving you to get the results you’re after. 

With iFit, you can head anywhere in the world using Google Maps 2 that gives you access to virtual runs. You’ll be able to track and store your performance to help you get those PRs. The iFit app can also host up to 4 users so the entire family can get involved. 

In the next section of this review, we’ll give you more information on the different types of machines and models that the brand offers, including their elliptical, treadmills, stationary bikes, and dumbbell sets.

NordicTrack Promotions & Discounts 

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

The following promotions are currently available on the brand’s website:

  • 1-Year Free iFit Membership with purchase of any NordicTrack machine or equipment
  • Free standard delivery for smaller items

There is currently no NordicTrack promo code available on the site.

Where to Buy NordicTrack

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

NordicTrack is available for purchase from many retailers. You can always buy their products directly from NordicTrack.com, but you can also find them at:

  • Best Buy
  • Fitness Avenue
  • The Treadmill Factory
  • Canadian Tire

FAQ

NordicTrack Treadmill Review

Are NordicTrack products made in China?

Through a web search, we were able to find out that many of their parts are made in China. There is no direct information on exactly where certain parts are made and assembled. 

How much is shipping for NordicTrack?

NordicTrack has a standard delivery rate of $200 for most of their machines. Smaller items like their dumbbells come with free standard delivery. 

How do I track my order from NordicTrack?  

Your NordicTrack order is sent out from their warehouse within 1-3 business days. It will be delivered in another 10-14 business days. To track your order’s progress, head to the Order Status tracker and input your order number. 

What is NordicTrack’s Return Policy?

If you need to return your NordicTrack for any reason, you can do so within 30 days from delivery. Returns are subject to a $250 return shipping fee. If your item has been damaged or missing parts you might be charged a restocking fee. 

How to Contact NordicTrack Customer Service 

We hope you found all of the information you were looking for in this NordicTrack review, but if there are any other questions, you can contact the brand directly with 3 methods:

  1. Sale Phone Number: 1(888)308-9616
  2. Service Phone Number: 1(800)862-3348
  3. Sales Live Chat on their website

Looking for more NordicTrack? Check out these other NordicTrack rowing machine reviews:

NordicTrack RW200 Rower Review

NordicTrack RW500 Rower Review

NordicTrack RW600 Rower Review

NordicTrack RW900 Rower Review

Best NordicTrack Rowers

About Organifi

Organifi Review

Organifi harnesses the power of nature in its highly effective supplements to bring about better health. Offering fuss-free formulas, the brand is held in high regard for its range of health-boosting products that take on everything from stress to low energy to glowy summer skin.

Making sure our bodies are at their best by supplementing vitamins and nutrients that we may not get enough of on a daily basis is a great step to take.

Its plant-powered supplements have been celebrated in Forbes, Inc., and Reader’s Digest, and in general, Organifi is loved for its convenience and supportive customer service team. Today, it boasts an impressive following of 304k on Facebook.

If you’re interested in bettering your health the natural way and want to know more about this particular brand, we invite you to read through this Organifi review.

Here, we’ll dive deep into the brand and its bestsellers, look at what customers have to say about them, reveal promotions, answer FAQs, and more to help you decide if it’s the right choice for your wellness journey.

Overview of Organifi

Organifi Review

The funny thing about health is that once you find it, it all makes sense and you wonder why you didn’t try to reach it sooner. From there, everything is different. Organifi founder Drew Canole’s story is similar.

He was tired all the time, unhappy with his life, and was holding onto a few extra pounds. After stumbling across the world of superfoods[1], Drew knew they were something worth holding onto.

Posting videos of his journey to health, he received a ton of support from his viewers and developed Organifi in 2014. Based in California, the brand’s mission is “to bring superfoods to every household in North America.”

Before we introduce you to the brand’s supplement range, this Organifi review will shine some light on its highlights.

Highlights

  • Wide range of supplements for stress, energy, vitality, and digestion
  • Powders are offered in travel-friendly packs as well as canisters
  • Subscription plans available
  • Tons of promotions & deals
  • Ships around the world
  • Money-back guarantee
Organifi Review

Assisting in a broad spectrum of health concerns, the brand’s supplement collection includes loose powder canisters and convenient travel packs. In the next section of this Organifi review, we’ll introduce you to a few supplements offered in both forms.

Organifi Review

These days, we need all the help we can get. Stress zaps our energy[2], an imbalanced diet leads to poor digestion[3], and our poor cells are left starving, leaving us to feel tired, cloudy, and bloated.

Ahead, we’ll showcase some of the brand’s best-selling supplements to help bring energy, focus, and lightness back into your life. Let’s kick things off with one of its top-selling powders, Green Juice.

Organifi Green Juice Review

A few years ago, the concept ‘drink your greens’ sounded so foreign. Today, every corner store sells some version of a green juice and people guzzle it down by the gallon happily knowing they’re at least getting some vital nutrition in their day.

The Organifi Green Juice blends 11 vital ingredients—including moringa, chlorella, turmeric, and ashwagandha—to optimize hydration, immunity, and help the body better deal with stress.

Research shows that chlorella could help shuttle toxins out of your body and improve cholesterol and blood sugar levels. Studies[4] have shown that these cells contain a variety of nutrients and bioactive compounds that promote human health, and they prevent certain diseases suggesting that natural compounds derived from chlorella might provide substitutes for synthetic compounds or drugs.

Moringa is filled with strong immune-boosting phytonutrients that play a role in strengthening the immune system and enabling it to fight off infections. It is high in vitamin A, C, and iron which contribute to supporting a healthy and active immune system. In this review[5], the information that is being examined explores the beneficial results reported on the prevention and alleviation of chronic conditions in vitro and in vivo experimental settings.

In a live controlled study[6] where ashwagandha root extract was given to a group to examine whether it is beneficial in reducing stress and anxiety, the results showed that it is indeed effective. In addition to helping the body adapt to stress, this product has many benefits for women, including hormone balancing and reproductive support.  

Drink this juice upon waking to kick start your digestion, boost energy, and set yourself on the right path. Simply mix a scoop with 8-10 oz of water or another beverage.

With 30 calories per serving, get a 9.8 oz tub of Green Juice powder for $70 (normally $80).

Organifi Pure Review

It’s nearing 3:00 pm and here it comes—the dreaded brain fog. You turn to coffee, but all that does is give you the jitters. While coffee is certainly comforting, tasty, and gives us energy, it’s not doing anything for your brain in the long run.

Organifi Pure is designed to promote mental clarity by way of powerful plants and extracts. For example, organic lion’s mane is a mushroom known for its high beta-glucan count, and organic coffee fruit extract is known to assist mental function[7].

Beta-glucan is a source of soluble fiber, and research suggests that it can reduce high cholesterol and improve skin conditions. It also provides support to the immune system to fight bacterial infections. According to this review[8], it is used as a disease-preventing agent and is often integrated into anticancer or anti-inflammatory therapy. 

Along with mental clarity, Pure uses a blend of digestive enzymes and aloe vera to assist with digestion and promote a healthy gut. Best served cold, mix one scoop of this caffeine-free powder with 8-10 oz of water.

Feel clear energy with a 9.6 oz tub of Organifi Pure for $70, on sale from $80.

Organifi Gold Review

Think of Gold as a nighttime buddy that helps you relax and settle down before bed. Using a mix of inflammation-busting turmeric[9], wellness-boosting relishing mushroom, and stress support star ginger, this soothing supplement is ideal for the later hours.

Boil some water and mix yourself a calming cup for your wind-down time.

A 6.6 oz tub of Organifi Gold is normally $80 but is on sale right now for $70.

Organifi Red Juice Travel Packs Review

The Organifi Red Juice Travel Packs are no stranger to the limelight. They’ve been featured on Food Network, ABC, Forbes, and even Reader’s Digest.

Offering a healthier, less expensive option to sports and energy drinks, these potent little sachets feed your cells and provide a natural kick of energy. This energy comes from proper nourishment—not temporary caffeine.

Full of antioxidants, superfoods, adaptogens, and vitamins, mix one stick of Red Juice in with water for a sweet, but not sugary morning or afternoon beverage.

Get a pack of 36 sticks or a 10 oz canister for $70 (normally $85).

Organifi Complete Protein Review

Whether you’re constantly in the gym or short on time, protein powders serve an important purpose. Satiating, muscle-fueling, and full of helpful extras, Organifi Complete Protein uses a blend of plant-based ingredients to get your body and brain where it needs to be.

With protein sources from pumpkin seeds, peas, and quinoa, you’re getting vitamins and minerals along with muscle-building amino acids. You’ll also get a dose of MCT oil from coconut to satisfy your hunger and digestive enzymes to keep things running smoothly.

Fuel your body and mind with a 42 oz canister of Organifi protein for $80 (from $90).

Organifi Pure Review

Fan of the Pure powder? Take it with you wherever you go. These travel sticks are the ideal fit for backpack pockets, office stashes, and on-the-go adventures.

Packed with all the brain-boosting power you’ll get from its signature powder, these sticks use organic lion’s mane mushrooms, apple cider vinegar, lemon powder, and a digestive blend to bring about a clear mind, better focus, and successful digestion.

Research has found that lion’s mane may protect against neurological diseases, reduce mild symptoms of anxiety and depression and help repair nerve damage. According to this study[10], organic lion’s mane mushrooms are high in levels of neurotrophic factors that are important in promoting the growth and differentiation of neurons. 

Get 30 sticks for $70, from $85.

Organifi Immunity Review

Last, but certainly not least, let’s talk about our immune systems—the topic of the moment. Organifi Immunity uses a range of beta-glucans from mushrooms to boost antioxidants levels and support your overall wellness.

You’ll also find acerola cherry, Mediterranean olive leaf extract, and zinc derived from whole foods, to feed, repair, and protect cells against free radical damage.

Acerola is one of the richest natural sources of ascorbic acid and contains many phytonutrients. When referring to this review[11], we see that recent studies have profiled the individual bioactive compounds and the biological activities of the fruit and its extracts.

Being one of the richest natural sources of ascorbic acid, several value-added products and vitamin C supplements from acerola are available in the global market.

Sweetened with sugar-free monk fruit extract, this tasty drink comes in stick form. Normally $50, you can now get a pack of 14 for $40.

Is Organifi Safe?

Organifi Review

The brand’s products are said to be safe, but some have a disclaimer about trace amounts of heavy metals. These heavy metals are found in the plants, vegetables, and fruits the brand uses. But, because they naturally contain certain elements, like cadmium, the state of California rules they must inform consumers of the potential risk of consuming.

What Are The benefits Of Organifi?

Organifi Review

Organifi supplements have a range of benefits. From detoxification to energy to better digestion, some are formulated specifically for mental clarity, while others boost immunity.

Is Organifi A Meal Replacement?

Organifi Review

No, it’s not. The Green Juice has just 30 calories, which isn’t enough to sustain you long-term. While the supplement certainly brings you energy and feeds your cells, it should not be used as a meal replacement.

Organifi offers protein powder as well that’s 170 calories per serving. If you mix it with some frozen fruit, and a scoop of healthy fat, like almond butter, you can call that a meal if you like.

Who Is Organifi For?

Organifi Review

Organifi is for adults seeking better health. The brand packs potent formulas into easily digestible, mixable powders that make hitting your RDA for vitamins and nutrients easy, quick, and affordable.

Offering travel packs alongside its canisters, those looking to refuel and recharge on the go may find Organifi particularly useful.

Comparison: Organifi vs. Athletic Greens

Organifi Review

It’s 2021 and the importance of getting in your daily greens is common knowledge. That’s why there’s an abundance of brands that offer different formulations of greens, and you can find them in powders, capsules, and even pre-made drinks.

With separate brands comes unique blends though, so to see how our featured brand stacks up to a competitor, in this section of our Organifi review, we’ll check out Athletic Greens. 

If you couldn’t tell from the name, unlike our featured brand, Athletic Greens offers green supplements only. To see the differences between its signature product and the Greens Juice Organifi makes, we’ll unpack all the details in a bullet-point list below:

  • Athletic Greens:
    • 75 ingredients
    • Sourced from whole foods
    • Easily absorbable
    • Ingredient callouts: enzymes, mushrooms, probiotics, superfoods
    • 30 servings
    • $100
  • Organifi Green Juice:
    • 11 ingredients
    • Sourced from whole foods 
    • Ingredient callouts: adaptogens, antioxidants, superfoods, anti-inflammatories
    • 30 servings
    • $70 (normally $85)

Alright, so Athletic Greens definitely has more ingredients than our featured brand, so its cost is understandable. We love that Organifi has adaptogens and turmeric in its formula, giving the supplement a rounded-out edge to benefit stress and inflammation as well.

What’s also great about our featured brand is its varied selection. Not only can you buy green juice, but red, gold, and many others too.

Want to learn more about Athletic Greens? Then check them out in our full Athletic Greens Powder Review.

Organifi Reviews: What Do Customers Think?

Organifi Review

You’ve seen what makes Organifi so unique, and you’ve read about why it’s such a vital brand, but to find out what its products are really like, we need to hear from customers who have first-hand experience.

In this section of our Organifi review, we’ll round up ratings and reviews from across the web that shine some light on the taste and efficacy of the brand’s supplement powders.

To start things off, let’s check out a few ratings from the brand’s website:

  • Organifi Protein Powder: average of 4.9/5 stars from 1156 reviews
  • Gold: average of 4.9/5 stars from 404 reviews
  • Green Juice: average of 4.9/5 stars from 2,580 reviews
  • Pure Travel Packs: average of 4.9/5 stars from 279 reviews
  • Green Juice Travel Packs: average of 4.9/5 stars from 2,520 reviews

The Gold powder looks incredibly appealing, and so we decided to take a closer look. As you can tell from its rating, customers absolutely adore it. Many people rave about just how quick its effects are—chilling them out before bed and improving their sleep quality.

One Organifi review that mentions its taste and effects read, “OBSESSED. I love the taste and I have even noticed a difference in how I sleep/feel already! (Only been a week) Not too sugary at all – tastes like a herbal tea w/natural sweetness.

Judging from the ingredients, the taste of Gold could have gone either way, so we’re happy to read that it’s really delicious!

Because we can always count on good old Amazon for some truthful comments, we headed to the online marketplace and checked in on the Green Juice. Its page showed an impressive rating of 4.3/5 stars from 6,668 shoppers and the following snapshot:

  • 5 stars: 69%
  • 4 stars: 13%
  • 3 stars: 8%
  • 2 stars: 3%
  • 1 star: 7%

Organifi Green Juice is one of the brand’s most popular products, and we were intrigued to find out just what makes it so special. Buyers revealed that not only is it great tasting (a few said it’s the best tasting green juice they’ve ever had), but it creates clean, steady energy, and positive changes in general health are experienced quickly.

One Organifi review read, “over time I noticed I stopped losing so much hair daily, my nails grew significantly more and my dry skin improved.” When you feed your body right, it will respond the way it’s designed to.

Feeling pretty confident in the brand’s product from the comments found in the last two reviews, we headed to the blog Trail and Kale to see what their naturalist experts had to say about Organifi Green Juice. The reviewer tried out the juice and gave it the following scores:

  • Taste: 9/10
  • Time to prepare: 9/10
  • Effectiveness: 9/10
  • Value for money: 8.5/10

Noting benefits of the powder, like “how fast it is to get your superfood nutrients each day,” the Organifi review gushed about higher, “consistent energy levels,” and an improved complexion. Getting in your greens certainly looks to have its benefits, and it doesn’t hurt when the product that helps you out and tastes good too.

With all that in mind, judging on the heaps of positive effects buyers experience when using Organifi supplements, it looks as if the benefits outweigh the negatives.

Is Organifi Worth It?

Organifi Review

Organifi makes all-natural, effective supplements that supply your cells with the nutrition they need to thrive. Users report higher energy levels, better health, and a clearer mind—three things that we all want, but turn to trashy energy drinks to provide.

When looking at Organifi’s prices from a distance, they seem expensive. When you break it down, each serving is under $2far less than what you’d pay for an energy drink and even a coffee these days. All in all, we definitely say they are worth it.

Organifi Promotions & Discounts

Organifi Review

Organifi packs a ton of potent herbs and plant extracts into its products, meaning that often, you’re getting a 3-in-1 deal in one canister. But just because they’re worth their weight in gold doesn’t mean a little discount here and there isn’t welcome.

During this Organifi review, we kept an eye out for any deal that popped up—here’s what we discovered:

  • 13% off sale on most products right now
  • Get a free collectible mug when you buy two Gold Pumpkin Spice canisters
  • Bundle & save
  • Rewards program (500 points = $5)
  • Subscribe & Save + get free shipping to the US & Canada
  • Free shipping on all international orders over $250

Where to Buy Organifi

Organifi Review

Great health belongs to each and everyone one of us, so no matter where you live in the world, you can order the brand’s vitality-boosting supplements directly from Organifi.com. If you’d rather shop in person, use the Store Locator on the brand’s site to find a location nearest you.

FAQ

Organifi Review

Who owns Organifi?

Andrew Canole is the founder of Organifi and its current owner.

Where is Organifi made?

Organifi products are all proudly made in sunny California.

What is Organifi’s Shipping Policy?

Organifi ships all over the world, but offers free shipping for all subscribers within the US and Canada. All other orders can get free shipping too, they just need to total $250+.

If your order totals under that amount, the delivery cost depends on how much you’ve ordered, for example:

  • Orders under 1lb: $8
  • All items and bundles over that amount: $11

US customers can expect their shipments to arrive in 3-5 business days. All shoppers can track their package using the link provided in the confirmation email sent once your order has shipped out.

What is Organifi’s Return Policy?

Health is a personal thing. That means what one person swears by, another may find it’s just not the right fit. The folks at Organifi kept that in mind, and that’s why they offer a 60-day money-back guarantee.

You’ll be able to try any of the brand’s products and return them for a full refund in 60 days if it’s not working out for you the way you hoped. Even if those 60 days have passed, Organifi will still give you store credit.

When making a return, there are a few things you’ll need to do:

  1. Complete the Returns Form on the brand’s site to get your prepaid shipping label
  2. Choose a traceable shipping service

How to Contact Organifi

If you need any other information that this Organifi review didn’t include, feel free to reach out to the brand by using any of the contact methods below:


Explore your options for health supplements and full-body wellness with these popular brands vitamin brands:

Ritual

Persona Nutrition

Hum Nutrition